Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 2009

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F

o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE                      
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report................................[             ]

For the transition period from                  to                  

Commission file number 1-14872

SAPPI LIMITED
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)

Republic of South Africa
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

48 Ameshoff Street
Braamfontein
Johannesburg 2001
Republic of South Africa
(Telephone: +27-11-407-8111)
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

American Depositary Shares, evidenced by
American Depositary Receipts, each representing
1 Ordinary Share
(Title of each class)

New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares, par value R1.00 per Share*
(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None

          Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

239,071,892 Ordinary Shares

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

YES ý            NO o

          If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YES o            NO ý

          Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES ý            NO o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

          Large accelerated filer ý                                              Accelerated filer o                                              Non-accelerated filer o

          Indicate by check mark which financial statements item the registrant has elected to follow.

ITEM 17 o            ITEM 18 ý

          Indicate by checkmark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

          U.S. GAAP o           International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý           Other o

          If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES o            NO ý

*
Not for trading but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
   
  Page  
Our Use of Terms and Conventions in this Annual Report     iv  
Accounting Periods and Principles     v  
Currency of Presentation and Exchange Rates     v  
Forward-Looking Statements     v  

PART I

 
Item 1.   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers     1  
Item 2.   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable     1  
Item 3.   Key Information     1  
        Selected Financial Data     1  
        Risk Factors     3  
Item 4.   Information on the Company     11  
        History and Development of the Company     11  
        Business Overview     11  
        Sappi Fine Paper     21  
        Sappi Forest Products     30  
        Supply Requirements     35  
        Environmental and Safety Matters     38  
        Organizational Structure     41  
        Property, Plant and Equipment     42  
Item 4A.   Unresolved Staff Comments     43  
Item 5.   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects     44  
        Company and Business Overview     44  
        Principal Factors Impacting on our Group Results     45  
        Markets     46  
        Currency Fluctuations     50  
        Inflation and Interest Rates     52  
        South African Economic and Political Environment     53  
        Environmental Matters     55  
        Operating Results     56  
        Liquidity and Capital Resources     65  
        Capital Expenditure to Expand Operations     69  
        Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.      75  
        Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements     76  
        Contractual Obligations     77  
        Share Buy Backs     78  
        Dividends     78  
        Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions and Impairment; and Joint Venture     78  
        Pensions and Post-retirement Benefits Other than Pensions     80  
        Insurance     81  
        Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates     81  
        Adoption of Accounting Standards in Current Year     85  
        Potential Impact of Future Changes in Accounting Policies     86  

ii


 
   
   
  Page  
Item 6.   Directors, Senior Management and Employees     88  
        Directors and Senior Management     88  
        Board Practices     91  
        Employees     93  
        Share Ownership     95  
Item 7.   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions     97  
        Major Shareholders     97  
        Related Party Transactions     98  
Item 8.   Financial Information     99  
        Legal Proceedings     99  
        Dividend Policy     99  
        Significant Changes     100  
Item 9.   The Offer and Listing     101  
        Offer and Listing Details     101  
        Markets     102  
Item 10.   Additional Information     103  
        Memorandum and Articles of Association     103  
        South African Companies Bill, 2008     109  
        Material Contracts     110  
        Exchange Controls     110  
        Taxation     112  
        Documents on Display     118  
Item 11.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     119  
Item 12.   Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities     120  

PART II

 
Item 13.   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies     121  
Item 14.   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds     121  
Item 15.   Controls and Procedures     121  
      Disclosure Controls and Procedures     121  
      Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting     121  
      Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm     121  
      Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting     122  
Item 16A.   Audit Committee Financial Expert     122  
Item 16B.   Code of Ethics     123  
Item 16C.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services     123  
Item 16D.   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees     123  
Item 16E.   Purchases of Equity Securities by the issuer and affiliated purchaser     123  
Item 16F.   Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant     124  
Item 16G.   Corporate Governance     124  

PART III

 
Item 17.   Financial Statements     125  
Item 18.   Financial Statements     125  
Item 19.   Exhibits     126  

iii



OUR USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT

        Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this Annual Report on Form 20-F ("Annual Report"):

        Except as otherwise indicated, in this Annual Report the amounts of "capacity" or "production capacity" of our facilities or machines are based upon our best estimates of production capacity at the date of filing of this Annual Report. Actual production by machines may differ from production capacity as a result of products produced, variations in product mix and other factors.

        Certain market share information and other statements presented herein regarding our position relative to our competitors with respect to the manufacture or distribution of particular products are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflect our best estimates. We have based these estimates upon information obtained from our customers, trade and business organizations and associations and other contacts in our industries.

iv


        Except as otherwise indicated in this Annual Report any reference to capacity, production capacity, market share information and data of a similar nature exclude the impact of the Acquired Business, which was acquired on December 31, 2008.

        Unless otherwise provided in this Annual Report, trademarks identified by ® are registered trademarks of Sappi Limited or our subsidiaries.


ACCOUNTING PERIODS AND PRINCIPLES

        Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Annual Report to a "fiscal year" and "year ended" of Sappi Limited refer to a twelve-month financial period. All references in this Annual Report to fiscal 2008, 2007 and fiscal 2006, or the years ended September 2008, 2007 or 2006 refer to Sappi Limited's twelve-month financial periods ended on September 28, 2008, September 30, 2007 and October 1, 2006, respectively; references in this Annual Report to fiscal 2009 refer to the period beginning September 29, 2008 and ending September 27, 2009. Our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report have been prepared in conformity with IFRS.


CURRENCY OF PRESENTATION AND EXCHANGE RATES

        We publish our Group annual financial statements and all financial data presented in this Annual Report in US dollars on a nominal (non-inflation adjusted) basis. For information regarding the conversion to US dollars in fiscals 2008, 2007 and 2006, see note 2 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        In order to utilize the "Safe Harbor" provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Reform Act"), we are providing the following cautionary statement. Except for historical information contained herein, statements contained in this Annual Report may constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Reform Act.

        The words "believe", "anticipate", "expect", "intend", "estimate", "plan", "assume", "positioned", "will", "may", "should", "risk" and other similar expressions, which are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, which do not relate to historical matters, identify forward-looking statements. In addition, this document includes forward-looking statements relating to our potential exposure to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity price risk. You should not rely on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements (and from past results, performance or achievements). Certain factors that may cause such differences include but are not limited to:

v


        These factors are fully discussed in this Annual Report. For further discussion on these factors, see "Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data", "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors", "Item 4—Information on the Company", "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls" and note 30 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether to reflect new information or future events or circumstances or otherwise.

vi



PART I

ITEM 1.    IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

        Not applicable.


ITEM 2.    OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

        Not applicable.


ITEM 3.    KEY INFORMATION

Selected Financial Data

        The selected financial data set forth below has been derived from our Group annual financial statements and is qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our Group annual financial statements and the notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report, and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects".

        We implemented International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") for the first time in fiscal 2006 and restated comparative amounts for fiscal 2005. Our selected financial data is as reported in accordance with IFRS for fiscals 2005 to 2008. Financial data for fiscal 2004 cannot be provided in accordance with IFRS without unreasonable effort and expense.

 
  Year Ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  US$ million, except
per share data

 

Group Income Statement Data:

                         
 

Sales(1)

    5,863     5,304     4,941     5,018  
 

Operating profit (loss)

    314     383     125     (109 )
 

Net profit (loss)

    102     202     (4 )   (184 )
 

Basic earnings (loss) per share (US cents)

    45     89     (2 )   (81 )
 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (US cents)

    44     88     (2 )   (81 )
 

Dividends per share (US cents)(2)

    16     32     30     30  

 

 
  Year Ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  US$ million
 

Group Balance Sheet Data:

                         
 

Total assets

    6,109     6,344     5,517     5,889  
 

Net assets

    1,605     1,816     1,386     1,589  
 

Operating assets(3)

    5,794     5,919     5,219     5,452  
 

Total long-term borrowings

    1,832     1,828     1,634     1,600  
 

Shareholders' equity

    1,605     1,816     1,386     1,589  


Other Information:

 
  Year Ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  US$ million, except
number of shares data

 
EBITDA(4)     688     758     517     315  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in million)(5)     228.8     227.8     226.2     225.8  
number of ordinary shares in issue at fiscal year end (in million)(5)     229.2     228.5     227.0     225.9  

(1)
Sales are defined in note 2.2.21 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

1


(2)
The dividends per share were, in each case, declared after the end of the year indicated. The dividend for fiscal 2008 is payable on all ordinary shares in issue on November 28, 2008, which does not include ordinary shares issued in the Rights Offering. For further information on our dividend policy, see "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy".

(3)
Operating assets are defined in note 3 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(4)
In compliance with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission ("SEC") rules relating to "Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures", we have reconciled EBITDA to net profit rather than operating profit. As a result, our definition retains non-trading profit / loss and minority interest as part of EBITDA. EBITDA represents earnings before interest (net finance costs), taxation, depreciation and amortization. Net finance costs include: gross interest paid; interest received; interest capitalized; net foreign exchange gains; and net fair value adjustments on interest rate financial instruments. See the Group income statement for an explanation of the computation of net finance costs. We use EBITDA as an internal measure of performance to benchmark and compare performance, both between our own operations and as against other companies. EBITDA is a measure used by the Group, together with measures of performance under IFRS, to compare the relative performance of operations in planning, budgeting and reviewing the performances of various businesses. We believe EBITDA is a useful and commonly used measure of financial performance in addition to net profit, operating profit and other profitability measures under IFRS because it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company. By eliminating potential differences in results of operations between periods or companies caused by factors such as depreciation and amortization methods, historic cost and age of assets, financing and capital structures and taxation positions or regimes, we believe EBITDA can provide a useful additional basis for comparing the current performance of the underlying operations being evaluated. For these reasons, we believe EBITDA and similar measures are regularly used by the investment community as a means of comparison of companies in our industry. Different companies and analysts may calculate EBITDA differently, so making comparisons among companies on this basis should be done very carefully. EBITDA is not a measure of performance under IFRS and should not be considered in isolation or construed as a substitute for operating profit or net profit as an indicator of the company's operations in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles net profit (loss) to EBITDA.

   
  Year Ended September  
   
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
   
  US$ in million
 
 

Net profit (loss)

    102     202     (4 )   (184 )
 

Add back:

                         
   

Depreciation and amortization

    374     375     392     424  
   

Net finance costs

    126     134     130     80  
   

Taxation

    86     47     (1 )   (5 )
                     
 

EBITDA

    688     758     517     315  
(5)
Net of Treasury shares as explained in note17 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

2



Risk Factors

        In addition to other information contained in this Annual Report, you should carefully consider the following factors before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares and American Depository Shares ("ADSs"). There may be additional risks that we do not currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based on the information available to us. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.


Risks Related to Our Industry

We operate in a cyclical industry, which has in the past resulted in substantial fluctuations in our results.

        The markets for our pulp and paper products are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels and by cyclical changes in the world economy. As a result of periodic supply / demand imbalances in the pulp and paper industry, these markets historically have been highly cyclical, with volatile pulp and paper prices. In addition, recent turmoil in the capital and credit markets has led to decreased availability of credit, which is having an adverse effect on the world economy and consequently has already affected, and may continue to adversely affect the markets for our products. The timing and magnitude of price increases or decreases in the pulp and paper market have generally varied by region and by type of pulp and paper.

        Despite a relatively high level of pulp integration on a Group-wide basis, a significant increase in the prices for pulp or pulpwood could adversely affect our non-integrated and partially integrated operations if they are unable to raise paper prices sufficiently to offset the effects of increased costs. Other input cost increases including energy and chemicals may affect our operations if we are unable to raise paper prices sufficiently.

        The majority of our fine paper sales consist of sales to merchants. However, the pricing of products for merchant sales can generally be changed between 30 to 90 days' advance notice to the merchant. Sales to converters may be subject to longer notice periods for price changes. Such notice periods generally would not exceed 6 to 12 months. In southern Africa, we have entered into longer-term fixed-price agreements of between 6 to 12 months duration for primarily packaging paper and newsprint sales with domestic customers. Such agreements accounted for approximately 5% of consolidated sales during fiscal 2008.

        Most of our chemical cellulose sales contracts are multi-year contracts. However, the pricing is generally based on a formula linked to the NBSK price and reset on a quarterly basis.

        As a result of the short-term duration of paper and chemical cellulose pricing arrangements, we are subject to cyclical decreases in market prices for these products. A downturn in paper or chemical cellulose prices could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—The Pulp and Paper Industry".


Global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced a significant downturn due to credit conditions impacted by the subprime mortgage crisis and other factors, including slower economic activity, inflation and deflation concerns, reduced corporate profits, reduced or canceled capital spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns, resulting in significant recessionary pressures and lower business and consumer confidence. Global demand for coated fine paper started to decline in the second half of fiscal 2008 and into fiscal 2009, and pulp demand and pulp prices decreased in the latter part of fiscal 2008 and into fiscal 2009. We may continue to experience a slowing in demand in all our major markets and downward pressure on pricing in many markets, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, including difficulties in maintaining previous operating performance. In anticipation of slowing demand, we took production down time in December 2008 and we will consider taking further down time in fiscal 2009 to balance supply and demand. While the full impact of the downturn may not occur until 2009 or beyond, we cannot predict the timing or the duration of this or any other downturn in the economy.

3



The markets for pulp and paper products are highly competitive, and many of our competitors have advantages that may adversely affect our ability to compete with them.

        We compete against a large number of pulp and paper producers located around the world. A recent trend towards consolidation in the pulp and paper industry has created larger, more focused pulp and paper companies. Some of these companies benefit from greater financial resources or operate mills that are lower cost producers of pulp and paper products than our mills. We cannot assure you that each of our mills will be competitive. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of consolidation opportunities which may arise, or that any failure to exploit opportunities for growth would not make us less competitive. Increased competition, including a decrease in import duties in accordance with the terms of free trade agreements, could cause us to lose market share, increase expenditures or reduce pricing, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations. In addition, competition may result in our being unable to increase selling prices of our products sufficiently or in time to offset the effects of increased costs without losing market share.


The cost of complying with environmental regulation may be significant to our business.

        Our operations are subject to a wide range of environmental requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Although we strive to ensure that our facilities comply with all applicable environmental laws, we have in the past been and may in the future be subject to governmental enforcement action for failure to comply with environmental requirements. We expect to continue to incur significant expenditures and may face operational constraints to maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws, to upgrade equipment at our mills and to meet new regulatory requirements, including those in the United States, South Africa and Europe. Impacts from historical operations, including the land disposal of waste materials, may require further investigation and cleanup. In addition, we could become subject to environmental liabilities resulting from personal injury, property damage or natural resources damage. Expenditures to comply with future environmental requirements and the cost related to any potential environmental liabilities and claims could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Environmental and Safety Matters".


The availability and cost of insurance cover can vary considerably from year to year as a result of events beyond our control, and this can result in our paying higher premiums and periodically being unable to maintain the levels or types of insurance carried.

        Although the insurance market has been stable for the last three to four years, it remains cyclical and catastrophic events can change the state of the insurance market, leading to sudden and unexpected increases in premiums and deductibles and unavailability of coverage due to reasons totally unconnected with our business. In addition, recent turmoil and volatility in the global financial markets may adversely affect the insurance market. This may result in some of the insurers in our insurance portfolio failing and being unable to pay their share of claims.

        Although we have successfully negotiated the renewal of our 2009 insurance cover at rates similar to those of 2008 and self-insured deductibles for any one property damage occurrence have remained at $25 million, with an unchanged aggregate limit of $40 million, we are unable to predict whether past or future events will result in less favorable terms. For property damage and business interruption, there generally does not seem to be cost effective cover available to full value; however, we believe that the loss limit cover of $1 billion should be adequate for what we have determined as the reasonably foreseeable loss for any single claim.

        While we believe our insurance programs provide adequate coverage for reasonably foreseeable losses, we continue working on improved risk management to lower the risk of incurring losses from uncontrolled incidents. We are unable to assure you that actual losses will not exceed our insurance coverage or that such excess will not be material.


New technologies or changes in consumer preferences may affect our ability to compete successfully.

        We believe that new technologies or novel processes may emerge and that existing technologies may be further developed in the fields in which we operate. These technologies or processes could have an impact on

4



production methods or on product quality in these fields. Unexpected rapid changes in employed technologies or the development of novel processes that affect our operations and product range could render the technologies we utilize or the products we produce obsolete or less competitive in the future. Difficulties in assessing new technologies may impede us from implementing them and competitive pressures may force us to implement these new technologies at a substantial cost. Any such development could materially and adversely impact our revenues or net profits or both.

        Consumer preferences may change as a result of the availability of alternative products or of services such as electronic media or the internet, which could negatively impact consumption of our products.


Risks Related to Our Business

Our indebtedness may impair our financial and operating flexibility.

        Our level of indebtedness and the terms of our indebtedness could negatively impact our business and liquidity. As of September 2008, our interest bearing debt (long-term and short-term interest bearing debt plus overdraft, less cash on hand) was US$ 2,405 million. While reduction of our indebtedness is one of our priorities, opportunities to grow within our businesses will continue to be evaluated, and the financing of any future acquisition or capital investment may include the incurrence of additional indebtedness.

        The level of our debt has important consequences, including:

        During fiscal 2009, we have approximately US$ 827 million outstanding under renewable facilities that mature. We expect to be able to continue to refinance these rolling facilities under our existing longer-term funding arrangements and bilateral banking facilities. Other than rolling facilities, the first significant scheduled debt repayment is a € 400 million facility maturing in December 2010. We will seek to refinance such indebtedness when it becomes due through the issuance of new debt in the global capital markets.

        Our ability to refinance our debt, incur additional debt, the terms of our existing and additional debt and our liquidity could be affected by a number of adverse developments. In the third quarter of fiscal 2008, the global debt markets were subject to significant pressure triggered by the collapse of the sub-prime mortgage market in the U.S. This liquidity crunch continued through and worsened in calendar 2008, leading to unprecedented volatility in the financial markets, an acute contraction in the availability of credit, including in interbank lending, and the failure of a number of leading financial institutions. Changes in investment markets, including changes in interest rates, exchange rates and returns from equity, property and other investments, have resulted in worsening general economic conditions. As a result, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide have undertaken unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. In addition, since 2006 the Group's credit ratings have been downgraded to sub-investment grade by Standard & Poor's (S&P) (currently BB / Stable) and Moody's (currently Ba2 / Stable). These adverse developments in the credit markets and in our credit rating, as well as other future adverse developments, such as further deterioration in the financial markets and a worsening of general economic conditions, may negatively impact our ability to issue additional debt as well as the amount and terms of the debt we are able to issue. Our liquidity will be adversely affected if we must repay all or a portion of our maturing debt from available cash or through use of our existing liquidity facilities. In addition, our results of operations will be

5



adversely impacted to the extent the terms of the debt we are able to issue are less favorable than the terms of the debt being refinanced. It is also possible that we will need to agree to covenants that place additional restrictions on our business.

        We are subject to South African exchange controls, which may restrict the transfer of funds directly or indirectly between our subsidiaries or between the parent company and our subsidiaries and can restrict activities of our subsidiaries. We may also incur tax costs in connection with these transfers of funds. These exchange controls have affected the geographic distribution of our debt. As a result, acquisitions in the United States and Europe were financed with indebtedness incurred by companies in those regions. As a consequence, our ability or the ability of any of our subsidiaries to make scheduled payments on its debt will depend on its financial and operating performance, which will depend on various factors beyond our control, such as prevailing economic and competitive conditions. If we or any of our subsidiaries are unable to achieve operating results or otherwise obtain access to funds sufficient to enable us to meet our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems. As a result, we might need to delay investments or dispose of material assets or operations. The timing of and the proceeds to be realized from any such disposition would depend upon circumstances at the time.


The current global liquidity and credit crises could have a negative impact on our major customers which in turn could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

        The current global liquidity and credit crises are having a significant negative impact on businesses around the world; the impact of these crises on our major customers cannot be predicted and may be quite severe. A disruption in the ability of our significant customers to access sources of liquidity could cause serious disruptions or an overall deterioration of their businesses which could lead to a significant reduction in their future orders of our products and the inability or failure on their part to meet their payment obligations to us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.


We require a significant amount of cash to fund our business and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

        Our ability to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and research and development requirements, to engage in future acquisitions, to make payments on our debt, to fund post-retirement benefit programs and to pay dividends will depend upon our future operating performance and our ability to generate sufficient cash. Our principal sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations and availability under our credit facilities and other debt arrangements. Our ability to generate cash depends, to some extent, on general economic, financial, competitive, market, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our cash flow from operations may be adversely impacted by the downturn in worldwide economic conditions, which has resulted in a decline in global demand for our products and a softening of prices. The availability of debt financing has also been negatively impacted by the global credit crisis.

        Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and additional debt and equity financing may not be available to us in a sufficient amount to enable us to meet our liquidity needs. If our future cash flows from operations and other capital resources are insufficient to fund our liquidity needs, we may be required to obtain additional debt or equity financing, refinance our indebtedness, reduce or delay our capital expenditures and research and development or to decrease the amount of the annual dividend. We may not be able to accomplish these alternatives on a timely basis or our satisfactory terms. The failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


Fluctuations in the value of currencies, particularly the Rand and the Euro, in relation to the US dollar, have in the past had and could in the future have a significant impact on our earnings in these currencies.

        Exchange rate fluctuations have in the past, and may in the future, affect the competitiveness of our products in relation to the products of pulp and paper companies based in other countries.

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between currencies, particularly the Rand and euro, in relation to the US dollar have in the past significantly affected and could in the future significantly affect our earnings.

6


        Since the adoption of the euro by the European Union on January 1, 1999 (when the euro was trading at approximately $1.18 per euro), it has fluctuated against the US dollar, reaching a low of approximately $0.83 per euro in October 2000 before trading at approximately $1.46, $1.42, $1.27 and $1.20 per euro at the end of fiscal 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and rising to a high of $1.60 per euro in April 2008. On January 12, 2009, it was trading at approximately $1.34 per euro. A significant weakening of the US dollar in comparison to the euro could redirect a significant amount of imports from Europe.

        In recent years, the value of the Rand against the US dollar has fluctuated considerably. It has moved against the US dollar from a low of approximately R13.90 per US dollar in December 2001 to approximately R8.07, R6.87, R7.77 and R6.37 per US dollar at the end of fiscal 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. More recently, the Rand has been declining against US dollar and was trading at approximately R10.14 per US dollar on January 12, 2009.

        For further information, see notes 2 and 30 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Currency Fluctuations".


There are risks relating to the countries in which we operate that could impact our earnings or affect your investment in our Company.

        We own manufacturing operations in five countries in Europe, four states in the United States, South Africa and Swaziland, and have an investment in a joint venture in China. These risks arise from being subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary, regulatory, operational and political factors that affect companies generally and which may change as economic, social or political circumstances change. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Economic and Political Environment" and "South African Exchange Controls".

        Our southern African operations have in recent years accounted for a disproportionate percentage of our operating profits. In fiscal 2008 our sales originating from Europe were US$ 2,720 million, from North America US$ 1,664 million and from southern Africa US$ 1,479 million; our operating assets were located US$ 2,226 million in Europe, US$ 1,285 million in North America and US$ 2,139 million in southern Africa (excluding Corporate and other). However, in fiscal 2008 our operating profits and losses were a loss of US$ 64 million in Europe, a profit of US$ 92 million in North America and a profit of US$ 279 million in southern Africa (excluding Corporate and other). Adverse developments in the economic, fiscal, monetary, regulatory or political circumstances in southern Africa could negatively affect our operations.


We face certain risks in dealing with HIV / AIDS which may have an adverse effect on our southern African operations.

        There is a serious problem with HIV / AIDS infection among our southern African workforce, as there is in southern Africa generally. The HIV / AIDS infection rate of our southern African workforce is expected to increase over the next decade. The costs and lost workers' time associated with HIV / AIDS may adversely affect our southern African operations.

        For further information, see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—South African Economic and Political Environment".


The inability to recover increasing input costs through increased prices of our products has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on our profitability.

        The selling prices of the majority of the products manufactured and the purchase prices of many of the raw materials we use generally fluctuate in correlation with global commodity cycles. In addition, we have been experiencing increasing costs of a number of raw materials due to global trends beyond our control. The global warming and carbon footprint imperatives are causing the increased use of sustainable, non-fossil fuel, sources for electricity generation. Electricity generation companies are competing for the same raw material, namely wood and wood chips, in the same markets as us, driving prices upwards, especially during winter in the Northern hemisphere. In addition, the price of crude oil recently reached historically high levels. Although oil prices have since decreased, they are could return to high levels in the foreseeable future because of, among other things, political instability in the oil producing regions of the world. This impacts the oil-based commodities required by our business in the areas of energy (including electricity), transport and chemicals.

7


        As occurred during the 2006, 2007 and 2008 fiscal years, a major potential consequence of the increase in the price of input commodities is our inability to counter this effect through increased selling prices. This results in reduced operating profit, and has a negative impact on business planning.

        While we are in the process of implementing steps to reduce our cost of commodity inputs, other than maintaining a high level of pulp integration, the hedging techniques we apply on our raw materials and products are on a small scale and short term in nature. Moreover, in the event of significant increases in the prices of pulp, our non-integrated and partially integrated operations could be adversely affected if they are unable to raise paper prices by amounts sufficient to maintain margins.


Increased energy prices could adversely affect our operations.

        We require substantial amounts of oil based chemicals, fuels and other resources for our production activities and transport of our timber products. We rely partly upon third parties for our supply of the energy resources consumed in our operations. The prices for and availability of energy resources may be subject to change or curtailment, respectively, due to, among other things, new laws or regulations, imposition of new taxes or tariffs, interruptions in production by suppliers, worldwide price levels and market conditions. The prices of various sources of energy may increase significantly from current levels. An increase in energy prices could materially adversely affect our results of operations, plantation valuation and financial condition.


A limited number of customers account for a significant amount of our revenues.

        We sell a significant portion of our products to several major customers, including PaperlinX, Igepa, xpedx and Antalis. For Sappi Fine Paper products, PaperlinX and Igepa represented individually more than 10% of our total sales during both fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. Any adverse development affecting our principal customers or our relationships with our principal customers could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. See "Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Fine Paper—Marketing and Distribution—Customers" and "Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Forest Products—Marketing and Distribution—Customers".


Because of the nature of our business and workforce, we are facing challenges in the retention of management and the employment of skilled people that could adversely affect our business.

        We are facing an aging demographic work profile among our management due to the mature nature of our industry and the rural and often remote location of our mills, together with generally long tenure of employees at the mills. As a result, we are likely to experience groups of employees leaving the company within a relatively short space of time of one another and may have difficulty attracting qualified replacements. The potential risks we face are a loss of institutional memory, skills, experience and management capabilities. We may be unable to attract and retain sufficient qualified replacements when and where necessary to avoid an adverse impact on our business.


Continued volatility in equity markets and declining yields in the bond markets could adversely affect the funded status and funding needs of our post employment benefit funds.

        The general outlook for the forthcoming financial years is that bond and equity markets could move in very uncertain and unusual ways, which in turn could result in significant swings in yields on corporate bonds and government bonds as well as continued volatile within the equity markets. The risk exists that equity and property markets will not recover to the level of recent highs for many years as the global economic climate could further worsen. Consequently it is very difficult for us to predict which key factors, and how the interaction of these key factors, will change the post employment benefit funds' balance sheet funding status. As a result of the recent and continued risk of negative movements in the global equity and bond markets the funded status of our post employment benefit arrangements might have worsened subsequent to the fiscal year end.

        Existing and potential changes in statutory minimum funding requirements may also affect the amount and timing of funding to be paid by us. Most funding requirements consider yields on assets such as government bonds or interbank interest rate swap curves, depending on the basis. If these yields remain at the current low

8



level experienced in the latter part of calendar 2008, we might need to pay additional contributions to meet minimum funding targets.


Catastrophic events affecting our plantations, such as fires, may adversely impact our ability to supply our southern African mills with timber from the region.

        The southern African landscape is prone to, and ecologically adapted to, frequent fires. The risk of uncontrolled fires entering and burning significant areas of plantation is high, but under normal weather conditions this risk is managed through comprehensive fire prevention and protection plans. In 2007 and 2008, southern Africa experienced a number of abnormal weather events (hot, dry conditions fanned by extremely strong winds), which resulted in disastrous plantation fires across vast areas of eastern South Africa and Swaziland affecting 14,000 hectares and 26,000 hectares, respectively, of our plantations. There is some cause for concern that these abnormal weather conditions may be occurring more frequently as a result of the potential impact of climate change. In addition, because the transformation of land ownership and management in southern Africa has been moving ownership and management of plantations to independent growers, we have less ability to directly manage fire risk, as well as risks of other catastrophic events, such as pathogen and pest infestations. As a consequence, the risk of plantation fires or other catastrophic events remains high and may be increasing. Continued or increased losses of our wood source could jeopardize our ability to supply our mills with timber from the region.


The effects of climate change may have an impact on our business.

        The global warming and carbon footprint imperatives are causing the increased use of sustainable, non-fossil fuel, sources for electricity generation. Electricity generation companies are competing for the same raw material, namely wood and wood chips, in the same markets as us, driving prices upwards, especially during winter in the Northern hemisphere.

        The increased emphasis on water footprint in Southern Africa is causing increased focus on the sustainable use of water by our plants, on ensuring the quality of water released back into the water systems and on the control of effluent.

        Climate change is also causing the spread of disease and pestilence into our plantations and fiber sources, way beyond their traditional geographic spreads.


Risks Related to the Acquisition of the Coated Graphic Paper Business acquired from M-real Corporation.

The risks associated with the Acquisition and the integration of the Acquired Business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to successfully integrate the Acquired Business into our business.

        We may experience unforeseen operating difficulties as we integrate the Acquired Business into our existing operations. These difficulties may disrupt our operations and require significant management attention and financial resources that would otherwise be available for day-to-day operations or the ongoing development or expansion of existing operations. The Acquisition involves risks, including:

9


        If we are unable to successfully meet the challenges associated with the Acquisition, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


We may not be able to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition or there may be delays and unexpected difficulties in realizing such benefits or higher costs.

        Our estimates regarding the earnings, operating cash flow, capital expenditures and liabilities of the Acquired Business are based on information currently available to us and may prove to be incorrect. Since we were not involved in the management of the Acquired Business until the Acquisition closed on December 31, 2008, our assessment of the risks and opportunities may not be accurate. In addition, we may not realize any anticipated benefits of the Acquisition and may not be successful in integrating the Acquired Business into our existing business.

        Achieving the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition will depend in part upon whether we integrate the Acquired Business in an efficient and effective manner. We may not be able to accomplish this integration process smoothly or successfully.

        An inability to realize the full extent of the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition, as well as any delays encountered in the integration process, could have an adverse effect upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.


Risks Related to Our Shares

Your ability to sell a substantial number of ordinary shares may be restricted by the limited liquidity of shares traded on the JSE Limited.

        The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is on the exchange operated by the JSE Limited ("JSE") (formerly known as the Johannesburg Stock Exchange). Historically, trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low in comparison with other major international markets. In fiscal 2008, 241 million of our ordinary shares were traded on the JSE and 51 million ADSs were traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The relatively low liquidity of shares traded on JSE Limited could affect your ability to sell ordinary shares. See "Significant shareholders may be able to influence the affairs of our Company", "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders", "Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Offer and Listing Details" and "Item 9—The Offer and Listing—Market Information".


Significant shareholders may be able to influence the affairs of our Company.

        Although our investigation of beneficial ownership of our shares identified only two beneficial owners of more than 5% of our ordinary shares, holding approximately 17.7%, as shown in our shareholders' register at November 30, 2008, the five largest shareholders of record, four of which are nominees that hold shares for a multitude of beneficial owners, owned approximately 96% of our ordinary shares as of that date. See "Item 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders".


The proposal by the South African Government to replace Secondary Tax on Companies with withholding tax on dividends and other distributions may impact the amount of dividends or other distributions received by our shareholders.

        In October 2008, the South African Government tabled a bill containing proposed legislation to replace Secondary Tax on Companies with a 10% withholding tax on dividends and other distributions payable to shareholders for implementation in late 2009, following amendments to some of the existing double tax treaties. This is the second phase in a process that started in October 2007. Although this may reduce the tax payable by our South African operations, thereby increasing distributable earnings, the withholding tax will generally reduce the amount of dividends or other distributions received by our shareholders.

10



ITEM 4.    INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

        Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa. Our principal executive offices are located at 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, 2001, Republic of South Africa and our telephone number is +27-11-407-8111. We currently have our primary listing on the JSE Limited (formerly the Johannesburg Stock Exchange) and have secondary listings on the New York and London Stock Exchanges.

        Sappi Limited was founded and incorporated in 1936 in South Africa and is a corporation organized under the Companies Act 61 of 1973 of the Republic of South Africa.

        Until 1990, we primarily expanded our operations within southern Africa. Since 1990, we have grown through acquisitions outside of southern Africa. In the mid 1990's we acquired S.D. Warren Company, a market leader in the United States in coated fine paper and a major producer of other speciality paper products. It now conducts business as Sappi Fine Paper North America. In the late 1990's we acquired KNP Leykam, a leading European producer of coated fine paper. KNP Leykam now conducts business as Sappi Fine Paper Europe. In 2002 we acquired Potlatch Corporation's coated fine paper business and have integrated it in Sappi Fine Paper North America.

        In 2004 we acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company, a joint venture which commissioned in mid-2005 a coated mechanical paper machine, mechanical pulp mill and de-inked pulp mill in China.

        In August 2006, we announced the expansion of the existing capacity at Sappi Saiccor in South Africa, where Chemical Cellulose products are produced. The capacity of the mill was increased from approximately 600,000 metric tonnes per annum to 800,000 metric tones per annum. Production using the increased capacity commenced in September 2008. The plant is expected to be fully operational by mid February 2009.

        In April 2006, Sappi announced a black economic empowerment transaction involving the sale of identified forestry land to a South African empowerment partner. We have received the final approval from the Minister of Land Affairs with regard to our Black Economic Empowerment transaction with Lereko Investments. In respect of this transaction, we recognized an immaterial charge to the income statement during fiscal 2008.

        On December 31, 2008, we acquired the coated graphic paper business of M-real Corporation, including the brands, know-how, intellectual property, order books, and four mills. We also entered into agreements to sell the coated paper output of two mills, which will continue to be owned and operated by M-real Corporation, and contracts to purchase pulp, wood and energy from M-real Corporation and its associates. For information on this acquisition, see "Business Overview—The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business".

        After the close of fiscal 2008 Sappi Fine Paper Europe closed our Blackburn Mill in the United Kingdom and ceased production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill in the Netherlands. Profitable products produced at these mills have been moved to our other facilities in Europe.

        For information on our principal investments and capital expenditures, see the description of our business in "Business Overview" and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".


BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Our Business

        Sappi is a global paper and pulp group. We are a leading producer of coated fine paper widely used in books, brochures, magazines, catalogues and many other print applications. We are also the world's largest producer of chemical cellulose, used primarily in the manufacture of viscose fiber, acetated tow, and consumer and pharmaceutical products. In addition, we produce newsprint, uncoated graphic and business papers, premium quality packaging papers, a range of coated speciality papers and a range of paper grade pulp.

11



Business strategy

        Our goal is to be the most profitable company in the paper, pulp and chemical cellulose sectors. Our key measures will be Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) and as a minimum to beat our cost of capital. We will also prioritize cash generation and improving our balance sheet structure.

        We aim to build on our leading position in the coated fine paper market and to explore opportunities across the broad spectrum of coated paper. We plan to grow our chemical cellulose business and we are expanding our low cost fiber base in southern Africa. We will invest in energy reduction and self sufficiency projects and in extracting chemical derived from renewable wood resources. Our Southern African portfolio includes packaging paper, printing and writing paper and tissue paper.


Investment Highlights

Ongoing industry rationalization in Europe

        Increases in new production capacity in the past have resulted in significant overcapacity in the pulp and paper industry, particularly in the European fine paper market. This overcapacity has contributed to downward pressure on product prices, despite heightened demand levels and high production operating rates. We believe that a combination of industry consolidation and capacity reductions should encourage a rationalization of the European pulp and paper industry similar to recent developments in the North American market, which should contribute to improved profitability.

        A number of producers, including our European business, have announced capacity reductions in Europe amounting to approximately 1.2 million tonnes of coated woodfree paper which we expect to be completed before mid-2009 and representing approximately 11% of the total European capacity for fine paper. We are actively participating in this process through the closure of our Blackburn mill (which has recently stopped production) and cessation of production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill.


Efficient asset base

        We own and operate what we believe are some of the lowest cost and most efficient assets in the coated fine paper sector in the world. A significant portion of our capital expenditures are designed to increase production capacity at efficient facilities, reduce costs and improve product quality. We continually evaluate the performance of our assets by maintaining a focus on profitability and we actively manage our asset base, including by divesting or closing non-performing assets and by pursuing an investment policy that is focused on high-return projects.

        As part of this strategy, we have closed 16 paper machines since 1995, including the closure of our Blackburn mill (which has recently stopped production) and ceased production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill, shifting production volumes to more efficient facilities and optimizing capacity utilization. We believe that the expected rationalization of manufacturing and synergies resulting from the integration of the Acquired Business from M-real Corporation will further enhance the efficiency of our operations.


High level of economic pulp integration and expansion of pulpwood operations

        Including the Acquired Business, our Group is approximately 92% integrated on a net basis in terms of pulp usage, meaning that, while some of our facilities are market buyers of pulp and others market sellers, in the aggregate we produce almost as much pulp as we use, making us less dependent on market supplies. In the chemical cellulose segment we have recently completed an expansion project that has significantly increased production capacity at Sappi Saiccor, the world's largest single producer of chemical cellulose. We also intend to expand our pulpwood operations and further increase our pulp and chemical cellulose capacity. We expect to maintain a high level of economic pulp integration, which helps reduce the impact of pulp price volatility on our earnings. Two of the mills we acquired from M-real Corporation, Kirkniemi and Stockstadt, are also integrated pulp mills.

12



Leading market positions

        We have achieved leading positions in our core products, in particular in the coated woodfree paper segment, by building a portfolio of premium international operating brands, and we are currently the largest producer of coated woodfree paper in the world (as measured by capacity). Our leading market positions place us in an advantageous position to benefit from the expected future growth of the coated woodfree paper segment, historically one of the fastest growing segments of the global paper industry. The Acquisition of the coated graphic paper business from M-real Corporation, will strengthen our position in the coated woodfree market and significantly increase our presence in the coated magazine paper market.


Global presence

        We believe that our existing 18 pulp and paper mills across Europe, North America and southern Africa enable us to take greater advantage of opportunities where markets are strong and reduce risk where they are weak. Our geographic diversity assists us in offsetting the effects of volatile movements of major currencies as we can benefit from imbalances in demand and relative strengths of currencies by shifting production between regions. We believe that these benefits of our geographic diversity will be increased by our expansion into Finland and Switzerland and our increased presence in Germany as a result of the Acquisition of the coated graphic paper business from M-real Corporation.


Focus on product innovation and customer service

        One of our main strategic objectives is the further integration of our international marketing and distribution efforts, with an emphasis on meeting our customers' requirements and expectations. We intend to enhance client relationships by continually improving service and reliability, and we will continue to focus on increasing service and efficiency, including through business-to-business interaction. We expect to continue to maintain a focus on innovation, transferring knowledge throughout our Group and implementing best-practice policies. We believe that our three research and development centers in Europe, North America and South Africa, enhance our ability to design and improve value-added products and services and to bring them to market with increased efficiency.


The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business

Overview

        On December 31, 2008, we acquired four graphic paper mills: the Kirkniemi mill and the Kangas mill in Finland, the Stockstadt mill in Germany and the Biberist mill in Switzerland; and other specified assets; as well as all of the know-how, brands, order books, customer lists, intellectual property and goodwill of the coated graphic paper business of M-Real Corporation. The four acquired mills have now become part of Sappi Fine paper Europe. The Acquired Business has a total annual production capacity of approximately 1.9 million tonnes of graphic paper and in 2007 generated total sales of € 1.3 billion.

        As part of the Acquisition, we entered into long term supply agreements under which M-Real Corporation and its parent company will supply wood, energy and pulp to us. In addition, we entered into transitional marketing agreements under which M-Real Corporation will produce products at certain graphic paper machines at the Husum mill (Sweden) and the Äänekoski mill (Finland) and we will market and distribute those products. At the time the Acquisition was announced, M-Real Corporation announced plans to discontinue production of coated woodfree paper at its Hallein and Gohrsmühle mills, resulting in a capacity reduction of about 600,000 tones of coated woodfree paper in Europe.

        The total consideration for the Acquisition was € 750 million and was subject to a deduction based on the amount of net debt of the Acquired Business at completion and an adjustment for the difference between the target working capital and the actual working capital at completion. The Acquisition consideration represents a price of approximately € 400 per tonne of annual paper production capacity acquired.

        We funded the consideration for the Acquisition as follows:

13



Acquired Business

        The Acquired Business was previously operated by M-Real Corporation as part of its broader graphic paper business. We acquired the Acquired Business in the form of specific assets and as the shares of certain of M-Real Corporation's subsidiaries that own relevant assets.


Mills

        We acquired, either by acquiring the relevant assets or shares of a holding company, the following four mills as part of the Acquired Business.

        Kirkniemi.    We acquired the assets comprising Kirkniemi mill, located 70 kilometers west of Helsinki, Finland. The mill was built in 1966 and has an annual production capacity of approximately 740,000 tonnes of paper and 338,000 tonnes of mechanical pulp. The mill has approximately 639 employees. The products of the Kirkniemi mill are:

        Kangas.    We acquired the assets comprising Kangas mill except its PM 2. The mill is located 270 kilometers north of Helsinki in Jyväskylä, Finland. The mill was established in 1872 and has an annual production capacity of approximately 210,000 tonnes of paper after the closure of a paper machine in 2008. The mill has approximately 225 employees and produces Galerie Silk, a coated magazine paper with a silk finish.

        Stockstadt.    We acquired the shares of M-Real Stockstadt GmbH, which holds Stockstadt mill located in Stockstadt, Germany. The mill was established in 1898 and has an annual production capacity of approximately 420,000 tonnes of paper and 160,000 tonnes of pulp. The mill has approximately 720 employees. Its products are:

        Biberist.    We acquired the shares of M-Real Biberist, which holds Biberist mill, located in Biberist, Switzerland. The mill was established in 1862 and has an annual production capacity of approximately 505,000 tonnes. The mill has approximately 538 employees and produces woodfree coated fine paper for the graphic arts industry and offset printing, as well as woodfree uncoated pre-printed paper for office, pre-printed and offset applications. The products of the Biberist mill are:

14



Coaters

        We acquired the paper coating machines from M-Real Corporation as part of the Acquisition. We expect to complete the reallocation of products by the end of June 2009.


Marketing and Distribution Rights

        Under distribution agreements entered into as part of the Acquisition, M-Real Corporation granted us the exclusive right to market and sell the products of certain graphic paper machines at M-Real Corporation's Husum mill and Äänekoski mill for a period of five years, with a minimum duration of 27 months or, if earlier, until M-Real Corporation sells the relevant mill. We will be entitled to a commission on sales while the agreements are in effect. The graphic paper machines subject to the distribution agreements are described below.

        Husum PM 8.    We entered into a distribution agreement in respect of PM 8 at M-Real Corporation's Husum mill in Sweden. PM 8 is the only asset producing coated graphic paper at Husum mill and has an annual production capacity of 285,000 tonnes of Galerie Fine paper, a coated fine paper with high brightness, smoothness and improved opacity.

        Äänekoski PM 2.    We entered into a distribution agreement in respect of PM 2 at M-Real Corporation's Äänekoski mill in Finland. Äänekoski's PM 2 produces triple blade coated wood-free art paper on one paper machine that is marketed under the brand name Galerie Art. The machine has an annual production capacity of 200,000 tonnes.


Supply Agreements

        In addition to the Acquisition Agreement, we entered into various ancillary agreements with M-Real Corporation and its parent company as part of the Acquisition. Under a wood supply agreement M-Real Corporation's parent company will supply up to 704,000 cubic meters of wood, substantially all of which will be sourced in Southern Finland, to the Kirkniemi mill annually for a minimum period of 12 years at market rates. This new wood supply agreement comes in addition to existing arrangements for the Stockstadt mill under which a subsidiary of M-Real Corporation's parent company will continue to supply wood. Pursuant to two pulp supply agreements, M-Real Corporation and its parent company will supply up to 667,000 tonnes of pulp per year for minimum periods of between 3 and 8 years to the mills acquired in the Acquisition. We also entered into two electricity supply agreements pursuant to which M-Real Corporation will supply part of the electricity for Kirkniemi and Kangas mills for up to 5 years.


Ancillary Assets of the Acquired Business

        We also acquired from M-Real Corporation the business assets relating to the coated graphic paper business of the Gohrsmühle and Hallein mills, from which we acquired coaters, and the Husum and Äänekoski mills, for which we entered into marketing and distribution agreements. These business assets include goodwill, intellectual property, brands, know-how, business contracts, order books and customer lists in respect of these mills.

        We did not acquire these additional assets to the extent that they relate to M-Real Corporation's South African coated graphic paper business. However, M-Real Corporation granted us an option to acquire the business assets relating to its South African coated graphic paper for an agreed sum. We also granted M-Real Corporation an option requiring us to acquire these business assets relating to South Africa for the same price when the option is exercised. Either option may be exercised any time after January 31, 2009.


Transferred Employees

        Approximately 2,100 employees associated with the Acquired Business have transferred to our Group. M-Real Corporation is liable for any costs of terminating any other employees.

15



The Pulp and Paper Industry

        The paper industry is generally divided into the printing and writing paper segment, consisting of newsprint, groundwood paper and fine paper, and the packaging segment, consisting of containerboard, boxboard and sackkraft.

        Long-term, paper and board consumption has grown in line with overall economic growth, but consumption patterns are also influenced by short-term economic developments. Pricing largely is influenced by the supply / demand balance for individual products, which is partially dependent on capacity and inventory levels in the industry. The ability to adapt capacity changes in response to shorter-term fluctuations in demand is limited, as large amounts of capital are required for the construction or upgrade of production facilities and as lead times are long between the planning and completion of new facilities. Industry-wide over-investment in new production capacity has in the past led to situations of significant oversupply, which have caused product prices to decrease. This has been exacerbated by inventory speculation, as purchasers have sought to benefit from the price trend. As a result, financial performance has deteriorated during periods of significant oversupply and improved when demand has increased to levels that support the implementation of price increases.

        In recent years, the industry has experienced significant strategic changes. The high costs associated with building new paper mills and establishing and growing market share have led to companies focusing on acquisition, rather than construction, of new capacity. In China, however, rapid economic growth and government incentives have spurred massive investment in the pulp and paper industry. In recent years, China's paper and board as well as fine paper capacity increased considerably allowing China to change from a net importer to a net exporter of coated fine paper. Another result of this trend has been a greater concentration of production capacity among fewer producers. Many leading industry producers now focus on fewer core grades and have divested non-core assets that are not part of the industry or which have been considered not consistent with long-term strategies. The regional and global market shares of leading producers have increased significantly over the past decade.

        The following table shows a breakdown and description of the major product categories we participate in, the products in these categories and the typical uses for such products. We have produced and sold each of these products in each of our last three fiscal years.

Major Product Categories
  Description and Typical Uses

Fine Paper:

   
       

Coated paper

  Higher level of smoothness than uncoated paper achieved by applying a coating (typically clay based) on the surface of the paper. As a result, higher reprographic quality and printability is achieved. Uses include brochures, catalogues, corporate communications materials, direct mail promotions, educational textbooks, luxury advertising, magazine covers and upscale magazines.
       

Uncoated paper

 

Uses include business forms, business stationery, general printing paper, tissue and photocopy paper.

       

Speciality paper

 

Can be either coated or uncoated. Uses include bags, labels, packaging and release paper for casting textured finishes (e.g.,  artificial leather).

16


Major Product Categories
  Description and Typical Uses

Packaging products:

   
       

Packaging paper

 

Heavy and lightweight grades of paper and board primarily used for primary and secondary packaging of fast moving consumer goods, agricultural and industrial products. Products include containerboard (corrugated shipping containers), sack kraft (multi-walled shipping sacks) and machine glazed kraft (grocer's bags). Can be coated to enhance barrier and aesthetics properties.

Groundwood products:

   
       

Newsprint

 

Manufactured from groundwood and bleached chemical pulp. Uses include advertising inserts and newspapers. Demand is highly dependent on newspaper circulation and retail advertising.

       

Coated groundwood / magazine paper

 

A coated groundwood fiber based paper, primarily used for magazines, catalogues and advertising material. Manufactured from mechanical pulp.

Pulp:

   
       

Paper pulp

 

Main raw material used in production of printing, writing and packaging paper. Pulp is the generic term that describes the cellulose fiber derived from wood. These cellulose fibers may be separated by mechanical, thermo-mechanical or chemical processes. The chemical processes involve removing the glues (lignins) which bind the wood fibers to leave cellulose fibers. Paper made from chemical pulp is generally termed "woodfree". Uses include paper, paperboard and tissue.

       

Chemical cellulose

 

Manufactured by similar processes to paper pulp, but purified further to leave virtually pure cellulose fibers. Chemical cellulose is used in the manufacture of a variety of cellulose textile and non-woven fiber products, including viscose staple fiber (rayon), solvent spun fiber (lyocell) and filament. It is also used in various other cellulose-based applications in the food, cigarette, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. These include the manufacture of acetate flake, microcrystalline cellulose, cellophane, ethers and molding powders. The various grades of chemical cellulose are manufactured in accordance with the specific requirements of customers in different market segments. The purity of the chemical cellulose is one of the key determinants of its suitability for particular applications with the purer grades of chemical cellulose generally supplied into the speciality segments.

Timber products:

 

Sawn timber for construction and furniture manufacturing purposes.

17


        The following tables set forth selected pulp and paper prices in certain markets for the periods presented.

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  Low   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low   High  
Coated Fine Paper                                                  
100 gsm delivered Germany (euro per tonne)(1)     750     820     760     830     790     825     845     845  
60 lb. delivered US (US$ per short ton)(2)     960     1,095     890     965     900     960     870     920  

Uncoated Fine Paper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
50 lb. delivered US (US$ per short ton)(3)     830     970     790     855     700     850     700     770  

Paper Pulp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
NBSK (US$ per tonne)(4)     850     890     720     830     595     715     585     655  

Chemical cellulose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
92 alpha (US$ per tonne)(5)     820     1,200     715     870     650     775     600     780  

(1)
100 gsm sheets, RISI.

(2)
60 lb. Coated Web, RISI.

(3)
50 lb. Offset, RISI.

(4)
Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft Pulp CIF Northern Europe, RISI.

(5)
Selected indicative prices, Sappi.


Fine Paper

        Our fine paper activities are divided into coated and uncoated fine paper and speciality paper grades.

        Coated Fine Paper.    Major end uses of coated fine paper include high-end magazines, catalogues, brochures, annual reports and commercial printing. Coated fine paper is made from chemical pulp and is coated on one or both sides for use where high reprographic quality is required. The majority of coated fine paper production is coated on two sides, permitting quality printing on both sides of the paper. Paper that is coated on one side is used in special applications such as consumer product and mailing label applications.

        Our North American coated fine paper sales volume for fiscal 2007 was 31% in sheet form and 69% in reel form, and for fiscal 2008 was 24% in sheet form and 76% in reel form. The sheet volume is largely influenced by brochure and general commercial printing activities and printers using mainly sheet-fed offset lithographic printing processes, which are not particularly seasonal, and corporate annual reports, which result in heaviest demand during the first calendar quarter. Reels volume is heavily influenced by catalogue activity, which is strongest in the third and fourth calendar quarters, text book activity, which is strongest in the second and third calendar quarters, and publication printer activity, which is not particularly seasonal. These printers principally use heatset web offset printing processes.

        Our European coated fine paper sales volume for fiscal 2007 and 2008 year, was 61% in sheet form and 39% in reel form. Due to the diversity in languages in the European market, the print editions of brochure and general commercial printing activities are considerably smaller than in the US market. This translates into a significantly higher volume in sheets. The seasonal patterns of both sheets and reels are mostly influenced by the catalogue business. This segment has its highest seasonal activity in the spring, when the fashion catalogues come out, and the autumn, when the Christmas catalogues and holiday brochures are printed. Commercial print and publishing business provide a more steady demand in this market.

        Uncoated Paper.    Uncoated fine paper represents the largest industry fine paper grade in terms of both global capacity and consumption. Uncoated fine paper is used for bond / writing and offset printing papers, photocopy papers, writing tablets (e.g., legal pads), speciality lightweight printing paper (e.g., bibles) and thin paper.

18


        The market for uncoated paper products generally follows cyclical trends, which do not necessarily coincide with cycles for coated paper but are impacted by capacity changes in uncoated fine paper output levels.

        Speciality Paper.    The high value-added speciality paper markets in which Sappi Fine Paper operates generally follow trends in the respective end use sectors in addition to changes in production capacity, output levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. Largely due to the highly specialized nature of speciality paper, price fluctuations have historically tended to lag and be less precipitous than price changes in the uncoated fine paper market.


Groundwood Products

        Coated Magazine Paper.    Coated magazine paper has similar end-uses as coated fine paper and is used mainly for magazines and, among other things, for brochures, catalogues, advertising materials and promotional products. Depending on quality requirements and price levels, substitution between coated fine paper and coated magazine paper is possible. Coated magazine paper is made mainly from mechanical pulp and typically has glossy finishes on both sides. European demand for coated magazine paper grew by 1.6% in fiscal 2008 with eastern Europe experiencing a higher growth rate than western Europe. Worldwide demand for coated magazine paper contracted by 2.1% in fiscal 2008 and continued to contract post our fiscal 2008 year end due to a worldwide economic slowdown and a contraction in magazine advertising expenditure. Including the Acquired Business, we expect to be a major producer of coated magazine paper in Europe, as measured by capacity.

        Newsprint.    The Ngodwana mill produces newsprint. The worldwide market for newsprint is a low growth sector in the paper industry and was adversely affected during the early 1990s by substantial increased capacity and stagnating demand from, and cost-cutting measures imposed by, major newsprint end-users. In South Africa, newsprint demand has increased due to increased consumption based on new titles and a greater penetration of freesheets.


Packaging Products

        Our range of forest products comprises a variety of packaging papers produced in southern Africa at the Tugela, Cape Kraft and Ngodwana mills. We are one of the two major suppliers of packaging papers in South Africa.

        Packaging Paper.    As with fine paper, the market for packaging papers is affected by cyclical changes in the world economy, local economic growth, retail sales and by changes in production capacity and output levels. The southern African containerboard market was positively affected by strong gross domestic product growth and corresponding growth in retail sales during fiscal 2007. During fiscal 2008 the southern African containerboard market was further positively affected by a good citrus crop and corresponding demand from export markets, as well as strong demand from the industrial sector. Demand for sack kraft is largely driven by the demand for cement, potatoes, sugar and milling products. Our sack kraft market share was negatively affected by lower priced imported products and production constraints in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 but in fiscal 2007 fiscal 2008 has increased due to higher priced and therefore less attractive imports and significant improvements in production output.


Pulp

        We produce chemical cellulose, as well as a wide range of paper pulp grades, including groundwood pulp used in newsprint, unbleached kraft pulp, bleached kraft pulp and bleached sulphite pulp.

        Paper Pulp.    The market pulp industry is highly competitive and is sensitive to changes in industry capacity, producer inventories, demand for paper and cyclical changes in the world economy. The market price per tonne of NBSK pulp, a pulp principally used for the manufacture of fine paper, is a benchmark widely used in the industry for comparative purposes.

        NBSK prices hit a cyclical low of $380 per metric tonne in 2002. The pulp market improved towards the end of 2005 and remained firm during fiscal 2006, 2007 and 2008. As a result, NBSK prices averaged

19



US$ 695 per metric tonne during 2006 and continued to increase to US$ 770 in October 2006, US$ 830 in October 2007 and US$ 858, in September 2008. Since September 2008 pulp markets have weakened considerably due to the worldwide economic slowdown and the price of NBSK has declined to US$ 615 per metric tonne in January 2009.

        Market unbleached kraft pulp (UKP) is used in the production of packaging papers, including kraft linerboard and sack kraft and for certain niche products such as oil and air filters. The market price of UKP generally follows the price trends of other paper pulp grades.

        Chemical cellulose.    The viscose staple fiber (VSF) industry which manufactures textile and non-woven fibers is the largest market segment for chemical cellulose. Prices of VSF grade chemical cellulose generally follow those of the European NBSK. Since 1995, the price of VSF grade chemical cellulose has ranged from a high of around US$ 1,100 per metric tonne in some instances in the third fiscal quarter of 2008 (second calendar quarter), to a low of US$ 470 per metric tonne in the second quarter of 2002. During fiscal 2008, prices of VSF grade chemical cellulose strengthened in line with NBSK prices. Subsequently these prices have fallen sharply as a result of the weaker economic conditions and the rapid decline in demand for chemical cellulose in the latter part of the quarter ended December 2008. Prices of the higher purity chemical cellulose used in applications other than for VSF products tend to be more stable and are largely unrelated to the price of NBSK. The manufacture of cellulose acetate flake (used in the manufacture of acetate tow for cigarette filter tips) is the second largest application for chemical cellulose after VSF. The market price for chemical cellulose used for cellulose acetate flake production is set by competitive forces within this specific market and has increased to levels above US$ 1,000 per metric tonne. The weakness in the paper pulp markets and chemical cellulose markets has put pressure on chemical cellulose prices since October 2008.


Timber Products

        Our timber products operations are concentrated in South Africa and consist of sawn timber for the building industry and components for the furniture and packaging industry.


Business Review

        Sappi Fine Paper is our largest operating segment, accounting for approximately 65% of our sales volume for fiscal 2008 and approximately 63% of our sales volume in fiscal 2007. It has an aggregate annual paper production capacity of 4.4 million tonnes at 14 paper and related paper pulp mills in North America, Europe and South Africa.

        Sappi Forest Products is an integrated pulp, packaging paper and timber products producer. In fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, Sappi Forest Products accounted for approximately 37% and 35%, respectively, of our sales volumes.

        We also operate a trading network for the international marketing and distribution of our products outside our core operating regions of North America, Europe and southern Africa. Our trading operation, which we refer to as Sappi Trading, co-ordinates our shipping and other logistical functions for exports from southern Africa, Europe and North America. All sales and costs associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to the two business segments.

        The markets for our pulp and paper products are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels and by cyclical changes in the world economy. For further information, see "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Principal Factors Impacting on Group Results—Markets" and "The Pulp and Paper Industry".

20


        The chart below represents our operational rather than the legal or ownership structure as of September 2008. Units shown are not necessarily legal entities.

GRAPHIC

        The following tables set forth certain information with respect to our operations for, or as of the end of, the year ended September 2008.

 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
 
 
  North
America
  Europe   South
Africa
  Sappi
Forest
Products
  Corporate
and
Other
  Total  
 
  US$ million (tonnes '000)
 

Sales volume (tonnes)

    1,553     2,546     339     2,413         6,851  

Sales

    1,664     2,720     380     1,099         5,863  

Operating profit

    92     (64 )   6     273     7     314  

Operating assets(1)

    1,285     2,224     167     1,972     44     5,792  

(1)
Operating assets as defined in note 3 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        On December 31, 2008, we acquired specific assets of M-real Corporation's coated graphic paper business, including four of M-real Corporation's graphic paper mills in Finland, Germany and Switzerland, with an aggregate annual production capacity of 1.9 million tonnes, and three coaters from other M-real Corporation mills in Germany and Austria. See "The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business".


SAPPI FINE PAPER

Overview

        Sappi Fine Paper is our largest operating segment and contributed approximately 63% and 65%, respectively, of our sales volume in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. It has the capacity to produce 4.4 million tonnes of paper per annum at its 14 paper and related paper pulp mills located on three continents. Sappi

21



Fine Paper operates in three principal regions: Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa.

        The following chart sets forth certain information with respect to the mills and principal products of Sappi Fine Paper as of September 2008.

GRAPHIC


(1)
We ceased production of PM 5 at the Maastricht mill in December 2008.

        The following table sets out the approximate annual production capacity of Sappi Fine Paper's products.

 
  Annual Production Capacity  
 
  North
America
  Europe   South
Africa
  Total  

Production capacity ('000s tonnes):

                         
 

Fine paper

                         
   

Coated(1)(5)

    1,290     2,710     80     4,080  
   

Uncoated(2)

            270     270  
     

Total(3)

    1,290     2,710     350     4,350  
 

Paper pulp

    900     695     165     1,760  
 

Percentage paper pulp integration(4)

    114 %   48 %   59% (6)   65 %

(1)
Includes coated fine paper, coated groundwood paper and speciality papers.

(2)
Includes 30,000 tonnes of tissue manufactured at the Stanger mill in South Africa and 14,000 tonnes of kraft manufactured at the Enstra and Adamas mills in South Africa.

(3)
Excludes Chinese joint venture tonnes.

(4)
Includes pulp used internally and pulp sold.

(5)
Includes 120,000 tonnes for the Blackburn mill which ceased production in October 2008 and 60,000 tonnes for the PM5 at Maastricht which ceased production in December 2008.

(6)
Sappi Forest Products provides most of the additional pulp requirements of our South African fine paper operations.

22



Facilities and Operations

Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America is a leading producer and supplier of coated fine paper in the United States. Sappi Fine Paper North America also produces coated speciality papers and, from time to time, uncoated fine papers.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America is headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, and operates four paper mills in the United States in Somerset, Maine; Muskegon, Michigan; Westbrook, Maine; and Cloquet, Minnesota. These four mills have a total annual production capacity of approximately 1.3 million tonnes of paper and a capacity of approximately 0.9 million tonnes of paper pulp, which represents approximately 112% of Sappi Fine Paper North American pulp requirements. This significantly reduces Sappi Fine Paper North America's exposure to fluctuations in the price of market pulp that are not driven by fluctuations in wood or other major raw material prices. As part of our strategy to maintain an efficient asset base, we announced in July 2005 the closure of PM 4 and the mothballing of the pulp mill at Muskegon, which had an annual production capacity of 105,000 tonnes of paper and 110,000 tonnes of pulp, respectively.

        Coated paper accounted for approximately 75% and 76% of Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, respectively. Speciality paper and pulp accounted for 25% and 24% for fiscal 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The following table sets forth sales by product for our North American operations.

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Sales (US$ million)

                   
 

Coated fine paper

    1,273     1,136     1,094  
 

Speciality paper and other(2)

    391     375     345  
               
   

Total

    1,664     1,511     1,439  
               

(1)
Includes sales for PM 4 at Muskegon mill during the 2005 fiscal year, which contributed US$ 83 million of sales (68,300 tonnes).

(2)
Other consists primarily of market pulp.

        For the year ended September 2008, Sappi Fine Paper North America sold approximately 1,553,000 tonnes of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth the annual production capacity, number of paper machines, products, pulp integration, and for fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2008 capital expenditures, at each of our continuing mills in North America.

 
  Mill Locations  
Production capacity
('000s tonnes)
  Cloquet   Somerset   Muskegon   Westbrook  

Paper

    330     760     170     30  

Number of paper machines

    2     3     1     1  

Products

                         

Paper

    Coated fine paper     Coated fine paper     Coated fine paper     Casting release paper  

Market pulp

    Bleached kraft pulp     Bleached kraft pulp          

Percentage pulp integration(1)

    232 %   94 %   None     None  

Capital expenditures (October 2005-September 2008) (US$ million)

    37     141     10     20  

(1)
Includes pulp sold to third parties.

        Cloquet.    The Cloquet mill has two paper machines and an offline coater, producing premium coated paper. The newest machine and coater were installed in 1988 and 1989, respectively. The pulp mill started up by the previous owner in 2000 at a total cost of US$ 525 million. The Cloquet paper machines have an annual

23


production capacity of 330,000 tonnes of coated paper, and the state-of-the-art pulp mill has an annual production capacity of 410,000 tonnes.

        Somerset.    The Somerset mill is a low-cost producer and has an annual production capacity of approximately 760,000 tonnes of paper and approximately 490,000 tonnes of pulp. The pulp mill was built in 1976, and Somerset became an integrated facility with the completion of PM 1 in 1982. Each of the three paper machines at the Somerset facility employs Sappi Fine Paper North America's patented on-line finishing technology. This technology combines the three steps (paper making, coating and finishing) in the manufacture of coated paper into one continuous process. It is well suited for the lighter weight coated free sheet papers produced at Somerset, because it allows the production of high gloss, consistent quality products at high speeds.

        Muskegon.    The Muskegon mill consists of one paper machine with an annual winder capacity of approximately 170,000 tonnes of text and cover weight coated paper using Sappi Fine Paper North America's on-line finishing technology. On July 28, 2005, we announced the closure of PM 4 and the mothballing of the pulp mill at Muskegon, which had an annual production capacity of 105,000 tonnes of paper and 110,000 tonnes of pulp, respectively.

        Westbrook.    Westbrook is Sappi Fine Paper North America's original mill, with origins dating back to 1854. The mill is primarily a speciality paper production facility with an annual capacity of 30,000 tonnes of coated fine and casting release paper. Its paper machine primarily produces base paper, which is coated off-line. Westbrook also has six speciality coaters, including four employing Sappi Fine Paper North America's patented Ultracast® process. This process uses an electron beam to cure coating against a finely engraved steel roll, resulting in a virtually exact replication of the roll pattern. Sappi Fine Paper North America also has a research and development facility at Westbrook.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America also operates a coated paper sheeting and distribution facility in Allentown, Pennsylvania, which was completed in 1994 and has an annual sheeting capacity of approximately 100,000 tonnes.


Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Sappi Fine Paper is a leading producer of coated fine paper in Europe and a producer of commercial printing paper, coated groundwood paper and speciality paper used in packaging, labeling and laminating. Sappi Fine Paper Europe's operations consist of seven mills with an aggregate annual production capacity of approximately 2.7 million tonnes of paper and 695,000 tonnes of related paper pulp. Sappi Fine Paper Europe's headquarters are located in Brussels, Belgium.

        The following table sets forth sales by product for our Sappi Fine Paper Europe operations:

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Sales (US$ million):

                   
 

Coated fine paper(1)

    2,407     2,101     1,917  
 

Uncoated fine paper

    27     51     38  
 

Speciality coated paper and other

    286     235     239  
               
   

Total

    2,720     2,387     2,194  
               

(1)
Includes coated mechanical paper produced at Lanaken mill.

        For the year ended September 2008, Sappi Fine Paper Europe sold approximately 2,545,941 tonnes, of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth the annual production capacity, number of paper

24



machines, products, pulp integration, and, for fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2008, capital expenditures, at each of Sappi Fine Paper Europe's mills in Europe.

 
  Mill Location  
 
  Germany   Austria   Netherlands   Belgium   United
Kingdom
 
 
  Alfeld   Ehingen   Gratkorn   Maastricht(1)   Nijmegen   Lanaken   Blackburn(1)  

Paper capacity
('000s tonnes)

    370     250     900     330     240     500     120  

Number of paper machines

    5     1     2     2     1     2     1  

Products

    Coated and uncoated fine paper, coated specialties paper     Coated fine paper and uncoated fine paper     Coated fine paper and uncoated fine paper     Coated
fine paper
and coated speciality paper
    Coated fine paper     Coated groundwood paper and coated fine paper     Coated fine paper  

Percentage pulp integration(2)

    52 %   96 %   55 %   None     None     63 %   None  

Capital expenditures
(October 2005 to September 2008)
(US$ million)

    33     106     114     23     12     29     4  

(1)
Production at our Blackburn mill ceased in October 2008 and the mill was closed in November 2008. We also ceased production of PM 5 (with a capacity of 60,000 tonnes per annum included in the table above) at our Maastricht mill, as described under "—Blackburn" and "—Maastricht" below.

(2)
Includes pulp sold to third parties.

        Alfeld.    The Alfeld mill is located to the south of Hannover, Germany, and its origins date back to 1706. It has a paper production capacity of approximately 370,000 tonnes and a pulp production capacity of approximately 125,000 tonnes per annum. It produces coated fine and speciality paper products, which are mainly coated and have a variety of finishes. In 1995 a major rebuild of Alfeld's PM 3 was completed, enhancing the production of low substance flexible packaging papers. Alfeld's PM 3 employs a fully integrated concept of in-line coating and calendaring. The Alfeld mill produces totally chlorine-free ("TCF") bleached sulphite pulp for its own use. In early 2002, a rebuild of Alfeld's PM 2 was completed. Alfeld spent approximately € 50 million on the rebuild of its PM 2.

        Ehingen.    The Ehingen mill is located to the southeast of Stuttgart, Germany and was acquired by Hannover Papier, predecessor entity to Sappi Alfeld, in 1987. A paper machine with a capacity of 180,000 tonnes per annum of coated fine paper was commissioned in July 1991, expanding Ehingen from a market pulp mill into an integrated pulp and paper mill. During 1994, the construction of a high-rack warehouse was completed. As a result of upgrades during 1994 and 1996, Ehingen's total paper capacity was increased to 235,000 tonnes per annum. During June and July 2006 the paper machine was rebuilt and started up together with a new coater allowing a significant quality upgrade from single coated to triple coated fine paper with capacity of approximately 250,000 tonnes per annum. The pulp mill's capacity is currently 135,000 tonnes per annum of TCF bleached sulphite pulp. The pulp is produced mainly for internal use, but is also sold to third party customers.

        Gratkorn.    Paper has been produced at the Gratkorn, Austria site for more than four centuries. Following a major expansion and renovation project the Gratkorn mill has been transformed from a five-machine mill into a two-machine mill. As a result of this project, Gratkorn currently has an annual capacity of 900,000 tonnes of triple-coated fine paper on just two paper machines and 255,000 tonnes of TCF chemical pulp. The machines at Gratkorn are among the largest and most efficient paper machines in the world. After extension of Gratkorn's sheeting plant, it also has an annual sheet finishing capacity of 800,000 tonnes.

        Maastricht.    The Maastricht, Netherlands mill at January 2009 has the capacity to produce over 270,000 tonnes per annum of coated fine paper and board and one-side coated paper used primarily for printing labels. Paper was first produced in Maastricht in 1852. PM 6, which was installed at Maastricht in 1962, was first rebuilt in 1977. In 1996, PM 6 underwent an extensive NLG224 million (€ 102 million) rebuild. Maastricht

25



specializes in high basis-weight triple-coated fine paper and board for graphics applications. PM 6's production complements that of the Gratkorn mill, which produces lower weight coated fine paper. We ceased production at Maastricht's PM 5 in December 2008, having reached an agreement with the Mill's Works Council in respect of such action. Production ceased at PM5 which has reduced the mill's total capacity by 60,000 tonnes per annum. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment and Joint Ventures".

        Lanaken.    The Lanaken, Belgium mill began commercial operations in 1966. It produces coated groundwood paper and lower weight wood-containing coated paper for offset printing. Coated groundwood paper for web offset presses is used primarily in the production of advertising materials and magazines. Lanaken's two paper machines have a total annual capacity of 500,000 tonnes. One machine principally produces coated groundwood paper. It was completely overhauled in 1992, and an additional off-line coater was installed to provide triple coating capability. The other paper machine produces lower-weight wood-containing paper. Its capacity was increased to 305,000 tonnes per annum as a result of an optimization process during the mid-1990s. Lanaken produces chemi-thermo-mechanical pulp (CTMP) in an integrated plant which has been extended to an annual capacity of 180,000 tonnes. This enables the mill to supply approximately 63% of its fiber requirements for paper production.

        During fiscal 2007 the administration of the Maastricht and Lanaken mills was combined to reduce costs.

        Nijmegen.    The Nijmegen, Netherlands mill began operations in 1955 and operates one paper machine. The mill specializes in the production of reels of coated fine paper for web offset printing. It also produces special coated fine paper for use in digital printing. The Nijmegen mill was upgraded in 2001. The upgrade increased its capacity by 40,000 tonnes per annum. With an annual production capacity of 240,000 tonnes, the Nijmegen mill is one of Europe's largest suppliers of coated fine web offset paper. Rotary, or web, offset paper is used for commercial printing and publishing.

        Blackburn.    The Blackburn, England mill was established in 1875, and has been a major producer of cast coated paper. The Blackburn mill was rebuilt completely in 1996. In May 2000, we sold our Astralux brand of cast coated papers produced at the mill to the Favini Group in Italy. The production of cast-coated papers at the Blackburn mill ceased at the end of May 2000. The annual capacity of the mill is 120,000 tonnes.

        On September 22, 2008, we reached an agreement with labor representatives at the Blackburn mill pursuant to which the mill has been closed on November 12, 2008. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment and Joint Ventures".

        Nash.    The Nash mill in Hemel Hempstead, England operated as a paper mill since the 1800s and manufactured a variety of different grades of paper and board. During May 2006, production at the Nash mill was terminated and the plant and equipment were sold locally with some being transferred elsewhere in our Group. During the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Nash site was sold for US$ 46 million and a pre-tax profit of US$ 26 million was recognized in our results in that quarter. Most of the products previously manufactured at the mill are now produced at the Adamas mill in South Africa.

        Acquisition of coated graphic paper business from M-real Corporation.    As part of the Acquisition, we acquired four of M-real Corporation's graphic paper mills: Kangas mill in Finland, with an annual production capacity of approximately 210,000 tonnes; Kirkniemi mill, also in Finland, with an annual production capacity of approximately 740,000 tonnes; Stockstadt mill in Germany, with an annual production capacity of approximately 420,000 tonnes and Biberist mill in Switzerland, with an annual production capacity of approximately 505,000 tonnes. These mills produce a range of coated and uncoated paper, including coated magazine paper. The Acquisition also includes the coaters from M-real Corporation's Gohrsmühle mill in Germany and Hallein mill in Austria. See "The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business".


Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

        Sappi Fine Paper, through Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, produces and markets a wide range of coated, uncoated and speciality papers as well as crêped tissue and fiberboard in South Africa. Sappi Fine Paper

26



South Africa is headquartered in Johannesburg. In the uncoated fine paper sector, Sappi Fine Paper operates one integrated pulp and uncoated paper mill, Enstra (located near Johannesburg). Stanger (located north of Durban) uses bagasse (the fibrous residue of sugar cane) to produce coated fine paper and tissue. A smaller paper mill, Adamas (located in Port Elizabeth) utilizes pulp from our pulp mills and waste paper to produce speciality paper and some kraft products. Adamas now also produces branded printing paper and board, previously produced at the Nash mill in the United Kingdom. Sappi Fine Paper South Africa is the only producer of coated fine paper in South Africa.

        For the years ended September 2007 and 2008, Sappi Fine Paper South Africa sold approximately 350,000 tonnes and 339,000 tonnes, respectively, of paper and pulp products. The following table sets forth sales by product for our Sappi Fine Paper South Africa operations.

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Sales (US$ million):

                   
 

Coated fine paper

    67     70     61  
 

Uncoated fine paper

    229     208     191  
 

Speciality paper and other

    84     80     73  
               
   

Total

    380     358     325  
               

        The following table sets forth the annual paper production capacity, number of machines, products and pulp integration, and, for fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2008, capital expenditures at each of the mills of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa.

 
  Mill Locations  
 
  Enstra   Stanger   Adamas  

Paper capacity ('000s tonnes)

    200     110     40  

Number of paper machines

    3     2     2  

Products

    Uncoated fine paper     Coated fine paper, coated label paper and tissue     Prestige stationery, branded printing paper and board, envelope paper and corrugated medium  

Percentage pulp integration

    53 %   54 %   None  

Capital expenditures
(October 2005-September 2008)
(US$ million)

    18     13     9  

        Enstra.    The Enstra mill is the largest mill of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, with a capacity of approximately 200,000 tonnes of elemental chlorine-free uncoated fine paper products per annum. In 1996, the Enstra mill completed a US$ 96 million capital expenditure program. This program increased capacity by 50,000 tonnes per annum and has resulted in improved production efficiency and product quality. The product range at the Enstra mill caters to the business forms, scholastic, office, envelope and general printing industries. The mill has a capacity of 105,000 tonnes per annum of bleached hardwood pulp. The mill uses an oxygen bleaching process, which is a process that was developed at the mill in the 1970s and has since become the industry standard.

        Stanger.    The Stanger mill commenced operations in 1976. It is unique in South Africa in that it uses bagasse as its basic raw material to produce high quality matte and gloss coated art papers and tissue. Art paper is used for high quality books and magazines, brochures, annual reports and labels. A US$ 26 million upgrade of the mill's paper machine was completed in August 2001, increasing the coated paper capacity to 80,000 tonnes per annum. The mill also produces 30,000 tonnes of tissue per annum and has a capacity of 60,000 tonnes of bleached bagasse pulp per annum. A US$ 11 million upgrade on the bleach plant in 2006 converted the mill to an elemental chlorine free bleaching process.

27


        Adamas.    The Adamas mill is a small speciality mill. It produces high quality, uncoated prestige papers and boards in a variety of colors and embossing patterns. It also produces branded printing paper and board, previously produced at the Nash mill in the United Kingdom. The Adamas mill also produces packaging and industrial grades from waste paper. The mill has a capacity of 40,000 tonnes of paper per annum. This mill purchases waste paper and bleached pulp from our other mills.


Marketing and Distribution

Overview

        The further integration of our international marketing and distribution efforts is one of our main strategic objectives. In order to attain this objective, we have adopted a system whereby the marketing and distribution of our fine paper products is performed by our operating business in the respective region, supplemented by a trading network outside these core regions.

        Our trading network, Sappi Trading, coordinates the international marketing and distribution of our fine paper products outside our core regions. Sappi Trading operates in Hong Kong (China), Sydney (Australia), Sao Paulo (Brazil), Shanghai (China), Konstanz (Germany), Nairobi (Kenya), Mexico City (Mexico), Singapore, Johannesburg and Durban (South Africa), Zurich (Switzerland), Taipei (Taiwan) and New York (United States). It manages a network of agents around the world handling exports to over 70 countries. Sappi Trading also manages the export logistics of the southern African and United States operations.

        We sell the vast majority of our coated and uncoated fine paper through merchants. We also sell paper directly to converters. We generally deliver products sold to converters from the mill or via a distribution warehouse. Electronic business-to-business interaction has become more important to us, and we will continue to focus on increasing service and efficiency through business-to-business interaction. The systems and structures have been put in place to actively continue these efforts.

        Merchants are authorized to distribute Sappi Fine Paper's products by geographic area and to carry competitors' product lines to cover all segments of the market. Merchants perform numerous functions, including holding inventory, sales promotion and marketing, taking credit risk on sales and delivery, and distribution of the products. Merchants buy paper from Sappi Fine Paper and resell it, placing a mark-up on their purchase price. A merchant may either deliver to the customer from its own stock or arrange for delivery directly from the mill or one of the Sappi Fine Paper distribution warehouses.


Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's coated paper sales structure is organized in six regions with sales representatives located in all major market areas, and six technical representatives located in different regions in North America supporting the sales effort.

        Approximately 8% of Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales for fiscal 2007 and 2008 were outside North America. Sappi Fine Paper North America's sales outside North America are handled in southern Africa by Sappi Fine Paper South Africa, in Europe by Sappi Fine Paper Europe and outside those regions by Sappi Trading.

        In 2007 and 2008, the Sappi Fine Paper North America sales force sold coated graphic paper to approximately 338 and 340 merchant distribution locations, respectively. By selling exclusively through merchant channels, Sappi Fine Paper North America believes it has created a loyal group of merchant customers. Rather than competing with merchant distributors, the Sappi Fine Paper North America sales force focuses on generating demand with key printers, publishers and end users, which are then serviced by the merchant distributors.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's coated speciality papers are sold in North America through a dedicated speciality paper sales team directly to customers and outside of North America through a direct sales force, agents and distributors. The special end-use requirements often require a paper made to fit the customer's specific application.

28



Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        As part of the formation of Sappi Fine Paper in 1998, the sales and marketing operations of Sappi Fine Paper Europe were reorganized into graphic paper, comprising printing and writing paper, and speciality paper, comprising paper for labeling, packaging and other speciality uses.

        The sales division of the graphic paper unit is responsible for all sales of coated fine and groundwood papers in Europe. This includes European sales on behalf of Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa. It is also responsible for export sales to markets outside Europe. Sappi Fine Paper Europe's graphic products are distributed primarily by merchants. The export sales office manages exports to markets outside Europe through Sappi Trading, Sappi Fine Paper North America and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe's centralized logistics department was formed in early 1998. It is responsible for the development and optimization of the logistics of the graphic and speciality papers business units and the re-engineering of the supply chain.


Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

        Sappi Fine Paper South Africa has a marketing and sales and technical support team based in four major centers in South Africa and one in the United Kingdom (Nash). Approximately 14% of the sales of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa in fiscal 2008 were outside of southern Africa to markets in Europe, Africa, Asia and North and Latin America. The products of Sappi Fine Paper South Africa are distributed in southern Africa primarily through merchants. In addition, some large volume orders are sold directly to printers and converters.


Customers

        Sappi Fine Paper sells its products to a large number of customers, many of whom have long-standing relationships with us. These customers include merchants, converters and other direct consumers.

        The most significant merchant customers, based on sales during fiscal 2008 include:

        North America:    xpedx (a division of International Paper Company), Lindenmeyr Paper Company (owned by Central National Gottesman Inc.), Unisource Worldwide, Inc. (a majority interest of which is owned by Bain Capital Corporation), Domtar Distribution and a select number of regionally strong merchants.

        Europe:    PaperlinX, Antalis (owned by Sequana Capital), IGEPA Group, Lozano and Papyrus.

        Southern Africa:    Antalis SA (Pty) Limited, Peters Papers and Finwood Papers (a division of Buhrmann Paper Merchant Division).

        Two of these merchants, PaperlinX and IGEPA, represented individually more than 10% of our total sales during fiscal 2008.

        Sappi Fine Paper's converter customers include both multinational and regional converters. The most significant converter customers, based on sales during fiscal 2008 include: Amcor Flexibles, Novelis, Alcan, VAW Flexible Packaging, Avery, Mactac, American Packaging, Oracal and Unigraphics. These customers use our products in the production of pressure- sensitive and other types of labels as well as flexible packaging. Nampak, the CTP Group of companies, Paarl Media Lithotech, Merpak and Freedom Stationery and Silveray are also significant converter customers. These companies use our products in the production of packaging products. No converter customer, however, represented more than 10% of our total sales during fiscal 2008.

        Merchant sales constitute the majority of our fine paper sales. Pricing of fine paper products is generally subject to change upon notice of 30 days with longer notice periods (typically 3 to 6 months) for some large end-use customers. Sales to converters may be subject to longer notice periods, which would generally not exceed 12 months. We have long-standing relationships with most of our customers, with volume and pricing generally agreed on a quarterly basis.

29



Competition

Overview

        Although the markets for pulp and paper have regional characteristics, they are highly competitive international markets involving a large number of producers located around the world.

        Historically pulp and paper are subject to relatively low tariff protection in major markets, with existing tariff protections being further reduced under the World Trade Organization ("WTO"). In South Africa, no tariffs are imposed on imports of pulp and newsprint as well as most uncoated and coated woodfree products, with the exception of A4 office paper.

        Competition in markets for our products is primarily based on price, quality, service, breadth of product line, product innovation and sales and distribution support. The speciality paper market puts greater emphasis on product innovation and quality as well as technical considerations. The packaging paper and newsprint markets place more emphasis on price.

        In Western Europe and North America, industry production capacity closures of approximately 800,000 tonnes of coated fine paper and 1,300,000 tonnes of mechanical coated paper have been implemented between 2006 and 2007, with further production capacity closures of approximately 700,000 tonnes of coated fine paper and approximately 900,000 tonnes of coated mechanical paper having occurred up to September 2008.


North America

        The major domestic coated fine paper producers which compete with Sappi Fine Paper in North America are NewPage (formerly part of MeadWestvaco and currently owned by Cerberus) and Verso Paper (formerly part of International Paper Company and currently owned by an affiliate of Apollo Management L.P.). In addition, approximately 19% of US consumption is supplied by foreign producers, primarily Asian and European.


Europe

        The market leaders in coated fine paper production in Europe are Sappi, Stora Enso, Burgo-Marchi Group, UPM-Kymmene and Lecta (which is owned by an affiliate of CVC Partners).


Southern Africa

        Mondi Paper Company Limited is a significant competitor of Sappi Fine Paper in southern Africa in the uncoated fine paper sector. Coated fine paper imports, primarily from Europe and Asia, have gained an increased share of the southern African fine paper market and as a result of declining import duties, which were removed in 2006. A substantial part of the imports originate from Sappi Fine Paper's European mills.


SAPPI FOREST PRODUCTS

Overview

        Sappi Forest Products, headquartered in Johannesburg, South Africa, is an integrated pulp, packaging paper and timber products producer. Sappi Forest Products operates five pulp and paper mills and one sawmill and is managed in three operating divisions: Sappi Saiccor, Sappi Kraft and Sappi Forests.

        Sappi Forest Products is a major pulp and paper producer in Africa with a production capacity of 830,000 tonnes of paper, 800,000 tonnes of chemical cellulose and 1,050,000 tonnes of paper pulp per annum. It is also a major timber grower and manages directly and indirectly approximately 535,000 hectares of forestland, of which, approximately 389,000 hectares is planted with primarily pine and eucalyptus. Approximately 72% of our southern African pulpwood and sawlog requirements are from our own plantations. The term "directly manages" relates to plantations in southern Africa established on land that we either own or lease from a third party. The term "indirectly manages" relates to plantations in southern Africa established on land held by independent commercial farmers, where we provide technical assistance in the form of advice on the growing and tending of trees.

30


        The following chart sets forth certain information with respect to the mills and principal products of Sappi Forest Products as of September 2008.

GRAPHIC

        The following table sets forth sales by product for Sappi Forest Products' operations:

 
  Year ended September  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
Sales (US$ million):                    
  Commodity paper products(1)     474     429     410  
  Chemical cellulose     461     432     384  
  Paper pulp(2)     93     118     102  
  Timber and timber products     71     69     87  
               
    Total     1,099     1,048     983  
               

(1)
Includes newsprint and packaging products.

(2)
Excludes sales related to paper pulp produced by Sappi Fine Paper facilities.

        For the years ended September 2007 and 2008, Sappi Forest Products sold approximately 2,514,000 tonnes and 2,413,000 tonnes, respectively, of paper, pulp and forest products.

31


        The following table sets forth annual production capacity with respect to Sappi Forest Products' products:

Production capacity ('000s tonnes):        
  Paper products        
  Packaging paper     690  
  Newsprint     140  
       
    Total     830  
       
 
Pulp

 

 

 

 
  Chemical cellulose(1)     800  
  Paper pulp(2)     1,050  
       
    Total     1,850  
       
  Timber products     41 (3)
Percentage paper pulp integration     134 %(4)

(1)
Includes Sappi Saiccor capacity increase, which came on-line in September 2008.

(2)
Excludes production capacity related to paper pulp produced by Sappi Fine Paper facilities.

(3)
Represents 78,000 cubic meters.

(4)
Excludes pulp produced by Sappi Saiccor. Our southern African operations are net sellers of pulp.


Facilities and Operations

Sappi Saiccor

        Saiccor was established in 1951 and acquired by us in 1988. It is a low-cost producer and the world's largest single producer of chemical cellulose. In 1995, we completed an approximately US$ 221 million expansion project to increase capacity by one third to approximately 600,000 tonnes per annum. Capital expenditures during the period from October 2005 to the end of September 2008 were approximately US$ 531 million. Included in this period were a modernization project to de-bottleneck production at Saiccor at a cost of US$ 40 million and an amount of $470 million spent on an expansion project to increase Saiccor's chemical cellulose capacity to approximately 800,000 tonnes per annum. Construction on the expansion project commenced in August 2006. Originally scheduled for completion in the first half of 2008, the project was subject to delays and cost increases. Production from the additional capacity commenced in September 2008 and should be fully operational in February 2009. As a result of the rapid decline in demand for chemical cellulose experienced since November 2008, we are not utilizing all of the additional capacity at present and are curtailing production in certain elements of the old plant while utilizing the new plant to improve efficiencies.

        Almost all of Saiccor's chemical cellulose production is exported from South Africa and marketed and distributed internationally by Sappi Trading. The pulp principally produced is the type used in the manufacture of a variety of cellulose products, including viscose staple fibers or rayon and solvent spun fibers (lyocell). Both viscose and lyocell fibers are used in the manufacture of fashion and decorating textiles which have a soft, natural feel and excellent breathing properties. Given their particularly high absorbency properties, these fibers are also used in non-woven applications in the healthcare, industrial and disposable product markets. Chemical cellulose is also used in the manufacture of acetate flake, which is used in products such as filter tow for cigarette filters, and high quality yarns and fabrics. It is also used to manufacture microcrystalline cellulose, which is used as a rheological modifier in the food industry, as excipients for pharmaceuticals, and in various ethers for the chemical industry. It is also used to manufacture cellophane film for use in a variety of packaging applications.

        The mill's timber consumption is comprised primarily of eucalyptus hardwoods. These fast growing trees are grown in relatively close proximity to the mill, which contributes to Saiccor's position as a low cost producer of chemical cellulose.

32



Sappi Kraft

        Based upon volume sold in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, Sappi Kraft supplied approximately 57% and 59%, respectively, of South Africa's packaging paper requirements, other than cartonboard, from its Ngodwana, Tugela and Cape Kraft mills.

        The following chart sets forth the annual paper production capacity, number of machines, products, pulp integration, and, for fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2008, capital expenditures at each of Sappi Kraft's mills in South Africa.

 
  Mill Locations in South Africa
 
  Ngodwana   Tugela   Cape Kraft

Paper capacity
('000s tonnes)

  380   390   60

Number of paper machines

  2   4   1

Products

  Newsprint,
kraft linerboard,
white top linerboard,
plasterboard and bleached and unbleached market pulp
  Kraft linerboard, corrugating medium, sackkraft and machine glazed kraft   Linerboard corrugating medium and coated products

Percentage pulp integration(1)

  134%   100%   None(2)

Capital expenditures
(October 2005-
September 2008) (US$ million)

  31   25   2

(1)
Excludes "pulp" produced from recycled paper by the respective plants at the mills.

(2)
Cape Kraft's raw material requirements are met from waste fiber supplied by Sappi Waste Paper.

        Ngodwana.    Ngodwana was expanded between 1981 and 1985 from an unbleached kraft mill with a capacity of 100,000 tonnes per annum to a modernized mill with a capacity of approximately 240,000 tonnes of linerboard and 140,000 tonnes of newsprint per annum. The linerboard machine also produces White Top Liner (included in total linerboard capacity). The mill produces nearly 410,000 tonnes of bleached and unbleached pulp and 100,000 tonnes of groundwood pulp annually. The mill markets paper and excess pulp locally and in the export market. The mill is a large consumer of waste paper, which is used in the production of packaging paper. In 1995, the mill commissioned the world's first ozone bleaching plant, thus eliminating the use of elemental chlorine and significantly reducing mill effluent.

        Tugela.    Tugela is Sappi Kraft's largest integrated unbleached kraft mill, with a capacity of approximately 390,000 tonnes of packaging paper per annum. The mill supplies kraft linerboard and corrugating medium and most of South Africa's requirements for sackkraft, used in the production of multiwall sacks. Machine glazed packaging papers are also produced at the mill. The Kraft Linerboard machine was upgraded in 1996 at a cost of approximately US$ 81 million and the Sack Kraft machine and components of the pulp plant were upgraded in 2003 and 2004 at a cost of approximately US$ 50 million. It is the only mill in South Africa to offer high performance containerboard packaging and extensible Sack Kraft.

        Cape Kraft.    The Cape Kraft mill was built during 1980, commissioned in 1981 and upgraded in 1995. The mill presently has a capacity of 60,000 tonnes of linerboard and corrugating medium per annum, which it sells principally to the corrugating industry in the Western Cape. The mill uses approximately 67,000 tonnes per annum of waste paper to produce 60,000 tonnes per annum of paper. The fact that the mill's product is produced from 100% recycled paper can provide a competitive advantage in our markets, which are becoming increasingly environmentally aware.

        Usutu Pulp.    Usutu Pulp began production in 1961 and has been managed by us since 1989. The mill was upgraded during 1995 and 1996 at a cost of approximately US$ 69 million. During the period from

33



October 2002 to September 2007, an additional US$ 27 million was invested. The mill has a capacity of 190,000 tonnes of unbleached kraft pulp. The mill is situated in Swaziland and is surrounded by 66,000 hectares of forestlands, which it leases from the Swazi nation under a long-term lease extendable to 2089. The location of these forestlands, combined with the very compact areas the trees are planted on, provides for low wood delivery costs. See "—Supply Requirements—Southern Africa—Wood" for more information.

        In August 2008, forest fires caused by severe weather conditions resulted in the loss of approximately 28% of the mill's fiber supply. The volume of trees lost by Usutu reduced the value of the mill, which has therefore been impaired. An impairment loss of US$ 37 million has been recognized in fiscal 2008.

        Sappi Kraft also manages Sappi Waste Paper. Sappi Waste Paper collected approximately 201,000 tonnes, of waste paper in fiscal 2008 and approximately 183,000 tonnes during fiscal 2007. Most of the waste paper collected was supplied to our mills. Waste represents approximately 30% of the fiber requirements of our packaging grades.


Sappi Forests

        Sappi Forests, together with Usutu Forests, supplies or procures all of Sappi Forest Products' and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa's domestic pulpwood requirements of approximately 6 million tonnes per annum. 99% of the pulpwood comes from owned or contracted sources. Together they directly or indirectly manage or control, about 535,000 hectares of land situated in: Mpumalanga (44%), KwaZulu-Natal (44%) and Swaziland (12%).

 
  Hectares  

Owned by us in South Africa

    369,000  

Leased by us or managed directly in South Africa

    10,000  

Projects in South Africa (owned and managed by farmers that we indirectly manage through technical advice and support)

    90,000  

Leased by us in Swaziland

    66,000  
       
 

Total

    535,000  
       

        Securing raw material for the future is a vital element in the long-term planning of Sappi Forest Products' business. Sappi Forests has an extensive research operation which concentrates on programs to improve the yield per hectare of forestland used. Significant progress has been made in developing faster-growing trees with enhanced fiber yields. Sophisticated nurseries have been developed to accommodate the seedling requirements of Sappi Forest Products' operations. Approximately 50 million seedlings are grown annually at Sappi Forests' and Usutu Forests nurseries.

        Sappi Forests and Usutu Forests have spent approximately US$ 135 million in maintaining, acquiring and expanding plantations and other capital expenditure projects in the period from October 2005 to September 2008.

        The sawmill division operates one mill with a total production capacity of 78,000 cubic meters per annum of structural timber for the building industry and components for the furniture and packaging industry.


Marketing and Distribution

Overview

        Each of Sappi Forest Products' divisions with major South African markets has its own marketing and sales team. Sappi Trading manages the exports of the Sappi Forest Products' divisions, in particular the marketing and distribution of the market pulp produced at Saiccor and Usutu.


Customers

        Sappi Forest Products sells its products to a large number of customers, including merchants, converters, printers and other direct customers, many of whom have long-standing relations with us.

34


        The most significant printing customers, based on sales in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, include: The CTP Group and Media 24, which uses Sappi Forest Products' newsprint; while the most significant converter customers, based on sales in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, include: Nampak Limited; Mondipak; APL (Pty) Ltd and Houers Co-operative. A significant number of the viscose staple fiber manufacturers around the world purchase chemical cellulose from Sappi Forest Products, including large groups such as the Aditya Birla Group and the Lenzing Group. Most of our chemical cellulose sales contracts are multi-year contracts with pricing generally based on a formula linked to the NBSK price and reset on a quarterly basis.

        Approximately 49% of the total sales of Sappi Forest Products during fiscal 2008 consisted of export sales.


Competition

        Mondi Paper Company Limited is a significant competitor in most of the markets in which Sappi Forest Products operates in southern Africa. In recent years the regional recycled containerboard capacity has increased by approximately 100,000 tonnes. Due to exchange rate fluctuations a number of offshore containerboard suppliers have also entered the southern African packaging markets. In respect of chemical cellulose, competitors include Borregaard ChemCell Atisholz, Tembec Inc., Western Pulp Inc., Buckeye Technologies Inc. and Rayonier Inc.


SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS

Overview

        The principal supply requirements for the manufacture of our products are wood, pulp, energy and chemicals. Large amounts of water are also required for the manufacture of pulp and paper products. See "Environmental and Safety Matters—Environmental Matters—South Africa". We believe that we have adequate sources of these and other raw materials and supplies necessary for the manufacture of pulp and paper for the foreseeable future. However, the global warming and carbon footprint imperatives are causing increased use of sustainable, non-fossil fuel, sources for electricity generation. Consequently, electricity generating companies are competing for the same raw materials, namely, wood and chips, in the same markets as us, thereby driving prices upwards.


North America

Wood

        In connection with the 1998 sale of our US timberlands to Plum Creek Timber Company L.P., Sappi Fine Paper North America and Plum Creek are parties to a fiber supply agreement with an initial term expiring in December 2023 and with three five-year renewal options. Under the supply agreement, Sappi Fine Paper North America is required to purchase from Plum Creek and Plum Creek is required to sell to Sappi Fine Paper North America a guaranteed annual minimum of 318,000 tonnes of hardwood pulpwood, or approximately 11% of Sappi Fine Paper North America's annual requirements, at prices calculated based on a formula tied to market prices. Sappi Fine Paper North America has the option to purchase additional quantities of hardwood pulpwood harvested from these timberlands at prices generally higher than the ones paid for the guaranteed quantities. The remainder of Sappi Fine Paper North America's wood requirements is met through market purchases.


Pulp

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's mills, taken together, are fully integrated on an economic basis with respect to hardwood pulp usage. Mills that are not fully integrated make market purchases, and mills that produce more pulp than they utilize make market sales.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's coated fine paper mills have achieved certification according to the chain of custody standards of the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), The Sustainable Forestry Initiative (SFI) and the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) and our wood procurement group is certified to SFI's Fiber Sourcing standard. The mills also use post consumer waste and offer products containing up to 30% recycled content in addition to using reprocessed fiber recovered from its existing operations.

35


        Sappi Fine Paper North America manufactures, in aggregate, pulp and fiber equivalent to approximately 112% of its own pulp requirements. This vertical integration reduces its exposure to fluctuations in the market price for pulp.


Energy Requirements

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's energy requirements are satisfied through wood and by-products derived from the pulping process, coal, fuel oils, purchased electricity, steam, natural gas and other sources.

        A substantial majority of Sappi Fine Paper North America's electricity requirements are satisfied through its own electricity generation or co-generation agreements. During June and July 2002, Sappi Fine Paper North America entered a series of contracts with Central Maine Power ("CMP") and a third party energy provider. The contracts provide that Somerset mill is to produce power at its maximum generation capacity, sell all of its excess generated power to CMP and purchase all of its power needs beyond its generation capacity from a third party provider. However, Sappi Fine Paper North America has entered into a short term amendment to these contracts pursuant to which Sappi Fine Paper North America may, at its election, produce power at less than its maximum generation capacity for non-operational or economic reasons and purchase additional power from the third party provider. This amendment expired on December 31, 2008 and the parties are in the process of negotiating an extension to this amendment. The rates for part of the purchases were pre-set in 2002 for the duration of the agreements and the remaining purchases are at market rates. The price we receive for any sales is equal to the average price of our monthly purchases. The agreements expire in 2012. Sappi Fine Paper North America also sells excess electricity it co-generates at the Westbrook mill.

        The Cloquet mill is supplied partly with internally generated electricity. The Cloquet mill includes a hydroelectric facility that is licensed by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission. In addition to generating a portion of its own power, the Cloquet mill has entered into a take-or-pay agreement to purchase a portion of its power from Minnesota Power. We may terminate this agreement at any time after December 31, 2008, subject to a four-year notice period.


Chemicals

        Major chemicals used by Sappi Fine Paper North America include clays, carbonates, latexes and plastic pigments, titanium dioxide, caustic soda, other pulping and bleaching chemicals and chemicals for the speciality business. Sappi Fine Paper North America purchases these chemicals from a variety of suppliers. Chemical supplies have tightened due to the rationalization of capacity over the last several years. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices and transportation costs, and the relationship between commodity demand and supply balances.


Europe

Wood

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe purchases approximately 2,500,000 cubic meters of pulpwood per annum for its pulp mills. The wood is purchased both on contract and in the open market. Wood supply contracts are fixed for one year in terms of volumes. Price agreements range from three months for wood chips to one year for logwood.

        The wood logs and wood chips used in the Gratkorn TCF pulp mill are purchased through the Papierholz Austria GmbH joint venture arrangement amongst Sappi, the Norske Skog Bruck mill Zellstoff Pöls, and the Frantschach Group. We hold a 42.5% ownership interest in Papierholz.

        The wood chips used in the Lanaken CTMP plant are purchased through Sapin S.A. ("Sapin"), a 50%-50% joint venture company operated together with Norske Skog. Sapin was initially formed on November 25, 1986, pursuant to a joint venture agreement between the predecessors of Sappi Lanaken and Norske Skog. Under the agreement, as amended in September 2003, the parties agree to utilize Sapin exclusively to furnish the entire wood requirements of the joint venture partners' affiliated mills.

36



Pulp

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe produces approximately 46% of its pulp requirements. The remainder is supplied through open market purchases.


Energy Requirements

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe's energy requirements are generally met by internal generation and external purchases of electricity, gas and, to a lesser extent, hard coal and oil. The delivery of natural gas, oil and coal is covered by various mid-term supply agreements.

        Since July 2007 Gratkorn has operated a Combined Heat and Power Plant ("CHP") on site and has become an exporter of about 10 megawatts of electricity.

        Substantially all of the electricity requirements of the Maastricht mill are satisfied by a 60 megawatt combined heat / power plant operated through a joint venture with Essent. All surplus electrical energy is supplied to the public electricity grid. We hold an ownership interest of 50% in the VOF Warmte / Kracht Maastricht mill, the joint venture, which was formed in 1992, and are obligated to purchase all of the steam and electricity requirements of the Maastricht mill from the joint venture facility under a long-term supply agreement. Essent purchases the surplus electrical energy of the plant. The Maastricht mill also purchases natural gas pursuant to a contract with a natural gas supplier.

        The Nijmegen mill's electricity requirements are largely satisfied by its co-generation power plant. The Nijmegen mill purchases natural gas from a local supplier and a small amount of electricity from the public grid.

        The Lanaken mill's energy requirements are generally met by purchases of natural gas and electricity. Certain of the energy requirements of the Lanaken mill are furnished by a combined heat and power unit constructed and operated pursuant to the Albertcentrale N.V. joint venture arrangement between Sappi, the Belgian power company Electrabel and Rabo Energie. We hold a 49% ownership interest in the Albertcentrale facility and are obligated to purchase the steam from the joint venture facility under a long-term supply agreement. The facility commenced operations in April 1997. Lanaken mill's electricity requirements are satisfied by a supply contract with the national utility company Electrabel.

        Alfeld and Ehingen generate about 50% of their power needs from renewable resources and the remainder is purchased from a German power company EnBW.


Chemicals

        Major chemicals used by Sappi Fine Paper Europe include clays, carbonates, latexes and starches and chemicals for the speciality business. Sappi Fine Paper Europe purchases most of these chemicals from a portfolio of suppliers, and in only one case is Sappi Fine Paper Europe dependent on a sole source of supply. There are generally adequate sources of supply in the market. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices and transportation costs, and the relationship between commodity demand and supply imbalances.


Acquisition of coated graphic paper business from M-real Corporation

        As part of the Acquisition we entered into various agreements pursuant to which M-real Corporation and its parent company will supply wood, pulp and electricity to the mills acquired for certain minimum periods. See "The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business".


Southern Africa

Wood

        Sappi Forest Products manages directly or indirectly approximately 535,000 hectares of forestland in southern Africa, of which approximately 389,000 hectares are forested, which produces approximately 72% of the timber required for its operations. Sappi Forests owns approximately 369,000 hectares and manages the majority of the remainder. Usutu Pulp cultivates 52,000 hectares of pine on 66,000 hectares of land that is

37



leased from the Swazi nation on a long-term lease, which we have the option to extend until 2089. Sappi Forests presently has supply contracts for the timber from approximately 90,000 hectares of plantations planted by small growers with our technical and financial support. The remaining timber requirements are met through a number of significant medium-term contracts and open market purchases. During the traditional fire seasons in the winter of 2007 and 2008, which were exacerbated by severe weather conditions, approximately 14,000 hectares and 26,000 hectares, respectively, were affected by fire. We expect that the lost timber will have fully re-grown over three years.


Pulp

        Sappi Forest Products and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa in aggregate manufacture all of the pulp required in their respective papermaking operations, except minimal quantities of specialized pulps, and together are a net seller of bleached and unbleached paper pulp. This vertical integration substantially reduces our exposure to fluctuations in the market price for pulp.


Energy Requirements

        Our energy requirements in southern Africa are met principally by purchases of coal and electricity supplemented by purchases of fuel oil and gas. Much of the energy demand is met by internally generated biomass and spent liquors from the pulping process. Electricity is supplied by Eskom, the state-owned electricity company, or generated internally. The electricity generated by our plants in southern Africa is equivalent to approximately 43% of our total electricity requirements. Coal, both for steam raising and gas production, and oil are purchased on contract. The power disruptions experienced in South Africa in early calendar 2008 had a negative but limited effect on our production and profits. In the event of power outages, certain of our mills have the capacity to continue production but the recourse to replacement energy sources results in increased production cost. Power disruptions tend to affect our mills that are dependent on the national grid, while our mills that receive power from municipalities rather than the national grid are generally less affected by power outages. We also from time to time enter into agreements with Eskom to supply our excess power to the national grid in exchange for continued supply of power to those of our mills that do not have the capacity to generate all of their electricity requirements.


Chemicals

        Major chemicals used by Sappi Forest Products and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa include caustic soda, calcium carbonates, latexes and starches and sulphur and sulphuric acid. Sappi Forest Products and Sappi Fine Paper South Africa purchase these chemicals from a variety of South African and overseas suppliers. There are generally adequate sources of supply, and in only one case is Sappi Fine Paper South Africa dependent upon a sole source of supply. Most of these chemicals are subject to price fluctuations based upon a number of factors, including energy and crude oil prices and transportation costs, and the relationship between commodity demand and supply imbalances.


ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY MATTERS

Environmental Matters

        We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, and these laws and regulations have tended to become more stringent over time. Violations of environmental laws could lead to substantial costs and liabilities, including civil and criminal fines and penalties. Environmental compliance is an increasingly important consideration in our businesses, and we expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures and operational and maintenance costs for environmental compliance, including costs related to reductions in air emissions including carbon dioxide ("CO2") and other greenhouse gases ("GHG"), wastewater discharges and waste management. We closely monitor the potential for changes in pollution control laws and take actions with respect to our operations accordingly. See note 33 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information.

38



North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America is subject to stringent environmental laws in the United States. These laws include the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and their respective state counterparts and implementing regulations. The State of Maine had its first hearing in December 2008 to determine whether it will require Sappi Fine Paper North America to install a fishway at its Cumberland mills dam on the Presumpscot River. A fishway on the Cumberland mills dam would trigger the obligation to install fishways at Sappi Fine Paper North America's dams upstream of the Cumberland mills dam, to allow natural fish migration and thus promote the restoration of native species to the river. The total cost of these projects, if required, is estimated to be approximately US$ 18 million. Previous settlement discussions with government agencies and environmental groups regarding the removal of the Cumberland mills dam were not successful. It is expected that a decision will be made by the State by June 2009.

        Although the United States has not ratified the Kyoto Protocol, and has not yet adopted a federal program for controlling GHG emissions, there are various state and regional initiatives regarding GHG regulation and Congress is considering a number of legislative proposals regarding climate change. Accordingly, we closely monitor state, regional and Federal GHG initiatives in anticipation of any potential effects on our operations.


Europe

        Our European facilities are subject to extensive environmental regulation in the various countries in which we operate. For example:

        The countries within which we operate in Europe have all ratified the Kyoto Protocol and we have developed a GHG strategy to comply with applicable GHG restrictions and to manage emission reductions cost effectively. Our expenditures related to GHG compliance in Europe are not expected to be material.


South Africa

        In Southern Africa, the environmental regulatory legal framework is still evolving. We work with legislators in striving to find a balance between economic, social and environmental uses of natural resources.

        The Minister of Environment Affairs and Tourism considered it necessary to strengthen enforcement of legislation by the Environmental Management Inspectors (EMI's) in his department. The EMI's prioritized various sectors of industry and inspected those sectors in the course of the past two years. In 2008, the EMI's focused attention on the pulp and paper sector, signaling more stringent enforcement for Sappi mills.

        In August 2008 the EMI's conducted a comprehensive inspection at our Ngodwana Mill. No findings will be disclosed before the draft report is handed to us. By mid January 2009 the draft report had not yet been received. We will be requested to respond within three weeks thereafter to the findings in the draft report. At this time we do not expect major or disruptive legislative action.

        The primary South African environmental laws affecting our operations are:

39


        The requirements under these statutes will result in additional expenditures and may cause operational constraints. Although we are in frequent contact with regulatory authorities during the phasing in of the legislation, we are uncertain as to the ultimate effect on our operations. Our current assessment of the legislation is that any compliance expenditures or operational constraints will in the aggregate, not be material to our financial condition.


Safety Matters

        The forestry, timber and pulp and paper industries involve inherently hazardous activities including, among other things, the operation of heavy machinery. Nearly all countries in which we have significant manufacturing operations, including South Africa, the United States and European countries, regulate health and safety in the workplace. We actively seek to reduce the frequency of accidents in our workplaces and to improve health and safety conditions by extensive training and educational programs.

        Our global safety improvement initiative, Project Zero, sets out the goal of no injuries. It involves implementing behavior-based safety programs throughout our Group and focusing on those activities which have in the past resulted in injuries or fatalities.

        In the United States, Sappi Fine Paper North America must comply with a number of Federal and state laws regarding health and safety in the workplace. The most important of these laws is the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act.

        In Europe, we participate in various governmental worker accident and occupational health insurance programs. In Belgium and The Netherlands, these programs are funded by mandatory contributions by employers and employees. In Germany, we participate in a similar mandatory contribution scheme controlled by the German government, which permits employer and employee participation in its administration. In Austria and the United Kingdom, employee liability insurance is funded by the employer. The safety and health issues are integrated into the management systems and all mills of Sappi Fine Paper Europe comply with health and safety legislation and are OHSAS 18001 certified.

        In South Africa, we must comply with a number of laws regulating workers' compensation for injuries and health and safety within the workplace, the most important of which is the Occupational Health and Safety Act and related regulations. Our South African businesses have instituted measurement for evaluating compliance with this legislation. Seven of the eight mills, as well as Sappi Forests, are both OHSAS 18001:1999 and ISO 14001:2004 certified for health and safety management systems and environmental management systems, respectively.

40



ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        Sappi Limited is the ultimate holding company of the Sappi Group. The following table sets forth significant subsidiaries and joint ventures owned directly or indirectly by Sappi Limited at September 2008.

Name
  Trading Name   % Held   Country of
Incorporation
  Nature of Business

Southern Africa

               

Sappi Management Services (Pty) Ltd

  Sappi Management Services.   100   South Africa   Management services

Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd

  Sappi Manufacturing or Sappi Forest Products or Sappi Fine Paper or Sappi Saiccor or Sappi Kraft or Sappi Forests or Sappi Waste Paper   100   South Africa   Pulp and paper manufacturer and forestry operations

Usutu Pulp Company Ltd

  Sappi Usutu   100   Swaziland   Pulp manufacturer and forestry operations

America

               

S.D. Warren Company

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   United States   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Cloquet LLC

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   United States   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Europe

               

Sappi Alfeld GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Austria Produktions GmbH and Co KG

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Deutschland GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Sales and marketing

Sappi Ehingen GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Germany   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Esus Beteiligungsverwaltungs GmbH

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Holding company

Sappi Europe SA

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Belgium   European head office

Sappi Holding GmbH

  Sappi Holding   100   Austria   Holding company

Sappi International SA

  Sappi International   100   Belgium   Treasury

Sappi Lanaken NV

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Belgium   Paper manufacturer

Sappi Lanaken Press Paper NV

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Belgium   Pulp and paper manufacturer

Sappi Maastricht BV

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Netherlands   Paper manufacturer

Sappi Nijmegen BV

  Sappi Fine Paper   100   Netherlands   Paper manufacturer

Sappi Papier Holding GmbH

  Sappi Papier Holding or Sappi Fine Paper   100   Austria   Pulp and paper manufacturer Treasury and holding company

Sappi Trading Pulp AG

  Sappi Trading   100   Switzerland   Sales and marketing

Sappisure Försäkrings AB

  Sappisure   100   Sweden   Captive Insurance company

Asia

               

Jiangxi Chenming Paper Co Ltd

  Jiangxi Chenming   34   China   Operating Joint Venture

41



PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        For a description of the production capacity of our mills, see "Sappi Fine Paper—Facilities and Operations" and "Sappi Forest Products—Facilities and Operations".

        For a description of the plantations we own or have recently sold, "Sappi Forest Products—Facilities and Operations—Sappi Forests" and "Supply Requirements".

        For a description of our capital expenditures, see "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources".

        The following table sets forth the location and use of our principal headquarters, manufacturing and distribution facilities. These facilities are owned unless otherwise indicated.

Location
  Use   Approximate
Size(1)

  Sappi Limited    

Johannesburg, South Africa

  Sappi Headquarters(2)   15,078 m2

 

Sappi Fine Paper

   

Sappi Fine Paper North America

       

Boston, Massachusetts

  Headquarters(3)   34,928 sq ft

Skowhegan, Maine (Somerset mill)

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, softwood and hardwood pulp(4)   2,659 acres

Muskegon, Michigan

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and a warehouse   123 acres

Westbrook, Maine

  Manufacturing facility: speciality and release paper and research and development facility(4)
Storage and shredding facility
  305 acres

Cloquet, Minnesota

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp(4)   1,038 acres

Allentown, Pennsylvania

  Coated paper sheeting facility   30 acres

Dayton, New Jersey

  Distribution center(5)   14 acres

South Portland, Maine

  Shared financial and customer service office(2)   48,433 sq ft

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

       

Brussels, Belgium

  Headquarters(6)   3,836 m2

Gratkorn, Austria

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp   98.8 ha

Maastricht, Netherlands

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and research and development facility   12.8 ha

Nijmegen, Netherlands

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper   10.7 ha

Lanaken, Belgium

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp   32.6 ha

Alfeld, Germany

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, uncoated paper and pulp   33.3 ha

Ehingen, Germany

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper and pulp   35.7 ha

Blackburn, England

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper   36.0 ha

Wesel, Germany

  Distribution center(7)   62.1 ha

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

       

Enstra, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: uncoated paper and hardwood pulp(8)   582.7 ha

Stanger, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: coated paper, tissue and bagasse pulp(8)   55.4 ha

Adamas, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: uncoated paper and recycled packaging paper   7.2 ha

 

Sappi Forest Products

   

Johannesburg, South Africa

  Headquarters(9)    

Sappi Saiccor

       

Umkomaas, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: chemical cellulose(8)   159.4 ha

42


Location
  Use   Approximate
Size(1)

Sappi Kraft

       

Ngodwana, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: linerboard, newsprint and kraft pulp   1,282.9 ha

Tugela, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: linerboard, corrugating medium, sackkraft and industrial kraft   914.4 ha

Cape Kraft, South Africa

  Manufacturing facility: linerboard and corrugating medium   9.5 ha

Bunya, Swaziland (Usutu Pulp mill)

  Manufacturing facility: kraft pulp   45.0 ha

Sappi Forests

       

Barberton, South Africa (Lomati Sawmill)

  Sawmill   24.6 ha

(1)
The approximate size measurement relates to, in the case of manufacturing and distribution facilities, the perimeter of the property on which the principal manufacturing or distribution facilities are situated and, in the case of offices, the interior office space owned or leased.

(2)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2015.

(3)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2011.

(4)
A portion of the equipment is subject to lease agreements.

(5)
Subject to a lease expiring in 2010.

(6)
Subject to leases expiring in 2016.

(7)
Of the total 62,140 m2, 8,800 m2 is subject to a lease that operates on a year-to-year basis. The remainder of the property is subject to a heritable building right ("Erbbaurecht").

(8)
Substantial assets are leased pursuant to capital lease agreements.

(9)
Included under Sappi Limited headquarters.


Sappi Plantations

 
  Hectares  

Owned by us in South Africa

    369,000  

Leased by us or managed directly in South Africa

    10,000  

Projects in South Africa (owned and managed by farmers that we indirectly manage through technical advice and support)

    90,000  

Leased by us in Swaziland

    66,000  
       
 

Total

    535,000  
       


ITEM 4A.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable

43


ITEM 5.    OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

        You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our Group Annual Financial Statements, including the notes, included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report includes forward- looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. See "Forward Looking Statements", "Item 3—Key Information—Selected Financial Data", "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors", "Item 4—Information on the Company", "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls" and the notes to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report.

        The consolidated financial statements of the Sappi Group including the applicable notes thereto, contained in Item 18 "Financial Statements" of this Annual Report and the consolidated financial information of the Sappi Group contained herein have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

        Our fiscal years operate on a 52 accounting week cycle, except every 6th fiscal year which includes an additional accounting week. Fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 operated on a 52 accounting week cycle.


Company and Business Overview

        We are a global company which through acquisitions in the 1990s has been transformed into one of the global market leaders in coated fine paper. Two acquisitions were pivotal in establishing us as a global company, namely the acquisition in 1994 of S.D. Warren Company, now known as Sappi Fine Paper North America, and the acquisition in 1997 of KNP Leykam, now integrated into Sappi Fine Paper Europe. The fine paper acquisitions have been integrated into a single fine paper business, which operates under the name Sappi Fine Paper. On December 31, 2008 we acquired the coated graphic paper business of M-real Corporation. See "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business". Further opportunities to grow within our core businesses will continue to be evaluated.

        Our group is organized into two operating segments: Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products. We also operate a trading network, called Sappi Trading, for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and of our other products in areas outside the core operating regions of North America, Europe and southern Africa.

        Sales by source and destination for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were as follows:

 
  Sales by Source   Sales by destination  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006  

North America

    28 %   28 %   29 %   29 %   29 %   30 %

Europe

    46 %   45 %   44 %   40 %   39 %   40 %

Southern Africa

    26 %   27 %   27 %   15 %   15 %   15 %

Far East and others

                16 %   17 %   15 %
                           

Total

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                           

        Sappi Fine Paper has a total paper production capacity of 4.4 million tonnes per annum. Our group is one of the global market leaders in the coated fine paper business with a capacity of 3.4 million tonnes of coated fine paper per annum.

        On a historical basis our group was approximately 103% integrated for net pulp usage, and after the Acquired Business our group is 92% integrated on a net pulp basis. This means that while some facilities are market buyers of pulp and others are market sellers, in the aggregate we produce less pulp than we use. By region, the South African operations are net sellers of pulp, Sappi Fine Paper North America produces slightly more pulp than it uses and the European operations are approximately 46% integrated. The expansion of our Saiccor mill in South Africa when fully commissioned will increase pulp production by circa 200,000 tonnes. Approximately 72% of the wood requirements of the South African businesses are from sources either owned

44


or managed by us. Both the North American and European operations are dependent on outside suppliers of wood for their pulp production requirements.


Beneficial Shareholding by Region

        On November 5, 1998, our American Depositary Receipts commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Based on available information, as of September 30, 2008 we believe beneficial shareholding by region is as follows:

 
  November   September  
 
  2008   2008   2007   2006  

North America

    17 %   17 %   21 %   30 %

Europe & elsewhere

    15 %   14 %   8 %   10 %

Southern Africa

    68 %   69 %   71 %   60 %
                   

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
                   

Source: Registered addresses and disclosure by nominee companies, excluding the shares owned by a subsidiary of Sappi.


Principal Factors Impacting on Group Results

        Our results of operations are affected by numerous factors. Given the high fixed cost base of pulp and paper manufacturers, industry profitability is highly sensitive to changes in sales prices. Prices are significantly affected by changes in industry capacity and output levels, customer inventory levels and cyclical changes in the world economy. Profitability in the industry is, however, also influenced by factors such as sales volume, the level of raw material, energy, chemicals and other input costs, exchange rates, and operational efficiency.

        The principal factors that have impacted the business during the financial periods presented in the following discussion and analysis and that are likely to continue to impact the business are:

        Because many of these factors are beyond our control and certain of these factors have historically been volatile, past performance will not necessarily be indicative of future performance and it is difficult to predict future performance with any degree of certainty.


Acquisitions, Expansions, Restructurings and Cost-reduction Initiatives

        We continually evaluate the performance of our assets by maintaining a focus on profitability and we actively manage our asset base on a regional basis, including by directing or closing non-performing assets and by pursuing an investment policy that is focused on high-return projects. Some of these recent investments include the following:


Completion of the Sappi Saiccor expansion project

        In August 2006, we announced the expansion of the capacity at our Saiccor mill in South Africa, where chemical cellulose products are produced. The capacity of the mill was approximately 600,000 tonnes per annum. The expansion has increased capacity to approximately 800,000 tonnes per annum. Originally scheduled for completion in the first half of calendar 2008, the project has been subject to delays and cost increases. The increased capacity came on-line in September 2008 and the plant is expected to be fully operational by mid February 2009. As a result of the rapid decline in demand for chemical cellulose

45



experienced since November 2008, we are not utilizing all of the additional capacity at present and are curtailing production in certain elements of the old plant while utilizing the new plant to improve efficiencies.


Blackburn mill closure and cessation of production from PM 5 at Maastricht mill

        In August 2008 we announced that we had undertaken a review of our European production activities in response to overcapacity and significant input cost pressure, and in accordance with our strategy of maintaining an efficient asset base. In that context, we reached an agreement with labor representatives at our Blackburn mill on September 22, 2008, pursuant to which the mill closed on November 12, 2008 as no buyer could be found before that date. Production at the Blackburn mill stopped on October 17, 2008. On December 19, 2008 we also ceased production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill. As a result of the closure of our Blackburn mill and upon cessation of production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill, our coated graphic fine paper capacity will be reduced by 190,000 tonnes. Profitable products will be moved to other facilities in Europe. See "—Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment and Joint Venture".


Acquisition of M-real Corporation's coated graphic paper business

        On December 31, 2008, we acquired the coated graphic paper business from M-real Corporation. See "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business" and "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Acquisition of the Coated Graphic Paper Business Acquired from M-real Corporation".


Markets

        The markets for pulp and paper products are cyclical, with sales prices significantly affected by factors such as changes in industry capacity and output levels, customer inventory levels and changes in the world economy. The pulp and paper industry has often been characterized by periods of imbalances between supply and demand, causing prices to be volatile. Prices also vary significantly by geographic region and product. Coated fine paper, our core product used for many types of publications, is susceptible to the highly cyclical advertising market, a major driver in our business.

        Worldwide economic conditions have recently experienced a significant downturn, resulting in significant recessionary pressures and lower business and consumer confidence. As a result, although the full impact of the downturn may not occur until later in the year, we may experience a slowing in demand in all our major markets and downward pressure on pricing in many markets, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

        In anticipation of slowing demand, during December 2008 we took production downtime and we will consider taking further downtime in fiscal 2009 to balance supply and demand.


Coated Fine Paper

        Coated fine paper demand from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2008 increased due to the upswing in world economic growth and resultant increase in advertising activities. The increase in coated fine paper demand continued during the first half of fiscal 2008, but global demand started to decline during the remainder of fiscal 2008 due to a slowdown in the global economy. Coated fine paper demand declined rapidly in our major markets during our first fiscal quarter of 2009 as major economies continued to slow down.

46


Global Coated Fine Paper Market Balance

LINE CHART


Source: EMGE.

        The global demand to capacity ratio for coated fine paper increased to approximately 95% in fiscal 2007 and further increased to approximately 98% during fiscal 2008. No increases in industry capacity in Europe and North America were discernible during this period, with companies reluctant to undertake major new capital projects in these regions due to the poor returns being achieved. Despite global overcapacity, high Asian demand growth rates and availability of funding led to significant coated fine paper capacity additions between fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2008 in Asia, particularly in China. Announced closures of coated fine paper production capacity of approximately 1.2 million tonnes in Europe are expected to positively affect the supply / demand balance in Europe during 2009, which balance will also be impacted by the economic slowdown.

        In North America the tight supply / demand conditions existed in fiscal 2006 as inventory throughout the supply chain dropped, giving rise to price increases. In total, North American apparent consumption grew by 8.6% in fiscal 2006 but declined by 7.2% in fiscal 2007. Apparent consumption further declined by 11% during fiscal 2008, as compared to the corresponding period in 2007. The decreases in apparent consumption during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 were due to a decrease in advertising activities and printer consumption; the decreases being partly offset by a significant reduction in imports. Imports of coated fine paper into the United States decreased by approximately 22% during fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 mainly due to a reduction in Chinese imports of coated fine paper following the imposition of countervailing import duties placed on certain Asian producers by the US Department of Commerce. The relative weakness of the US$ also made imports less attractive, supporting demand for local products. These significant decreases in coated fine paper imports were largely due to Chinese coated fine paper imports being reclassified as coated groundwood paper in late calendar 2007. As a result, such imports are accounted for statistically as coated groundwood paper rather than coated fine paper. These countervailing import duties were abolished during 2008, but the classification of Chinese coated paper imports as coated groundwood paper continued. Coated fine paper prices in North America increased during fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007, with the largest increase of approximately 12% being in the grade that represents the largest end use of coated fine paper, Number 3 60lb rolls. The decline in coated fine paper demand in North America post our fiscal year end, has been and is expected to continue to put pressure on sales volumes and selling prices.

        In Europe, demand for coated fine paper was flat in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007. Demand grew by 1.4% in fiscal 2007 and 2.3% in fiscal 2006. Capacity utilization, including exports, was high in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. Despite relatively flat demand year-on-year and sharp increases in input costs, attempts to increase prices in the European market in fiscal 2007 and in fiscal 2008 were unsuccessful due to intense

47


competition and persisting over-capacity. However, a small increase in coated fine paper prices of approximately 1% occurred during September 2008. Although the relative weakness of the US$ versus the Euro made exports less attractive compared to regional sales, exports from Europe grew by 3.7% in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007. Demand for coated fine paper showed a decline post our fiscal year end compared to fiscal 2008 due to continued weakness in European economies.

        The graph below reflects apparent consumption for the United States and Europe. Apparent consumption is consumption as indicated by mill sales volumes, which ignores the impact of customer inventory and the reclassification of imports. The sales volume to customers is used as the indicator of demand, with the difference between apparent and real demand being the movement in inventories.

US and European Apparent Consumption of Coated Paper

GRAPHIC


Source: AF&PA & Cepifine.
US short tonnes converted to tones.

        The price history for benchmark coated woodfree grades in North America and Europe is shown in the following chart:

US and European Apparent Consumption of Coated Paper

         Graphic


Source: RISI (Resource Information System Inc).

        Prices are list prices. Actual transaction prices could differ.


Coated Fine Paper—North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's average price realized in fiscal 2008 increased by US$ 68 per short ton, to US$ 1,071, as compared to fiscal 2007. These increases were due to a weaker US dollar, reduced supply

48



and a sales and marketing strategy that was more focused on price levels. Sappi Fine Paper North America's average price realized decreased by US$ 6 per short ton to US$ 1,003 per short ton in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006, mainly due to competitive import price pressure and changes in product mix. In fiscal 2006, prices in North America decreased to US$ 1,009 per short ton from US$ 1,017 per short ton in fiscal 2005.


Coated Woodfree Paper—Europe

        Prices in Europe, in the local currency, decreased in fiscal 2008 (€ 709 per tonne) compared to fiscal 2007 (€ 722 per tonne), mainly due to increased competition in the market. Despite sharp input cost increases and capacity closures during fiscal 2007, prices in Europe, in the local currency, were relatively flat in fiscal 2007 (€ 722 per tonne) compared to fiscal 2006 (€ 724 per tonne), but significantly lower than fiscal 2005 (€ 732 per tonne). Sales prices in Europe are impacted by the movement in the US$ / Euro exchange rate as explained in more detail in the analysis of sales development by region contained in "Operating and Financial Results—Sales".


Coated Magazine Paper—Europe

        European deliveries of coated magazine paper increased by 1.5% in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007, while average market prices for coated magazine paper in Europe increased by 4.4%. In fiscal 2007, deliveries by producers of coated magazine paper increased approximately 2.3%. The price development in Europe was unfavorable for coated magazine paper, decreasing by 3.2% compared to fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2006, deliveries by European producers increased by approximately 0.8%, compared to fiscal 2005, primarily due to increased exports to markets outside Europe. Average market prices in Europe increased by approximately 0.7%. The strengthening of the euro against the US dollar depressed the euro-equivalent selling prices for exports.


Pulp

        The average NBSK prices for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were US$ 876, US$ 764 and US$ 643 per tonne, respectively. High pulp demand during fiscal 2007 resulted in the continued increase of pulp prices. The pulp demand during the latter part of fiscal 2007 and for most of fiscal 2008 remained high as none of the usual seasonal decreases occurred. Pulp demand and prices started decreasing during the latter part of fiscal 2008. Both pulp demand and prices continued to decline post our fiscal year end.

        Since we sell roughly as much pulp as we purchase, fluctuations in market pulp prices have a marginal direct impact on our overall profitability. At a divisional level, pulp prices do, however, affect profitability since Sappi Fine Paper Europe is a net buyer of hardwood pulp and Sappi Forest Products is a net seller of hardwood pulp.

49


        The price of NBSK and Bleached Hardwood Kraft pulp (BHKP) is depicted in the following chart:

PIX Benchmark Pulp Prices

         Graphic


Source: PIX (Index from Foex Indexes Ltd).

        Chemical cellulose accounts for the majority of our third-party pulp sales. The chemical cellulose produced at our Saiccor mill in South Africa is used principally as an input in the production of various textiles and acetate flake used in the manufacturing of acetate tow for cigarette filter tips. The movement in price of certain chemical cellulose grades is linked to the price of NBSK. Higher technical specifications allow chemical cellulose to typically trade at a premium to NBSK. BHKP generally sells at a lower price than NBSK. We maintained volumes during fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007. While demand for chemical cellulose remained strong during the fiscal 2008, sales during that period were at a lower level as compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of a shortfall in production volumes. Since November 2008 we have experienced a rapid decline in demand for chemical cellulose. Prices in US$ have steadily increased year on year from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2008. NBSK prices have declined from US$ 858 per metric tonne at the end of our 2008 fiscal year to US$ 615 per metric tonne in January 2009. Significant competitive sources of chemical cellulose supply were recently removed from the industry when Weyerhauser closed its 140,000 tonnes per annum Cosmopolis plant in September 2006 and the RGM mill in Indonesia (P.T. Toba) converted production from chemical cellulose to paper grade pulp in May 2008. The capacity of the RGM mill is 180,000 tonnes per annum. In addition the Baikalsk mill in Russia (90,000 tonnes per annum) switched to producing unbleached kraft pulp during 2008 and the Borregaard mill in Switzerland (120,000 tonnes per annum) announced that it would close in December of 2008. These closures are balanced by the start-up of an additional 250,000 tonnes per annum by the Bahia pulp mill in Brazil, the conversion of the AV Nackawic mill in Canada (180,000 to 200,000 tonnes per annum) to chemical cellulose and the increase in capacity at our Saiccor mill by 200,000 tonnes per annum.


Currency Fluctuations

        The principal currencies in which our subsidiaries conduct business are the US dollar (US$), Euro and South African Rand (ZAR). Although the reporting currency is the US$, a significant portion of the Group's sales and purchases are made in currencies other than the US$. In Europe and North America, sales and expenses are generally denominated in Euro and US$, respectively; however, pulp purchases in Europe are primarily denominated in US$. In South Africa, costs incurred are generally denominated in ZAR, as are local sales. Exports from the South African businesses to other regions, which in local currency represented approximately 43% of net sales in fiscal 2008 (fiscal 2007: 47%), are denominated primarily in US$.

        The appreciation of the ZAR or the Euro against the US$ tends to diminish the value of exports from South Africa and Europe in local currencies, while depreciation of these currencies against the US$ has the opposite impact. Since expenses are generally denominated in local currencies, the depreciation of the US$ has a negative effect on gross margins on exports and such domestic sales which are priced relative to international US$ prices. The appreciation of the US$ has the opposite impact. The Group's consolidated

50



financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the US$ and the respective local currencies to which subsidiaries are exposed. The principal currencies in which subsidiaries conduct business that are subject to the risks described in this paragraph are the Euro and ZAR. The following table depicts the average and year end exchange rates for the ZAR and Euro against the US$ used in the preparation of our financial statements in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:

 
  Average rates   Closing rates  
Exchange rates
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006  
US$ / ZAR     7.4294     7.1741     6.6039     8.0751     6.8713     7.7738  
US$ / EUR     1.5064     1.3336     1.2315     1.4615     1.4272     1.2672  

Graphic


Source: St. Louis Federal Reserve Bank.
US$ 1 = ZAR, US$ 1 = EUR.

        The profitability of certain of our South African operations are directly dependent on the ZAR proceeds of their US$ exports. Prices in the local South African market are also influenced by pricing of foreign currency imports.

        The translation of our annual results into the presentation currency (US$) from local currencies tends to distort comparisons between financial periods when currencies are volatile. The Euro strengthened substantially against the US$ to an average of US$ 1.51 / Euro in fiscal 2008, (from an average US$ 1.33 / Euro in fiscal 2007 and US$ 1.23 / Euro in fiscal 2006) while the ZAR weakened on average against the US$ to ZAR 7.43 / US$ in fiscal 2008 (from an average of ZAR 7.17 / US$ in fiscal 2007 and an average of ZAR 6.60 / US$ in fiscal 2006). The net impact of these currency movements increased reported sales in US$ by US$ 259 million in fiscal 2008 and US$ 61 million in fiscal 2007. This impacts the currency translation effects on our historic results of operations and are described in "Operating Results—Sales" and "Operating expenses".

51



Inflation and Interest Rates

        The graph below summarizes the South African inflation and interest rates, as well as the South African Reserve Bank lending rate (repo rate).

South African Inflation and Interest Rates

         Bar Graph


Source: Standard Bank South Africa.

        In the US and Europe inflation rates were relatively stable in recent years, and accordingly had a lesser impact on our North American and European businesses. Please see table below depicting the fiscal period average United States 3 month Libor.

United States 3 Month Average Libor

         Bar Graph

        The fiscal period average three-month Euribor interest rate in Europe is depicted below. The relatively low interest rates in the United States and Europe continue to represent a significant interest rate differential when compared to South Africa's 11% repurchase rate as determined by the SARB, and could result in further short-term strengthening of the ZAR.

        With regard to interest rate swaps, hedge accounting is permitted when the hedging relationship between the hedging instrument and the underlying debt meets the relevant requirements of IFRS. For example, the Group has entered into hedging relationships to swap the fixed rate on its public bonds to a variable rate.

52


European 3 Month Euribor

         Bar Graph

        The group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The group monitors market conditions and may utilize approved interest rate derivatives to alter the existing balance between fixed and variable interest rate loans in response to changes in the interest rate environment. Hedging of interest rate risk for periods greater than one year is only allowed if income statement volatility can be minimized by means of hedge accounting, fair value accounting or other means.

        The group has a current policy of not hedging translation risks. The South African and European operations use the ZAR and the Euro as their respective functional currencies. Any translation of the value of these operations into US$ results in foreign exchange translation differences as the ZAR and the Euro exchange rates move against the US$. These changes are booked to the foreign currency translation reserve account. Borrowings taken up in a currency other than the functional currency of the borrowing entity are specifically hedged with financial instruments, such as currency swaps and forward exchange contracts.

        For further information, see note 30 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a detailed explanation.


South African Economic and Political Environment

        Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in South Africa. We have significant operations in South Africa, which accounted for 27% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2008. See "Operating Results—Overview—Operating Profit / (Loss)" for the proportion of South African operating profit to total profit.

        South Africa features a highly developed, sophisticated "first world" infrastructure at the core of its economy. Econometrix, a provider of economic analysis and forecasting for the South African economy, forecasts the South African GDP to grow by 3.4% and 2.4%, respectively, in calendar 2008 and calendar 2009. South Africa's long-term foreign currency investment ratings have remained constant over the last year with a BBB+ (investment grade) from Standard & Poor's Rating Service (S&P) and Fitch. On November 12, 2008 Fitch changed its outlook on the country's creditworthiness from stable to negative. Exchange controls regulations have not been amended during fiscal 2008 South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to raise and deploy capital outside of the southern African Common Monetary Area. (See "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls").

        South Africa completed 14 years of democracy in calendar 2008; however, the country continues to face challenges in overcoming substantial differences in levels of economic and social development among its people. Access to land, poverty, unemployment, crime and a growing prevalence of HIV / AIDS are some of the social and economic factors that affect businesses operating in this country.

        The Restitution of Land Rights Act (Act 22 of 1994), as amended, provides for the restoration of rights in land or other equitable redress to persons or communities dispossessed of their land rights after June 19, 1913 as a result of old laws or practices discriminating on the basis of race. The legislation empowers the Minister of Land Affairs to expropriate land in order to restore it to a successful claimant provided that there is just and equitable compensation to the owner of the land. Claims under the Act were required to be filed on or

53



before December 31, 1998 and are presently being processed by the Commission on Restitution of Land Rights and adjudicated upon by the Land Court. This process is expected to continue for many years. As one of the largest land owners in South Africa, we anticipate that a substantial number of claims may affect land we own. The process of determining the extent of claims filed in respect of our land and the potential impact of these claims on our South African operations continues. The total number of land claims against us is 64, of which 27 are in Mpumalanga and 37 are in KwaZulu-Natal. Four of these claims are in the process of being settled in KwaZulu-Natal. The remaining claims have not been finalized and are still under investigation by the Regional Land Claims Commissioner.

        The southern African region has one of the highest infection rates of HIV / AIDS in the world. In 1992, we started a program to address the effects of HIV / AIDS and its impact on our employees and our business. Our aim is to ensure that our program prevents new infections and to treat the HIV / AIDS positive employees. Each operating unit has an elected HIV / AIDS committee and a workplace HIV / AIDS prevention program which are adapted to suit the needs of each particular business unit and to ensure that they are active owners and managers of their programs. Each Sappi operation in southern Africa has also identified the relevant role players in their geographical area and is working with them on the implementation of a comprehensive HIV / AIDS program, eliminating duplication and making optimum use of relevant resources through private-public partnerships. To ensure that our program remains current, we are members of the Global Business Coalition on HIV / AIDS (GBC) and of the South African Business Coalition against HIV / AIDS (SABCOHA). The GBC is a global partnership and SABCOHA is a national partnership focused on developing an integrated strategy for dealing with HIV / AIDS.

        Following two previous anonymous, voluntary prevalence tests, a third comprehensive voluntary study was initiated in 2007 in all of our southern African operations. Based on a participation rate of greater than 80%, at the locations tested, we estimate that the overall infection rate in our southern African operations is approximately 14%, which is well below the national average. Similar studies conducted in 2008 confirmed an infection rate of approximately 14%.

        Our HIV / AIDS response strategy places special emphasis on testing and counseling to ensure that staff is informed with regard to their HIV / AIDS status to enable them to make informed decisions as to their life choices. Since August 2002, our medical care for employees has included treatment to prevent mother to child transmission. Anti-retroviral treatment has been offered to HIV-infected permanent employees from the beginning of 2003. More recently, special focus has been given to the identification of the environmental risks that could lead to an increase in the prevalence of HIV in the company. We have also extended our voluntary counseling and testing (VCT) programs, and are offering an HIV test to every employee who visits the clinics for a medical examination. We estimate that approximately 50% of our employees that are HIV / AIDS positive participate in our HIV / AIDS management program, which is an improvement on the prior year's participation rate.

        The government and organized business have taken a number of steps in recent years to increase the participation of Black people in the South African economy. To this end, the Employment Equity Act (No. 55 of 1998), the Skills Development Act (No. 97 of 1998) and the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act (No. 5 of 2000) were promulgated. The Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (No. 53 of 2003) has formalized the country's approach to distributing skills, employment and wealth more equitably between races and genders. Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (BBBEE) focuses on increasing equity in ownership, management and control of businesses, and improving Black representation in all levels of employment. It also promotes the development of skills within a business, the nurturing of Black entrepreneurship through preferential procurement and enterprise development, and the uplifting of communities through social investment.

        More recently, our South African businesses have actively participated in the drafting of a transformation charter for the South African forestry industry. This charter sets the objectives and principles for BBBEE, and includes the scorecard and targets to be applied within the industry, as well as certain undertakings by government and private sector (or South African Forestry Companies) to assist the forestry industry to achieve its BBBEE targets. This Forestry Charter has been signed in May 2008 but has not been gazetted (although the draft forestry sector code was issued for public comment within a period of 60 days under section 9(5) of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act on December 5, 2008). Until such time as it is formally gazetted as a Transformation Charter and Sector Code in terms of sections 10 and 12 of the Broad-Based

54



Black Economic Empowerment Act (No. 53 of 2003), the South African business will continue to be evaluated against the generic BBBEE scorecard, based on guidelines set out in the Codes of Good Practice published by the Department of Trade and Industry.

        In 2006, we achieved an overall BBBEE rating of BBB as verified by Empowerdex, a leading external BBBEE rating agent. In February 2007, the BBBEE scorecard as set out in the Codes of Good Practice published by the Department of Trade and Industry was streamlined and simplified without affecting their intended objectives. The South African businesses' BBBEE scorecard was evaluated in December 2007. Based on this revised generic BBBEE scorecard, we achieved an overall BBBEE status of a "level seven contributor" (B rating) with preferential procurement recognition level of 50%. As a result, 50% of the value of all purchases from our South African businesses qualify as preferential procurement spend in a customer's BBBEE scorecard. New BBBEE targets have been set for 2010 and 2013. In addition to the generic scorecard, the Forestry Charter will set out further qualifying criteria for companies associated with the forestry industry.

        We will consider and are pursuing empowerment transactions where our empowerment partners add to the value of our business and meet our empowerment criteria.

        The representation of Black people, particularly Black women, in management and all levels of employment within the company is a focus within the organization, driven by employment equity targets set in each occupational category. Skills development initiatives, particularly programs aimed at improving management and leadership skills, are geared to meet these targets. Where practical, we purchase goods and services from Black-owned businesses and seek opportunities to develop future Black vendors. We are committed to the support of our Project Grow, which is an initiative with local communities using their land for plantations while training them in the core principles of forestry management. This is achieved through financial and technical input, as well as by providing a secure market during the start-up phase of these small tree farming enterprises. This initiative has been extended to encourage aspirant tree farmers who wish to undertake forestry activities on a larger scale. We have a number of enterprise development initiatives and have established programs to train new entrepreneurs. These initiatives involve the transfer of business skills, technical assistance, financial support and preferential payment terms to assist new enterprises to enter the market. We have a history of investment in the communities in which we operate. Initiatives to promote education, health and welfare, arts and culture, and rural and community development, amongst others, are regularly undertaken.

        The South African constitution guarantees ownership rights of assets, and it is the stated intent of the constitution that transfer of ownership will occur at market prices. It should be noted that BBBEE equity participation need not necessarily occur at the corporate level, and can be effected at divisional, business unit or lower levels. Because the BBBEE Act sets forth a framework for plans rather than specific requirements or goals, it is not possible to predict whether or how our business or assets may be impacted.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—History and Development of the Company" and "Item 3—Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—The cost of complying with environmental regulation may be significant to our business".


Environmental Matters

        We operate in an industry subject to extensive environmental regulations. Typically, we do not separately account for environmental operating expenses but do not anticipate any material expenditures related to such matters. We do separately account for environmental capital expenditures. See note 33 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for a discussion of these matters.

        For further information, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—Environmental and Safety Matters".

55



Operating Results

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The operations of Sappi (The Group) are organized into two main business segments and Corporate:

        The analysis and discussion which follows should be read in conjunction with our Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        This is an overview of the Group's operating which is intended to provide context to the discussion and analysis which follow. General trends are being highlighted with detailed discussion and analysis to be dealt with in separate sections below. The key indicators of the group's operating performance are:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million (except for
share amounts)

 

Key figures

                   
 

Sales

    5,863     5,304     4,941  
 

Operating profit

    314     383     125  
 

Basic EPS (US cents)

    45     89     (2 )

        The factors impacting operating profit, which will be dealt with in greater detail later in this discussion, are as follows:

Graphic

56


        Segment contributions to operating profit are as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
  Variance    
  Variance    
 
 
  US$ million   US$ million   US$ million  
 
  Value   %   Value   %  

Operating Profit / (Loss)

                                           

Fine Paper

                                           
 

North America

    92     70     318     22     38         (16 )
 

Europe

    (64 )   (152 )   (173 )   88     115         (27 )
 

South Africa

    6     (3 )   (33 )   9     15         (6 )
                               
 

Total Fine Paper

    34     (85 )   (71 )   119     168         (49 )

Forest Products

    273     9     3     264     89     51     175  

Corporate

    7     7             1         (1 )
                               

Total

    314     (69 )   (18 )   383     258     206     125  
                               

        Operating profit in fiscal 2008 has been adversely affected by impairment charges (US$119 million) and restructuring charges (US$ 41 million), partly offset by a favorable plantation fair value price adjustment (US$ 120 million). The impairment and restructuring charges relate to closure of the Sappi Fine Paper Europe Blackburn mill and Maastricht PM5, as well as the impairment of the Usutu mill in southern Africa. Excluding the impact of these items operating profit showed a significant improvement year on year. The improvement came from improved sales (US$ 559 million), partly offset by increased operating costs excluding impairments and restructuring (US$ 501 million).

        Operating profit in fiscal 2007 was favorably impacted by the significantly improved performances in all segments of the business. The major contributor to the improved performance was the improvement in sales, partly offset by some cost escalations. Variable costs have been adversely impacted by escalating commodity prices, particularly, energy and the impact of the exchange rate on the translation into US$. Fiscal 2007 was also impacted by the profit on sale of the Nash property (US$ 26 million).

        Fiscal 2006 was favorably affected by the reversal of impairment (US$ 31 million) at Forest Products and post employment restructuring credits (US$ 28 million), partly offset by a provision for restructuring (US$ 40 million) at Sappi Fine Paper Europe relating to the restructuring of post-employment benefit funds.

        Movements in the sales, variable cost and fixed cost components of operating profit are explained below. Items not dealt with in separate sections are as follows:

        Plantation fair value:    This relates to the fair value adjustment of the timber assets of the Forestry operation of Forest Products. The movement on this item is mainly impacted by timber selling prices, cost associated with standing timber values and harvesting and delivery, the estimated growth rate or annual volume changes and discount rates applied. The parameters applied are all market related. The impact was positive US$ 120 million in fiscal 2008, positive US$ 54 million in fiscal 2007 and positive US $ 34 million in fiscal 2006.

        Impairment:    In fiscal 2008 operating profit has been adversely impacted by the restructuring of the Sappi Fine Paper Europe operations with the closure of Blackburn mill (US$62 million) and Maastricht PM5 (US$16 million), and impairment of the Forest Products Usutu mill (US$37 million). In total, the impairment charges were US$ 119 million and restructuring charges were US$ 41 million. During fiscal 2006, Forest Products, due to the improved performance of the Usutu mill, reversed the impairment of the mill resulting in a credit to profit of US$ 40 million.

        Sale of Nash:    The Sappi Fine Paper Europe Nash mill was closed in May 2006 and the operations were transferred to other operations in the Group. The mill property was sold during fiscal 2007, and a profit of US$ 26 million was realized.

        Fire and flood damage:    During fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 Forest Products experienced devastating fires across a wide area of afforested land and some flooding at the Saiccor mill. The cost of damages was US$ 11 million and US$ 17 million in fiscal 2008 and in fiscal 2007, respectively.

57



Sales

        Sales improvement has been a major contributor to the improved profitability from fiscal 2006 to 2008. Sales have increased from US$ 4,941 million in fiscal 2006 to US$ 5,304 million in fiscal 2007 and US$ 5,863 million in fiscal 2008. The three factors impacting sales are volume, price and exchange rate. The South African and European businesses transact in ZAR and Euro respectively, but the results of their operations are translated into US$ for reporting purposes. The movement in the exchange rate from local currency to US$ during periods of high volatility significantly impacts reported results from one period to the next. Movements in exchange rates impacted sales positively by US$ 259 million and US$ 61 million in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively. An analysis of the drivers of sales movements may be presented as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
  Variance    
  Variance    
 
Sales Volume
  Volume   Volume   %   Volume   Volume   %   Volume  
 
  Metric Tonnes ('000)
 
Fine Paper                                            
  North America     1,553     47     3     1,506     80     6     1,426  
  Europe     2,546     53     2     2,493     43     2     2,450  
  South Africa     339     (11 )   (3 )   350     22     7     328  
                               
  Total Fine Paper     4,438     89     2     4,349     145     3     4,204  
                               
Forest Products                                            
  Pulp & Paper     1,419     (65 )   (4 )   1,484     14     1     1,470  
  Forestry     994     (36 )   (3 )   1,030     (495 )   (32 )   1,525  
                               
  Total Forest Products     2,413     (101 )   (4 )   2,514     (481 )   (16 )   2,995  
                               
Total     6,851     (12 )       6,863     (336 )   (5 )   7,199  
                               

 

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
  Variance    
  Variance    
 
 
   
  US$ million   US$ million  
Sales Value
  US$ million   Value   %   Value   %  
Fine Paper                                            
  North America     1,664     153     10     1,511     72     5     1,439  
  Europe     2,720     333     14     2,387     193     9     2,194  
  South Africa     380     22     6     358     33     10     325  
                               
  Total Fine Paper     4,764     508     12     4,256     298     8     3,958  
                               
Forest Products                                            
  Pulp & Paper     1,023     44     4     979     83     9     896  
  Forestry     76     7     10     69     (18 )   (21 )   87  
                               
  Total Forest Products     1,099     51     5     1,048     65     7     983  
                               
Total     5,863     559     11     5,304     363     7     4,941  
                               

        After market share declines in fiscal 2006 Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Fine Paper North America experienced volume increases as market conditions improved slightly and market share was regained in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. Forest Products experienced declines in pulp and paper volumes in fiscal 2006 resulting from import substitution on the back of a much stronger local currency. In fiscal 2007, import substitution was less evident as the local currency had weakened against the US$, making import substitution less attractive. Sappi Fine Paper South Africa experienced local market dynamics similar to Forest Products with import substitution being a major threat. Production output difficulties at Kraft and the Saiccor expansion impacted Forest Products sales volumes adversely in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. The 2007 decline in external timber sales volumes reflects efforts to reduce these sales in order to protect timber stocks in anticipation of the increased internal demand that will occur when the Saiccor upgrade is at full capacity.

58


        In fiscal 2008 sales in US$ increased (US$ 559 million) mainly due to price increases (US$ 258 million) at Sappi Fine Paper North America and in South Africa and the impact of the exchange rate movements on the translation (US$ 259 million) of the Sappi Fine Paper Europe sales into US$, partly offset by the impact of the declining ZAR against the US$ on the translation of the South African sales into US$. Forest Products sales benefited from the increased international pulp price. The positive volume growth (US$ 42 million) in Europe and North America was partly offset by volume declines in South Africa for the reasons explained above. In fiscal 2007, sales increased by US$ 363 million compared to fiscal 2006. This increase was due to a combination of increases in volume (US$ 123 million), at Fine Paper and Forest Products pulp and paper, price (US$ 179 million) and the currency translation (US$ 61 million) effect of sales in Euro and ZAR into US$, which is the presentation currency. The translation of the South African sales was adversely affected by the weakening of the ZAR against the US$ and the Euro sales of Sappi Fine Paper Europe were positively impacted by the weakening of the US$ against the Euro. The table below shows the impact of volume, price and exchange rates on the Group's sales in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 when compared to the previous year:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
Sales Variance Analysis vs. Previous Year
  Volume   Price   Exchange
Rate
  Total   Volume   Price   Exchange
Rate
  Total   Volume   Price   Exchange
Rate
 
 
  US$ million
 
Fine Paper                                                                    
  North America     47     106           153     81     (9 )         72     (7 )   (12 )      
  Europe     51     (30 )   312     333     39     (28 )   183     194     21     (5 )   (61 )
  South Africa     (11 )   47     (14 )   22     22     41     (31 )   32     11     10     (19 )
                                               
  Total     87     123     298     508     142     4     152     298     25     (7 )   (80 )
                                               
Forest Products                                                                    
  Pulp & Paper     (43 )   123     (36 )   44     9     159     (85 )   83     (55 )   95     (52 )
  Forestry     (2 )   12     (3 )   7     (28 )   16     (6 )   (18 )   (11 )   13     (5 )
                                               
  Total     (45 )   135     (39 )   51     (19 )   175     (91 )   65     (66 )   108     (57 )
                                               
Total     42     258     259     559     123     179     61     363     (41 )   101     (137 )
                                               

        Improving market conditions, particularly the reduced threat of imports from Asia, have allowed Sappi Fine Paper North America to improve its market share thereby increasing volumes and achieving price increases in fiscal 2008. The average price realized in fiscal 2008 increased to US$ 1,071 / tonne after decreasing to US$ 1,003 per tonne in fiscal 2007 from US$ 1,009 per tonne in fiscal 2006 due to continued market pricing pressure. The major contributor to improved sales is volume resulting from market share gain in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. Volumes in fiscal 2006 were adversely affected by declines in market share due to increased competition and import substitution. There is no exchange rate impact as the transactional currency is the same as the presentation currency (US$).

        In fiscal 2008, Sappi Fine Paper Europe experienced improved volumes (US$ 51 million) as it continued to regain market share which, together with the impact of the strengthening of the Euro against the US$ (US$ 312 million) on the translation of sales into US$, partly offset by a reduction in prices (US$ 30 million), resulting in increased sales of US$ 333 million. Average prices realized in US$ terms in fiscal 2008 were US$ 1,068 per tonne compared to US$ 957 per tonne in fiscal 2007, and US$ 896 per tonne in fiscal 2006. Pricing at Sappi Fine Paper Europe has been under pressure since fiscal 2005 due to strong competition for market share largely due to the weakening of the US$ against the Euro and overcapacity in the market. The US$ on average weakened to US$ 1.51 / Euro in fiscal 2008 from US$ 1.33 / Euro in fiscal 2007 and US$ 1.23 / Euro in fiscal 2006. Volumes declined in fiscal 2006 due to loss of market share resulting from attempts to improve pricing. Recently announced industry consolidation initiatives in Europe, as was the case for similar initiatives implemented in North America, may contribute to addressing the capacity imbalances which are adversely impacting the sustainability of the industry.

59


        Sales increased 6% in fiscal 2008, as compared to a 10% increase in fiscal 2007, due mainly to price increases (US$ 47 million), which were partly offset by a decrease in volumes (US$ 11 million) and an adverse exchange rate impact (US$ 14 million). The average price realized at Sappi Fine Paper South Africa in US$ terms in fiscal 2008 increased to US$ 1,121 / tonne from US$ 1,023 per tonne in fiscal 2007, as compared to US$ 991 per tonne in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2008 the average price in ZAR increased 13% compared to fiscal 2007. During 2006 the region experienced pricing pressure due to import substitution as a result of the strength of the ZAR against the US$. In 2007 the ZAR weakened, lessening the threat of import substitution and creating a favorable climate for price increases. The ZAR weakened to an average of ZAR 7.43 / US$ in fiscal 2008 from ZAR 7.17 / US$ in fiscal 2007 and ZAR 6.60 / US$ in fiscal 2006. The region experienced an adverse impact on the translation of its results into the presentation currency (US$) due to the impact of the exchange rate movements. Volumes declined by 3% in fiscal 2008.

        Timber volumes at Forest Products declined as the business was reducing external sales in order to conserve and build timber supply inventories in anticipation of the completion of the Saiccor upgrade. A major determinant of pricing in the Forest Products businesses is the NBSK price. The NBSK prices of US$ 863 per tonne and US$ 858 per tonne at the close of fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively, were at historical highs which had a positive effect on sales pricing. NBSK prices have declined from US$ 858 per metric tonne at the end of our 2008 fiscal year to US$ 615 per metric tonne in January 2009. This decline had a negative effect on sales pricing. Hardwood Pulp sales which form a major portion of Kraft sales, are also experiencing favorable pricing, reaching US$ 817 per tonne and US$ 720 per tonne at the end of fiscal 2008 and 2007 respectively. The local sales are also benefiting from the weaker ZAR to the US$ which is reducing import substitution and improving both local pricing and volumes. The commercial benefit achieved as a result of the relatively weaker ZAR was slightly offset by an adverse impact on the translation of its financial results into the presentation currency (US$) due to the impact of exchange rate movements.


Operating expenses

        In the analysis which follows cost per tonne has been based on sales tonnes. An analysis of the Group operating expenses is as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
   
  Variance    
   
  Variance    
   
 
 
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
 
Operating Costs
  Value   %   Value   %  

Variable Costs

                                                             

Delivery

    509     74     56     12     453     66     12     3     441     61  

Manufacturing

    3,073     449     388     14     2,685     391     169     7     2,516     349  
                                           

Total Variable

    3,582     523     444     14     3,138     457     181     6     2,957     410  

Fixed Costs

    1,919     280     111     6     1,808     263     9     1     1,799     250  

Fair value plantation

    (120 )   (18 )   (66 )   122     (54 )   (8 )   (20 )   (59 )   (34 )   (5 )

Impairment

    119     17     119         2         31         (31 )   (4 )

Restructuring

    41     6     48         (7 )   (1 )   (57 )       50     7  

Profit on sale of Nash

            26     (100 )   (26 )   (4 )   (26 )            

Fire / flood damage

    11     2             17     2     8     89     9     1  

Sundry income / (loss)

    (6 )   (1 )   (29 )   (126 )   23     3     1     5     22     3  

Other

    3         (25 )   (114 )   20     3     (22 )   (93 )   44     6  
                                           

Total

    5,549     810     628     13     4,921     716     105     2     4,816     669  
                                           

60


        See "—Overview" for the line items plantation fair value pricing adjustment, impairment, restructuring, profit on sale of the Nash mill and fire and flood damage. Variable and fixed costs are analyzed in more detail below.


Variable manufacturing costs

        The table below sets out the major components of the Group's variable manufacturing costs.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
   
  Variance    
   
  Variance    
   
 
 
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
 
Variable Manufacturing Costs
  Value   %   Value   %  
 
  US$ million
 

Wood

    722     105     87     14     635     93     4     1     631     88  

Energy

    558     81     120     27     438     64     5     1     433     60  

Pulp

    702     102     79     13     623     91     60     11     563     78  

Other

    1,091     159     102     10     989     143     100     11     889     124  
                                           

Total

    3,073     449     388     14     2,685     391     169     7     2,516     350  
                                           

        Variable manufacturing costs relate to costs of inputs which vary directly with output. Other costs relate to inputs such as water, fillers, bought-in pulp (other than fully bleached hardwood and softwood) and consumables. The Group's variable costs are impacted by sales volume, exchange rate impacts on translation of European and South African businesses into US$, and the underlying costs of inputs. In the analysis and discussion of variable costs, usage reflects the changes in cost attributable to volume changes and usage, price refers to changes in input costs and exchange rate relates to the impact of the movement in exchange rate on the translation from local currency to US$ for reporting purposes at Fine Paper Europe and South Africa. The major contributors to variable cost increases at a Group level have been the impact of the exchange rate on translation of the European and South African operations into the US$ presentation currency and actual input cost escalations. See—"Principal Factors Impacting on the Group Results—Currency Fluctuations" for a discussion of exchange rate movements. Cost increases are being driven by international commodity price increases.

 
  2008   2007  
Variable Cost Movement Analysis
  Usage   Exchange
Rate
  Price   Total   Usage   Exchange
Rate
  Price   Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Wood

    41     18     28     87     (43 )   5     42     4  

Energy

    5     28     87     120     (7 )   7     5     5  

Pulp

    (12 )   52     39     79     (15 )   25     50     60  

Other

    (19 )   67     54     102     71     26     3     100  
                                   

Total

    15     165     208     388     6     63     100     169  
                                   

        An analysis of variable cost developments by region is as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
   
  Variance    
   
  Variance    
   
 
 
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
 
Regional Variable Manufacturing Costs
  Value   %   Value   %  
 
  US$ million
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    925     596     56     6     869     577     44     5     825     579  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    1,608     632     238     17     1,370     550     139     11     1,231     502  

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

    229     676     19     9     210     600     7     3     203     619  

Forest Products

    542     225     80     17     462     184     (22 )   (5 )   484     162  

*
Note: Regional variable manufacturing costs are pre-consolidation adjustments.

61


        Costs have increased in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 due to increases in international commodity prices, in particular crude oil. Cost management has been a major focus area, and the region has been engaged in a number of cost reduction initiatives aimed at offsetting the impact of increases in input costs. These initiatives are aimed at improved procurement strategies and product reengineering initiatives to reduce raw material input costs through substitution. Product design and raw material inputs are constantly reviewed to ensure product attributes and quality meet market specifications. Lower timber costs favorably impacted fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe continued to experience cost pressure due to increases in international commodity prices during fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. Wood costs are being driven by specific supply and demand issues as well as increased demand for alternative renewable fuels in Europe. International crude oil prices are driving energy costs. During the period under review the region has undertaken specific cost reduction projects which have contributed to cost reductions through process as well as product re-engineering initiatives. Rising international pulp prices have led to increases in cost of non-integrated pulp. The region has been protected to some extent, on the cost side, by the relative strength of the Euro against the US$ for US$ based inputs, such as pulp and certain chemicals. However, when reported in US$, costs increase due to the impact of the US$ weakening relative to the Euro on the translation into the US$ presentation currency, although this effect may be partly offset by the positive impact of translation on the revenue line.

        In ZAR the region's costs have increased 17% in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007. This increase is largely attributable to the impact of the weakening of the ZAR against the US$ on US$ based inputs. The major contributors have been energy, bought-in pulp and chemical input costs, all of which are being driven by international commodity price pressures and the impact of the exchange rate movements.

        The cost of non-integrated timber increased due to the increased demand from both major local paper producers and exporters. The pool of non-integrated timber in South Africa is relatively small and currently very costly due to the increasing demand. Movements in pulp costs do not impact the business as significantly as Europe and North America as the region only purchases pulp in a situation when own production capacity issues limits supply. Chemical and other costs are being driven by a combination of escalating international commodity prices and the impact of the weakening ZAR relative to US$ on US$ based variable inputs.


Fixed costs

        A summary of the Group's major fixed cost components is as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
   
  Variance    
   
  Variance    
   
 
 
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
 
Fixed Costs
  Value   %   Value   %  
 
  US$ million
 

Personnel

    1,016     148     90     10     926     135     48     5     878     122  

Maintenance

    253     37     17     7     236     34     7     3     229     32  

Depreciation

    370     54     (2 )   (1 )   372     54     (15 )   (4 )   387     54  

Other

    280     41     6     2     274     40     (31 )   (10 )   305     42  
                                           

Total

    1,919     280     111     6     1,808     263     9     1     1,799     250  
                                           

62


        The regional analysis which follows excludes corporate fixed costs and consolidation adjustments which are not material.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
   
   
  Variance    
   
  Variance    
   
 
 
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
  Costs
US$
million
  US$ /
Tonne
 
Regional Fixed Costs
  Value   %   Value   %  
 
  US$ million
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    543     350     1         542     360     (19 )   (3 )   561     393  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    863     339     85     11     778     312     8     1     770     314  

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

    111     327     4     4     107     306     3     3     104     317  

Forest Products

    403     167     29     8     374     149     (3 )   (1 )   377     126  

        The region has engaged in restructuring and cost reduction processes in recent years and the benefits of these initiatives contributed to the real fixed cost reduction in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006, and to keeping fixed costs essentially flat in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007.

        During 2006 the region embarked on a major restructuring project aimed at reducing costs and improving efficiencies, which has been the major contributor to the cost reductions in 2006. Included in the program was a significant headcount reduction. This focus on fixed expenses has continued during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. In Euros fixed costs have declined from € 625 million in fiscal 2006 to € 583 million in fiscal 2007 and € 573 million in fiscal 2008. The increase in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 in US$ is attributable to the impact of the weakening of the US$ against the Euro on the translation into the US$ presentation currency. In fiscal 2006 personnel costs were also impacted by a post employment benefit credit of US$ 11 million.

        The major contributors to fixed cost increases in recent years are personnel and maintenance cost. Personnel costs are under pressure from labor rate increases due to cost of living adjustments and the impact of the skills shortage on labor rates, particularly in the skilled technical functions. Given the inflationary environment in South Africa inflation is also a contributing factor to cost increase. These cost increases have, in US$, been offset by the impact of the exchange rate on translation of the costs into the US$ presentation currency. In ZAR costs have increased from ZAR 689 million in fiscal 2006 to ZAR 768 million in fiscal 2007 and ZAR 822 million in fiscal 2008. See "—Currency Fluctuations" for a discussion of exchange rate movements.

        The major contributors to fixed cost increases in recent years are personnel and maintenance cost. Personnel costs are under pressure from labor rate increases due to cost of living adjustments and the impact of the skills shortage on labor rates, particularly in the skilled technical functions. Given the inflationary environment in South Africa inflation is also a contributing factor to cost increase. These cost increases have, in US$, been offset by the impact of the exchange rate on translation of the costs into the US$ presentation currency. In ZAR costs have increased from ZAR 2,492 million in fiscal 2006 to ZAR 2,686 million in fiscal 2007 and ZAR 2,991 million in fiscal 2008. See "—Currency Fluctuations" for a discussion of exchange rate movements.

63



Net Finance Costs

        Annual finance costs may be analyzed as follows:

Finance Costs
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Interest expense

    181     173     162  

Interest earned

    (38 )   (21 )   (26 )

Finance costs capitalized

    (16 )   (14 )   (2 )

Net foreign exchange gains

    (8 )   (13 )   (7 )

Net fair value loss on financial instruments

    7     9     3  
               

Net finance costs

    126     134     130  
               

        Net interest paid (interest expense less interest earned) in fiscal 2008 was US$ 143 million compared to US$ 152 million in 2007. The decrease was mainly due to the lower level of USD interest rates in 2008 and the resulting lower interest cost on the group's floating rate debt.

        The higher finance costs capitalized in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 relate to the Saiccor expansion project in South Africa. After the plant was commissioned during fiscal 2008, capitalization of finance costs for the project has ceased.

        The group's policy is to identify foreign exchange risks immediately when they arise and to cover these risks to the functional currency of the operation where the risk lies. The majority of the group's foreign exchange exposures are covered centrally by the Group Treasury which nets the internal exposures and hedges the residual exposure with third party banks. Due mainly to the timing of the netting process some residual foreign exchange results arise and these results (which consisted of a gain of US$ 8 million in fiscal 2008) are shown as part of Finance Costs.

        The "net fair value loss on financial instruments" relates to the net impact of currency and interest rate movements after hedge accounting for certain interest rate and currency swaps the group has entered into in order to swap US$ 857 million of fixed rate debt to floating rate and in order to manage the interest and currency exposure on US$ 233 million of cross border inter-company loans.


Taxation

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Profit / (loss) before taxation

    188     249     (5 )
               

Taxation at the average statutory tax rate

    72     68     (13 )

Net exempt income and non-tax deductible expenditure

    (51 )   (34 )   (24 )

Effect on tax rate changes

    (9 )   (19 )   (1 )

Deferred tax asset not recognized

    103     49     54  

Utilization of previously unrecognized tax assets

    (19 )   (11 )   (24 )

Secondary Tax on Companies

    7     8     9  

Prior year adjustments

    (19 )   (15 )   (2 )

Other taxes

    2     1      
               

Taxation charge / (benefit)

    86     47     (1 )
               

Effective tax rate

    46 %   19 %   15 %
               

        With a profit before taxation of US$ 188 million, the total taxation charge to the income statement of US$ 86 million results in an effective tax rate of 46% for fiscal 2008. The expected charge of US$ 72 million was favorably impacted by tax rate reductions in South Africa. Tax relief was not taken on the taxation losses of certain loss-making entities due to management's judgment that these losses may not be recoverable in the near future and certain of the Group's profits are not taxed as a result of losses carried forward of favorable permanent differences. The Secondary Tax on Companies of US$ 7 million relates to South African tax on

64



Group dividends paid during the year at a rate of 10%. For further information see "Item 10—Additional Information—Taxation".


Net Profit

        Net profit for fiscal 2008 decreased to US$ 102 million from US$ 202 million in fiscal 2007 as compared to a loss of US$ 4 million in fiscal 2006. The impact of the improved performance in fiscal 2008 was offset by impairment and restructuring charges. The improved profitability in fiscal 2007 was mainly due to improved sales. The weakening of the US$ against the Euro resulted in an increase in sales, which was partly offset by a decline in sales, due to the impact of the weakening of the ZAR against the US$ on translation of the South African businesses. Restructuring charges in Europe were partly offset, in fiscal 2006, by the reversal of impairment on Usutu Mill.

        Basic earnings per share development is illustrated in the table below:


Earnings Per Share (US cents)

         Graphic

        In fiscal 2008 earnings per share was adversely impacted by certain major items including asset impairments (US$ 119 million), restructuring provisions (US$ 41 million) and fire and flood related events (US$ 11 million). These negative impacts were partly offset by a favorable fair value price adjustment (US$ 87 million).


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our principal sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations and availability under our credit facilities. Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from the need to fund capital expenditures in order to maintain our assets, to expand our business whether organically or through acquisitions, to fund our working capital requirements and to make dividend payments. Based on our current level of operations, we believe our cash flow from operations, available borrowings under our credit facilities and cash and cash equivalents will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months.

        Our liquidity resources are subject to change as market and general economic conditions evolve. Decreases in liquidity could result from a lower than expected cash flow from operations, including decreases caused by lower demand, weaker prices for our products or higher input costs. In addition, any potential acquisitions in which all or a portion of the consideration would be payable in cash, could have a significant effect on our liquidity resources. Our liquidity could also be impacted by any limitations on the availability of our existing debt and our ability to refinance existing debt, raise additional debt and the associated terms of such debt.

        One of our liquidity requirements is the payment of annual dividends to shareholders. Taking into account various factors including the rights offer to shareholders and the macro economic and global financial market conditions the Board of Directors decided to rebase the 2008 dividend. As a result of this, Sappi Limited

65



declared a dividend in respect of ordinary shares of 16 US cents per share (2007: 32 US cents per share) on November 6, 2008 which was paid on December 2, 2008.


Cash Flow—Operations

Cash Flow
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Cash generated by operations

    623     585     396  

Movement in working capital

    1     60     (17 )

Net finance costs paid

    (126 )   (162 )   (138 )

Taxation

    (70 )   (27 )   (13 )

Capital expenditure

    (505 )   (442 )   (303 )

Cash (utilized) / generated

    (139 )   24     (127 )

        During fiscal 2008 we generated cash from operations of US$ 623 million compared to US$ 585 million in fiscal 2007 and US$ 396 million in fiscal 2006. Improved operating profit has been one of the major contributors to improved cash flows in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. Significant capital expenditures to expand operations especially related to the Saiccor mill upgrade, have been a major use of cash. Working capital management has become an increasing focus of the Group and forms an integral part of the management incentive schemes, and has contributed to the improvement in cash flow. The slow down in the global economy in recent months has led to a decline in demand and softening of selling prices, thereby placing an even greater emphasis on managing working capital, particularly in relation to inventory levels and receivables. The slow down in the global economy and the decline and softening of selling prices could adversely affect our cash flow generated from operations in fiscal 2009, with a result that focusing on cash generation is a priority.

        Total non-cash items in fiscal 2008 amounted to US$ 309 million, compared to US$ 201 million in fiscal 2007 and US$ 269 million in fiscal 2006, and included:

Non-cash Items
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Depreciation

    374     374     390  

Fellings

    80     70     74  

Asset Impairments & closures

    119     2     (14 )

Plantation fair value—price

    (120 )   (54 )   (34 )

Plantation fair value—volume

    (70 )   (76 )   (70 )

Post employment benefits

    (88 )   (101 )   (68 )

Other non-cash items

    14     (14 )   (9 )
               

    309     201     269  
               

66


        The movement in components of net working capital is as shown in the graph below.

Working Capital Movement—US$ million

         Graphic

        Optimizing the levels of our working capital is a key management focus area, particularly in the environment of worsening world financial markets and macro-economic conditions. The aim is to minimize the investment in working capital to the point where that does not negatively impact profitability by more than the savings in finance costs from the lower investment in working capital. We regularly compare our ratio of working capital to annual sales to those of our peers, and we believe that our working capital management compares favorably in that regard, although we have identified opportunities to improve this further. Managing the average monthly level of net working capital is a large element of the management incentive scheme for all businesses. Our working capital is anticipated to be adequate for our present requirements.


Investing

        Cash utilized in investing activities is as set out in the table below:

Investing Activities
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Capital expenditure

    505     442     303  

Proceeds on disposals

    (7 )   (50 )   (4 )

Investments and loans

    (4 )   (28 )   (12 )
               

    494     364     287  
               

        Capital Expenditure by region is as follows:

Capital Expenditure by Region
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

    130     42     48  

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    91     102     136  

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

    9     12     19  

Forest Products

    274     285     99  

Other

    1     1     1  
               

Total

    505     442     303  
               

        Capital expenditure excludes capitalized interest.

67


        Cash capital expenditure to expand operations by region is as follows:

Capital Expenditure to Expand Operations by Region
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Sappi Fine Paper North America

        1      

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    12     59     81  

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

    2     1     1  

Forest Products

    241     265     61  

Other

             
               

Total

    255     326     143  
               

        In fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 cash spent to maintain assets and expand operations was higher than usual due to the Saiccor expansion project (US$ 236 million in fiscal 2008 and US$ 247 million in fiscal 2007) and to the acquisition of Paper machine 3 at Somerset (US$ 75 million in fiscal 2008) after the termination of the lease over that paper machine and of the Westbrook biomass boiler (US$ 10 million) in North America. Due largely to the higher than usual capital expenditure, we utilized net cash of US$ 139 million in fiscal 2008. Over the past 5 years the relationship between capital expenditure and depreciation is as follows:

Investment in fixed assets versus depreciation

         Graphic

68



Capital Expenditure to Expand Operations

        Set out below is a summary of the group's capital expenditure to expand operations for fiscal 2006 to 2008.

 
  2008   2007   2006   Rationale
 
  US$ million
  US$ million
  US$ million
   

Sappi Fine Paper North America

        1        

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

    12     59     81   Relates mainly to energy supply project at Gratkorn mill and the upgrade of a paper machine at Ehingen.

Sappi Forest Products—Saiccor

    236     247     32   Relating to the capacity increase project at Saiccor.

Sappi Forest Products—Other

    5     18     29   Relating mainly to process improvement.

Sappi Fine Paper South Africa

    2     1     1    
                 

Total

    255     326     143    
                 

        Our capital expenditure program varies from year to year, and expenditure in one year is not necessarily indicative of future capital expenditure. Capital expenditure to expand operations in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 primarily consisted of investments at Saiccor mill. In August 2006, we announced the expansion of the existing capacity at Saiccor mill in South Africa, where Chemical Cellulose products are produced. The current capacity of the mill is approximately 600,000 metric tonnes per annum. The expansion will increase capacity to 800,000 tonnes per annum. The investments at Sappi Fine Paper Europe related mainly to a major project at our European Gratkorn mill for a new energy supply (fiscal 2007 € 30 million and fiscal 2006 € 19 million) and the upgrade of the paper machine at Ehingen (fiscal 2007 € 13 million and fiscal 2006 € 52 million). Capital spending is expected to be funded primarily through internally generated funds. For further details about our capital commitments, see note 25 to our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        We operate in an industry that requires high capital expenditures and, as a result, we need to devote a significant part of our cash flow to capital expenditure programs, including investments relating to maintaining operations. Capital spending for investment relating to maintaining operations during fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 amounted to approximately US$ 250 million, US$ 116 million and US$ 160 million, respectively. The capital expenditure program for these fiscal years was funded primarily through internally generated funds.

        After the completion of our Saiccor expansion project we expect our capital expenditure requirements for fiscal 2009 to be less than fiscal 2008. We plan to reduce the level of our capital expenditures in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, in order to conserve cash resources.


Financing

General

        Debt is a major source of funding for the group.

Gross Debt
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Long term interest bearing liabilities

    1,832     1,828     1,634  

Short term interest bearing liabilities

    821     771     694  

Bank overdraft

    26     22     9  
               

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    2,679     2,621     2,337  
               

69


 

Cash Position
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    274     364     224  
               

Cash position

    274     364     224  
               

        Approximately 46% of total assets are funded by gross debt as is shown in the table below:

Total Assets Excluding Cash Equivalents
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    2,679     2,621     2,337  

Shareholder's equity

    1,605     1,816     1,386  

Other liabilities

    1,825     1,907     1,794  

Cash equivalents

    (274 )   (364 )   (224 )
               

Total assets excluding cash equivalents

    5,835     5,980     5,293  
               

 

 
  %  

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    46     44     44  

Shareholder's equity

    28     30     26  

Other liabilities

    31     32     34  

Cash equivalents

    (5 )   (6 )   (4 )
               

Total assets excluding cash equivalents

    100     100     100  
               

        The movement in gross debt from the end of fiscal 2006 to the end of fiscal 2008 is explained below:

Gross Debt Movement Analysis
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Gross debt—beginning of period

    2,621     2,337     2,375  

Cash utilized / (generated) during period

    138     (24 )   127  

Currency & fair value impact

    10     168     (22 )

(Decline) / increase in cash equivalents

    (90 )   140     (143 )
               

Gross debt—end of period

    2,679     2,621     2,337  
               

        We have increased our focus on managing the level of our debt. Since the beginning of fiscal 2006, gross debt has increased by US$ 342 million. US$ 156 million of this increase was due to the impact of translating our European and South African debt into the weakening US$ and other fair value adjustments. Over the last three years we utilized US$ 515 million on the Saiccor expansion project.


Debt profile

        Our debt is comprised of a variety of arrangements, including committed credit facilities, uncommitted debt facilities, including local bank overdraft facilities and lines of credit, debt securities issued in the global and South African capital markets, commercial paper programs, receivables securitization programs, vendor financing arrangements and finance leases. See "Note 20 to the Group Annual Financial Statements" contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        The make-up of our gross debt is set out in the table below:

Debt Profile
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Long-term debt

    1,832     1,828     1,634  

Short-term debt

    821     771     694  

Bank overdraft

    26     22     9  
               

Gross interest bearing liabilities

    2,679     2,621     2,337  
               

70


        The short-term debt of US$ 821 million in fiscal 2008 includes an amount of US$ 360 million (fiscal 2007: US$ 354 million and US$ 347 million in fiscal 2006) of securitized receivables funding under various revolving securitization programs.

        The average maturity of our debt is 5.7 years with the profile as shown below:

2008—Debt Maturity Profile

         Graphic

        We believe we follow a prudent approach in regard to liquidity risk. As at the fiscal 2008 year end short-term debt and overdraft funding was US$ 847 million and cash and cash equivalents were, US$ 274 million. US$ 360 million (at the fiscal year end) was in the form of various revolving securitized trade receivables funding which in the normal course we expect to continue to be available. For further information on group borrowing facilities secured by trade receivables, refer to Note 20 to the Financial Statements.

        At September 2008 the Group had unutilized committed and uncommitted borrowing facilities of US$ 605 million and approximately US$ 600 million (including available cash) respectively. At December 2008 this was US$ 478 million and approximately US$ 530 million (including available cash) respectively. The committed facilities are largely the undrawn portion of our € 600 million Revolving Credit Facility.

        We drew an additional € 50 million on the Revolving Credit Facility in December 2008 for general working capital requirements to cover any potential shortfall in liquidity over the holiday season. In 2009, our financing activities will concentrate on arranging longer term debt to refinance some existing short-term debt. The key factor for being successful in this area will be the availability of liquidity and pricing conditions in the banking, capital and bond markets.

        The make-up of our gross debt by currency is shown in the following table:

Gross debt by currency ratio
  2008   2007   2006  

USD

    41.3 %   40.0 %   45.0 %

EUR

    40.3 %   42.0 %   40.0 %

CHF

    6.3 %   7.0 %   6.0 %

ZAR

    12.1 %   11.0 %   9.0 %


Interest on Borrowings

        To compare our borrowing costs with market rates, we convert interest rates on all debt to US Dollar equivalent rates. The resulting interest rate is 4.51% before taking account of interest rate swaps taken up to swap US$ 857 million of borrowings from fixed to floating interest rates.

        The average maturity of our debt is 5.7 years. Compared with the current six-year US Dollar swap rate (a benchmark rate at which blue chip borrowers transact in longer term maturities) of 3.65%, our average interest cost is 86 basis points above the swap rate.

        The fixed to floating interest rate swaps decrease the total interest cost to 4.06%, which is 41 basis points above the six-year Dollar swap rate.

        We expect that in current market circumstances, and based on our current credit ratings, raising new debt or replacing existing debt would be at substantially higher margins than we are currently paying.

71



Interest rate risk

        The group has a policy of maintaining a balance between fixed and variable rate loans which enables it to minimize the impact of borrowing costs on reported earnings. Hedging activity in relation to borrowings are restricted to interest rate swaps and where appropriate, cross-currency swaps.

        In the fiscal 2008 no further interest rate swaps were concluded and, at year end, the ratio of gross debt at fixed and floating interest rates was 39:61.


Summary of Certain Debt Arrangements

        Set forth below is a summary of certain key terms of some of significant debt arrangements. Reference should also be made to those debt arrangements which are filed as, or incorporated by reference as, exhibits to this Annual Report, See "Note 20 to the Group Annual Financial Statements" and "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements".


Vendor Loan Notes

        As part of the consideration for the Acquired Business, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH issued to M-real Corporation the Vendor Loan Notes of € 220 million. The Vendor Loan Notes are unsecured and are guaranteed as to the payment of the principal and interest by Sappi Limited, Sappi International S.A. and Sappi Trading Pulp AG. The Vendor Loan Notes have a maturity of up to 48 months and rank pari passu with our existing long-term debt. Certain terms of our existing Revolving Credit Facility, including certain financial covenants, are incorporated by reference in the terms and conditions of the Vendor Loan Notes. Interest on the Vendor Loan Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears at an initial interest rate of 9% per annum for the first interest period, increasing to 12% per annum for the second interest period, 14% per annum for the third interest period and 15% per annum thereafter. We can repay the Vendor Loan Notes at any time in tranches of € 10 million.


Revolving Credit Facility

        In June 2005, we entered into a revolving credit facility (as amended in September 2006, the "Revolving Credit Facility") with a group of lenders, which provides, among other things, for up to € 600 million of borrowing availability in Euros, US dollars or other currencies as determined under the agreement, and terminates on May 31, 2010. The annual interest rate on borrowings is calculated based on LIBOR or, for borrowings in Euro, EURIBOR, plus a margin varying between 0.25% and 0.60% depending on the credit rating assigned to Sappi Limited, and certain costs. Borrowings may be made by certain subsidiaries of Sappi Limited and are guaranteed by Sappi Limited and certain of its subsidiaries, subject to applicable statutory limitations.

        Availability of amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to compliance with financial covenants, which require that (i) at the end of each quarter the mean average of the ratios of EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense for that quarter and each of the three preceding quarters be not less than 3.00:1; (ii) at the end of each quarter the mean average of the ratios of EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense for that quarter and each of the seven preceding quarters be not less than 3.50:1; (iii) the ratio of net debt to capitalization be not, at the end of any quarter, greater than 0.65:1; and (iv) with regard to Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd. and its subsidiaries only, the ratio of net debt to capitalization be not, at the end of any quarter, greater than 0.65:1, in each case as such terms are defined in the Revolving Credit Facility.

        The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary events of default, such as failure to make payment of amounts due, defaults under other agreements evidencing indebtedness, certain bankruptcy events and a cessation of business (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility). The agreement also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants restricting, among other things, the granting of security, incurrence of indebtedness, the provision of loans and guarantees, mergers and dispositions. Failure to comply with a covenant or the occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of payment obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 2008, we were in compliance with these covenants.


2002 Guaranteed Notes

        In June 2002, Sappi Papier Holding GmbH (then organized as an AG) issued US$ 500 million 6.75% guaranteed notes due 2012 and US$ 250 million 7.50% guaranteed notes due 2032 (together, the "2002

72



Notes"), guaranteed by Sappi Limited and Sappi International S.A. Interest under the Notes is payable semi-annually. The indentures governing the 2002 Notes provide for an optional redemption of the 2002 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price of the greater of (i) the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the applicable remaining scheduled payments discounted at a rate as determined under the indentures, together with, in each case, accrued interest.

        The indentures governing the 2002 Notes contain events of default customary for investment grade debt, including failure to pay principal or interest, a default in any other indebtedness, certain enforcement actions against our property and certain bankruptcy events. The indentures also contain certain customary covenants, which restrict our ability to create liens, to enter into sale and leaseback transactions and to undertake mergers or consolidations.


Domestic Medium-Term Notes

        On June 27, 2006, Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Ltd. ("Sappi Manufacturing") issued ZAR 1 billion (US$ 146 million) Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes (the "First Tranche") under its ZAR 3 billion (US$ 437 million) Domestic Medium-Term Note Program (the "Program") at a fixed interest rate of 9.34% payable semi-annually on December 27, and June 27, of each year, commencing on June 27, 2006. The securities issued under the First Tranche mature on June 27, 2013. On September 25, 2007, Sappi Manufacturing issued a second tranche of ZAR 1 billion (US$ 146 million) Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes (the "Second Tranche") under the Program at a fixed interest rate of 10.64%. The interest on the securities issued under the Second Tranche is payable semi-annually on April 14 and October 14 of each year, commencing on April 14, 2008. The securities issued under the Second Tranche mature on October 14, 2011. Sappi Manufacturing has also agreed to observe certain undertakings with respect to the securities including limitations on encumbrances (other than permitted encumbrances) over its assets. With regard to the Second Tranche only, should a change of control event (more than 50% of the voting rights of Sappi Manufacturing be acquired by any party other than a subsidiary of Sappi Limited) and a negative rating event (a downgrade of Sappi Manufacturing's national credit rating, currently at AA-, of below A-) occur, then the holders of the securities may within 60 days after the public announcement of the change of control having occurred, they can by way of an extraordinary resolution require the redemption of the notes.


Covenants

        Financial covenants apply to approximately US$ 920 million of our non-South African long-term debt and our € 600 million Revolving Credit facility. This debt is supported by a Sappi Limited guarantee. For this reason the first three of the four covenants mentioned below are measured on a consolidated group level.

        Our financial covenants require that:

73


        The table below shows that as at September 2008 we were in compliance with these covenants.

 
   
  Fiscal
2008
  Covenant  
 
   
  US$ million
 
Group Covenants              
Net Debt to Total Capitalization     55.9 %   < 65 %
EBITDA to Net Interest   —4 Quarters     5.91     > 3.0  
    —8 Quarters     5.57     > 3.5  
Sappi Manufacturing Covenant              
Net Debt to Total Capitalization     21.4 %   < 65 %

        These financial covenants also apply to the securitization programs with outstanding balances of US$ 360 million at the end of September 2008. No Sappi Limited guarantee has been provided for these facilities.


Credit ratings

        At the date of this Annual Report, our credit ratings were as follows:

Fitch South African national rating

   

Sappi Manufacturing (Pty) Limited

  AA- / F1+ / Stable (June 2008)

Moody's international rating

   

Sappi Papier Holding GmbH
(Supported by Sappi Limited guarantee)

  Ba2 / NP / Stable (September 2008)

Standard & Poor's international rating

   

Corporate Credit Rating

  BB / B / Stable (September 2008)

        In October 2007 S&P revised its rating for the group from BB+ to BB, while moving the outlook from negative to stable. This change was mainly as a result of an industry-wide re-rating of the European Forest Products sector, sustained cost inflation, and an uncertain outlook for paper pricing and demand in the light of an expected softening economic growth. In April 2008 the outlook was changed to negative in view of the challenging market conditions. However, the outlook was returned to stable after the announcement of the M-real Corporation transaction in view of the high level of equity funding proposed and the improved outlook for the rating metrics to meet the requirement of the rating.

        In June 2008 Moody's revised their rating from Ba1 to Ba2, with a stable outlook. The main reasons for this revision were the difficult market conditions in the European paper industry, and the slower than expected improvement in the key rating metrics. In September 2008 this rating and outlook were confirmed after the announcement of the M-real Corporation transaction.

        Fitch confirmed the Sappi Manufacturing rating in June 2008, commenting on the strong contribution by Saiccor and the sound debt position.


Leverage

        Gross debt to capitalization for each of the past three years as set out below:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 
Gross debt     2,679     2,621     2,337  
Gross debt & equity     4,284     4,437     3,723  
Gross debt to capitalization ratio     63 %   59 %   63 %

        In December 2008, the Group issued a vendor loan note of € 220 million (approximately US$ 310 million) and had a rights issue to shareholders raising ZAR 5.8 billion (approximately US$ 597 million) which resulted in our gross debt to total capitalization ratio improving.

        Management monitors the Group's indebtedness in the context of the complex trade-offs associated with determining an appropriate level of debt finance, namely—financial risk, credit rating, the cost of debt and the

74



expected return that can be earned on that debt. In regard to our debt level we also monitor cash flow to net interest cover. We recognize that we operate in a mature industry that normally generates substantial and reasonably reliable cash flows and that management has significant flexibility to delay or minimize capital expenditure (which is a major use of cash) in difficult times to reduce financial risk. As previously described in this "Liquidity and Capital Resources", in view of the worsening of the world financial markets and macro-economic conditions, focusing on cash generation remains a priority. We plan to reduce the level of capital expenditures to conserve cash and reduce our indebtedness using internally generated cash flow. We are also aware that with uncertainty in financial markets, refinancing existing or raising additional debt and the associated terms are likely to be more challenging.


Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

        Our research and development efforts focus on the improvement of product quality and production processes as well as the development of new products and processes. Research and development is managed at a number of regional technology centers. These "centers of excellence" provide the basis to leverage unique sets of skills and provide customer focused product development. We have spent approximately US$ 34 million annually on research and development in the last three fiscal years.


North America

        Sappi Fine Paper North America's research and development activities are centered at Westbrook. This centre has a proud history of product innovation; for example, it developed both one- and two-sided coated paper.

        In addition, Sappi Fine Paper North America has a number of proprietary technologies, including the on-line finishing technology and its Ultracast® electron-beam technology. Sappi Fine Paper North America on-line finishing technology is used in its production of coated paper at Somerset and Muskegon. Our Ultracast® technology is utilized in speciality papers such as release papers used in the production of high fidelity imitation leather and other surfaces.

        Research and development efforts are focused on next generation product design for margin improvement and customer features and benefits. We have recently developed new release products, as well as innovative products in both the web and sheet business. The technology platform centers on innovative materials research with a renewed emphasis on process development.


Europe

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe maintains research and development centers at its Maastricht and Gratkorn sites. These facilities work closely with the research facilities in North America and South Africa in order to achieve efficiencies and ensure rapid implementation of improvements.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe's research and development centers have concentrated on developing new paper qualities. Our research and development effort has developed coated fine paper of outstanding quality. The paper which was developed satisfies the demands of modern high performance printing machines, while maintaining a consistent quality between the paper produced at the various Sappi mills. Tempo™ is an outstanding example of the differentiated products that are being developed in our technology centers.

        The Maastricht research and development centre also has overseen the introduction of triple coating through the use of its triple blade coating concept. More recently, the research and development centers have concentrated on optimizing product characteristics in relation to various types of paper machines at each mill, in order to improve efficiencies and quality of production. In 1990, the Alfeld mill became the first mill to produce coated fine paper using 100% totally chlorine-free (TCF) pulp. We continue to focus on ways to produce differentiated products that reflect our corporate commitment to sustainable development while minimizing our carbon footprint.


Southern Africa

        Sappi Forest Products focuses upon developing technology related to plantation forestry, pulping, bleaching and related environmental technology and chemical cellulose technology. In the 1970s, we patented the Sapoxal oxygen bleaching process and licensed the technology in major pulp and paper manufacturing countries. This process facilitates the reduction or elimination of elemental chlorine in pulp bleaching. Oxygen

75



bleaching has subsequently become an industry standard. At our Technology Centre in Pretoria, we continue our research and development related to bleaching, refining and are currently involved in biotechnology research. The research is conducted in order to continually improve the performance and environmental profile of our pulping, bleaching and refining processes. We are also a leader in technology aimed at reducing water consumption in pulp and paper mills. At our forest research centre in Tweedie, we focus upon the genetic improvement of plantation forests so as to maximize the yield of high quality pulp. Research on the modification of fibers to enhance characteristics for end products is also currently being conducted.

        We are also active in chemical cellulose research for Saiccor. The focus is largely on product development to provide more product options and expand the value added product range from Saiccor.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Letters of credit discounting.    To improve the Group working capital, the group discounts certain Letters of Credit to ABN AMRO Hong Kong and DBS bank (London) every month end at a discount on a non recourse basis.

        'Scheck-Wechsel'.    In Germany, certain banks provide a means for our customers to obtain short-term loans for the purpose of permitting early payment of trade debts owed to us in order to obtain early payment discounts. In order for one of our customers to obtain such a loan, Sappi must sign a "Scheck-Wechsel", which is a financial guarantee supplied by Sappi to the bank in respect of the customer loan. By signing the Scheck-Wechsel, Sappi provides a financial guarantee to the bank of the customer. Because of the short-term nature of these loans, our credit exposure to our customer is essentially the same as for the trade receivables but we are able to accelerate collection and improve our cash flows. This financial guarantee contract falls under the scope of IAS 39 'Financial Instruments'.

        This financial guarantee contract is initially recognized at fair value. There is no evidence that the customer will not reimburse its loan to the bank. There is also no guarantee fee due by the bank and the Scheck-Wechsel is a short term instrument (maximum 90 days). Therefore, the fair value at inception is immaterial. Subsequently, the financial guarantee contract shall be measured at the higher of:

        As no default event has occurred, no provision is set up and the fair value at year-end remains immaterial. However, according to IAS 37 a contingent liability of US$ 20 million (2007: US$ 20 million) has been disclosed in this respect.

        Trade receivables securitization.    To improve our cash flows in a cost-effective manner, we sell all eligible trade receivables on a non-recourse basis to special purpose entities (SPEs) that are owned and controlled by third party financial institutions. Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Trading sell their trade receivables on a recourse basis whilst Sappi Forest Products sell their trade receivables on a non-recourse basis. These SPEs are funded in the commercial paper market and are not limited to transactions with us but securitize assets on behalf of their sponsors for a diverse range of unrelated parties. We have a servicing agreement with the entities acquiring our receivables, acting as servicers for the collection of cash and administration of the trade receivables sold.

        Sappi Forest Products securitization facility.    Sappi sells the majority of its ZAR receivables to a securitization vehicle managed by Rand Merchant Bank that issues commercial paper to finance the purchase of the receivables. Sappi retains a small proportion of the credit risk attached to each underlying receivable. Sappi administers the collection of all amounts processed on behalf of the bank that are due from the customer. The purchase price of these receivables is adjusted dependent on the timing of the payment received from the client. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is JIBAR (Johannesburg Inter Bank Agreed Rate) plus a spread. This structure is currently treated as an off balance sheet arrangement.

        We have no obligation to repurchase any receivables which may default and do not guarantee the recoverability of any amounts apart from a small portion on a proportionate basis over and above the first tier loss provisions. The total amount of trade receivables sold at the end of September 2008 amounted to

76



US$ 194 million (September 2007: US$ 144 million). Details of the securitization program at the end of fiscal 2008 and 2007 are disclosed in the tables below.

        If this securitization facility were to be terminated, we would discontinue further sales of trade receivables and would not incur any losses in respect of receivables previously sold in excess of our first tier loss amounts. There are a number of events which may trigger termination of the facility, amongst others, an amount of defaults above a specified level; terms and conditions of the agreement not being met; or breaches of various credit insurance ratios. The impact on liquidity varies according to the terms of the agreement; generally however, future trade receivables would be recorded on balance sheet until a replacement agreement was entered into.

        Details of the securitization facility at September are set out below:

Bank
  Currency   Value   Facility   Discount charges
2008                
Rand Merchant Bank   ZAR   ZAR 1,568 million   Unlimited*   Linked to 3 month JIBAR
2007                
Rand Merchant Bank   ZAR   ZAR 993 million   Unlimited*   Linked to 3 month JIBAR

*
The facility in respect of the securitization facility is unlimited, but subject to the sale of qualifying receivables to the securitization vehicle.

        Details of the on-balance sheet securitization facilities that are applicable to Sappi Fine Paper are described in note 20 of our Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this report.


Contractual Obligations

        We have various obligations and commitments to make future cash payments under contracts, such as debt instruments, lease arrangements, supply agreements and other contracts. The following table includes information contained within the Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as information regarding purchase obligations. The tables reflect those contractual obligations at the end of fiscal 2008 that can be quantified.

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 
 
  US$ millions
 
Long-Term Debt Obligations(1)     3,519     945     182     1,642     750  
Capital Lease Obligations(1)     40     10     8     10     12  
Operating Lease Obligations(2)     92     28     23     6     35  
Purchase Obligations(3)     51     26     22     3      
Other Long-term Liabilities Reflected on Balance Sheet(4)     346                  
Capital Commitments(5)     76     68     8          
                       
  Group Total     4,124     1,077     243     1,661     797  
                       

(1)
Includes interest obligations to maturity to service the debt. The principal debt is US$ 2,653 million.

(2)
Operating leases are future minimum obligations under operating leases. Refer to note 25 of our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(3)
Unconditional Purchase Obligations are obligations to transfer funds in the future for fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices (for example, as in take-or-pay contracts or throughput contracts, relating to among others, timber and power).

(4)
The Other Long-Term Liabilities of US$ 346 million (fiscal 2006 US$ 384 million) on balance sheet, relate mainly to post-employment benefits, post-retirement benefits other than pensions obligations, workmen's compensation, and other items which do not have a payment profile. Refer to note 21 of our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(5)
Capital commitments are commitments for which contracts have been entered into. Refer to note 25 of our Group Annual Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

77



Share Buy Back

        Following an initial approval of our shareholders, on December 15, 2000, of purchases by our subsidiaries of our ordinary shares, further approval to purchase was obtained at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 5, 2007. A special resolution granting authority to us or our subsidiaries to buy back up to 10% of our issued ordinary shares in any one year was approved. Pursuant to this approval, which was renewed at the annual general meeting of shareholders held on March 3, 2008, we or our subsidiaries may buy back ordinary shares from time to time. This authority is valid until the next annual general meeting.

        We held approximately 9.9 million treasury shares (or approximately 4.4% of our issued shares) as of September 2008. On January 14, 2009, the closing price for our shares on the JSE was 3,726 SA cents per share and the closing price of the ADSs on the NYSE was US$ 3.60 per ADS. These prices reflect the dilution effects of the rights issue to shareholders. See "Item 9—The Offer and Listing" for an explanation of share prices.

        In terms of the listing requirements of the JSE a company may not repurchase its shares during a closed period, which is defined as the period between the end of a financial reporting period and the publication of the results for that period and any period during which the company is trading under a cautionary announcement.


Dividends

        Our policy is to consider dividends on an annual basis and to declare cash dividends in US Dollars. We aim to declare annual dividends, which, over time, incorporate real growth for shareholders. To this end, dividend cover in each year will vary in line with changes in the business cycle. Our current intention is to maintain a long-term average of three times dividend cover (earnings divided by dividends). Notwithstanding Sappi's inability to meet this target in recent years, we remain committed to this policy in the longer term.

        Taking into account various factors including the rights offer to shareholders and the macro economic and global financial market conditions the Board of Directors decided to rebase the 2008 dividend. As a result of this, Sappi Limited declared a dividend in respect of ordinary shares of 16 US cents per share (2007: 32 US cents per share) on November 6, 2008 which was paid on December 2, 2008.


Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions and Impairment; and Joint Venture

        Usutu impairment.    During the first quarter of 2005 we impaired our Usutu mill. The Usutu mill is an unbleached kraft pulp mill and forms part of the Sappi Forest Products reporting segment. Due to continued losses an impairment review was conducted which led to the recognition of an impairment charge of US$ 50 million in 2005. During the fourth quarter of 2006 the impairment of Usutu mill was reversed, in terms of IAS 36, because, as a result of improved pulp prices, weakening of the ZAR against the US$, improved economic conditions and improved operational performance, profitability had improved. Demand for the mill's product improved as international pulp prices improved and as the differential between bleached and unbleached pulp prices widened, resulting in unbleached capacity reverting back to bleached pulp production. The improved international pricing and improved product quality resulted in improved pricing and the weakening of the local currency against the US Dollar improved margins in local currency as costs are mainly local currency denominated. The impairment reversal for 2006 was US$ 40 million. The mill operated normally during 2007. In August 2008, forest fires caused by severe weather conditions resulted in the loss of approximately 28% of the mill's fiber supply. The volume of trees lost by Usutu reduced the value of the mill, which has therefore been impaired. An impairment loss of US$ 37 million has been recognized in fiscal 2008. The recoverable amount of the various assets has been determined on the basis of value in use. The value in use was established using a pre-tax discount rate of 3.6%

        Nash Mill closure.    In May 2006 paper production at our Nash mill was stopped. The mill had been suffering from escalating costs, especially energy, which made it uncompetitive. The plant and equipment has been scrapped or transferred within the Group. The product previously manufactured at the mill is now produced elsewhere in the Group. The land and buildings were sold in 2007 and realized US$ 26 million pre-tax profit on disposal. The closure resulted in an impairment charge of US$ 2 million in fiscal 2006. An initial impairment charge of US$ 3 million was taken during fiscal 2005.

78


        Restructuring.    During fiscal 2006, Sappi Fine Paper Europe undertook a major cost reduction and productivity improvement project which resulted in a significant headcount reduction of employees mainly throughout fiscal 2007. This project resulted in a restructuring charge of US$ 47 million in fiscal 2006. This phase of the European restructuring was completed in fiscal 2007 and has resulted in a credit to the income statement of US$ 7 million as certain details of the plan were refined. The credit to the income statement in fiscal 2008 was US$ 3 million.

        Blackburn mill closure and cessation of production from PM 5 at Maastricht mill.    In August 2008, we announced that we had undertaken a review of our European production activities in response to overcapacity and significant input cost pressure.

        On September 22, 2008 we reached an agreement with labor representatives at our Blackburn mill, pursuant to which the mill was closed on November 12, 2008. On October 17, 2008, production had ceased at the mill. We have informed customers of the mill about the closure of the production facility in order to find alternatives within our Group to meet the needs of these customers. The sales office for Coated Fine Paper in the UK will continue operations, as will the specialties sales and marketing organization.

        As a result of our review, we also ceased production at PM 5 at our Maastricht mill on December 19, 2008, having reached an agreement with the mill's works council regarding such action.

        We offer customers comparable products and services from our other sites in Europe and do not anticipate any supply interruption. Blackburn had an annual capacity of 120,000 tonnes of coated graphic fine paper. PM 5 at Maastricht had an annual capacity of 60,000 tonnes of speciality paper. Following the closure of our Blackburn mill and cessation of production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill, our coated graphic fine paper capacity has been reduced by 190,000 tonnes after giving effect to a reallocation of our products.

        Muskegon impairment.    During the third quarter of fiscal 2005 we announced the impairment of our North American Muskegon mill, and recorded impairment charges of US$ 183 million in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 impairment charges of US$ 4 million and US$ 2 million, respectively, were incurred.

        Joint Venture with Shandong Chenming Paper Holdings Limited.    During 2004 the Group acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited (Jiangxi Chenming) in a joint venture with Shandong Chenming Paper Holdings Limited (Shandong Chenming) (51%), Moorim Paper Manufacturing Company Limited of South Korea (7.5%), and the International Finance Corporation (IFC) (7.5%). Our equity contribution was approximately US$ 60 million.

        The mill has an annual capacity of 350,000 tonnes per annum light-weight coated paper machine together with a bleached thermo mechanical pulp (BCTMP) mill, de-inked pulp plant, and power plant. The mill is located in Nanchang, the capital of Jiangxi Province which is in southeast China. The mill was commissioned in August 2005. The total cost of the project is approximately US$ 440 million. Jiangxi Chenming's debt is financed without recourse to Sappi.

        Implementation of Lereko Property Consortium (Lereko) deal.    In April 2006, Sappi announced a black economic empowerment transaction involving the sale of identified forestry land to a South African empowerment partner. We have received the final approval from the Minister of Land Affairs with regard to our Black Economic Empowerment transaction with Lereko Investments. In respect of this transaction, we recognized a charge to the income statement of ZAR 4 million in fiscal 2008. While Sappi will continue to use the productive forestry land for its timber requirements, Lereko will undertake property development projects to unlock value from the unplanted and unproductive forestry land, for the benefit of the Lereko Property Consortium, the local communities and Sappi.

        Impairment of assets.    The Group has reviewed the carrying value of all its non current assets in the fiscal 2008 and has determined that no impairment provision, other than as provided in the Group Annual Financial Statements, was required against any of the carrying value of these non-current assets.

        Acquisition of coated graphic paper business of M-real Corporation.    On December 31, 2008 we acquired the coated graphic paper business of M-real Corporation for EUR 750 million. See "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business".

79



Pensions and Post-retirement Benefits Other than Pensions

        The Group provides various post-retirement benefits to its active and retired employees worldwide, including: pension, post-retirement health and other life benefits.

        Our funded pension schemes generally hold a broad range of assets including a significant portion of bonds in line with an investment strategy to preserve funded status and balance risk and return.

        Over fiscal 2009 and 2010, we expect markets to move in very uncertain and unusual ways, such as significant swings in yields on corporate bonds and government bonds and a volatile equity market. We will not expect to see equity and property markets recover to recent highs for many years as the global recession is expected to worsen. However it is the interaction of key factors that will determine the extent to which the pension schemes' balance sheets will change. The impacts for us are likely to be as follows:

        We have not completed valuations of our pension plans' investments subsequent to September 2008 and, given the turmoil in the financial markets in the latter part of 2008, the funded status of our pension plans might have worsened subsequent to September 2008.

        The underfunded status of the company's pension plans decreased by US$ 35 million from the deficit of US$ 62 million as of September 2007 to a deficit of US$ 27 million as of September 2008. Post-retirement benefit liabilities (other than pensions) decreased by US$ 30 million from the deficit of US$ 173 million as of September 2007 to a deficit of US$ 143 million as at September 2008.

        Benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets across the regions are as follows:

 
  September 2008   September 2007   September 2006  
 
  Benefit
Obligation
  Fair value
of plan
Assets
  Benefit
Obligation
  Fair value
of plan
Assets
  Benefit
Obligation
  Fair value
of plan
assets
 
 
  US$ million
 

Pensions

    1,414     1,387     1,607     1,545     1,513     1,285  

The South African Surplus Recognition Restriction

                    (41 )    

Post-retirement Benefits other than pensions

    143         173         164      

        Actual investment returns from the assets of the various regional funded pension plans during 2008 were lower than actuarial projections, which contributed to reduced asset levels as of September 2008. Overall, investment returns showed a loss of 5% or US$ 74 million over the financial year and contributing to a total actuarial loss of US$ 189 million.

        Discount rates increased in all regions reflecting higher interest rates on long term bonds. For the pension plans this contributed to a reduction in liabilities as actuarial gains of US$ 189 million. Experience adjustments (i.e. changes in membership or benefits) were unfavorable, contributing to an actuarial loss of US$ 16 million.

        The main factor in the reduction of the combined pension deficit was employer contributions of US$ 76 million in fiscal 2008.

80


        A weakening Rand by the year end reduced the effect of the surplus in the South African pension fund in US$ terms, whilst a slightly strengthened Euro enhanced the net effects of European schemes. Combined, these funds are in deficit mainly due to the unfunded schemes of Germany and Austria. Overall, currency effects contributed to a loss of US$ 17 million in the pension funds.

        Several factors evenly contributed to a reduction in liabilities in the post-retirement benefits (other than pensions): A rise in discount rates reduced liabilities by US$ 12 million and favorable demographic corrections of our pension fund members e.g. membership movements reduced liabilities by US$ 11 million. The weakening Rand reduced the liabilities of the post retirement medical plan in South Africa by US$ 12 million.

        The South African pension fund has been closed to new employees since 2005.

        For further information see notes 27 and 28 to our Group Annual Financial Statements.


Insurance

        The Group has an active program of risk management in each of its geographical operating regions to address and to reduce exposure to property damage and business interruption. All production and distribution units are subjected to regular risk assessments, the results of which receive the attention of senior management. The risk assessment and mitigation programs are coordinated at Group level in order to achieve a harmonization of methodology and standardization of approach.

        Sappi follows a practice of insuring its assets against unavoidable loss arising from catastrophic events. These events include fire, flood, explosion, earthquake and machinery breakdown. Our insurance also covers the business interruption costs which may result from such events. Specific environmental risks are also insured. In line with previous years, the Board decided not to take separate cover for losses from acts of terrorism, which is consistent with current practice in the paper manufacturing industry. This insurance cover excludes insurance for our plantations, which is placed separately.

        Sappi has a global insurance structure and the bulk of its insurance is placed with its own captive insurance company, Sappisure Försäkrings AB, domiciled in Stockholm, Sweden.

        Sappi has successfully negotiated the renewal of its 2009 insurance cover at rates similar to those of 2008. Self-insured retention for any one property damage occurrence has remained at US$ 25 million, with an unchanged annual aggregate of US$ 40 million. For property damage and business interruption insurance, cost-effective cover to full value is not readily available. However, the directors believe that the loss limit cover of US$ 1 billion should be adequate for what they have determined as the reasonably foreseeable loss for any single claim.

        Insurance cover for credit risks currently applies on a regional basis to Sappi's Northern American, European and South African domestic trade receivables.

        Sappi places the insurance for its plantations on a stand-alone basis through the local South African insurance markets. The widespread fires that occurred during the second half of 2008 in its plantations in South Africa exhausted the plantation insurance cover and no reinstatement cover was purchased for the remaining part of fiscal 2008.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.

        Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, and in some cases, actuarial techniques. The group constantly re-evaluates these significant factors and makes adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate. The group believes that the following accounting policies are critical due to the degree of estimation required and / or the potential material impact they may have on the group's financial position and performance.

81


        Asset impairments.    The group periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment, including identifiable intangibles and goodwill, whenever events, such as losses being incurred, or changes in circumstances, such as changes in the pulp and paper market, indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause management to conclude that impairment indicators exist.

        In order to assess if there is any impairment, we estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset(s) and its eventual disposition. Considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate discounted future cash flows, including appropriate bases for making judgments and estimates as to future product pricing in the appropriate markets, raw material and energy costs, volumes of product sold, changes in the planned use of machinery or equipment or closing of facilities. The calculation of appropriate pre-tax discount rates (weighted average cost of capital) is another sensitive input to the valuation. While every effort is made to make use of independent information and apply consistent methodology, actual circumstances or outcomes could vary significantly from such estimates, including as a result of changes in the economic and business environment. These variances could result in changes in useful lives or impairment. These changes can have either a positive or negative impact on our estimates of impairment and can result in additional charges.

        Goodwill impairment testing is conducted at reporting unit levels of our business and is based on a cash flow based valuation model to determine the fair value of the cash generating unit. The assumptions used in estimating future cash flows were based upon our business forecasts and incorporated external information from industry sources, where applicable. Actual outcomes could vary significantly from our business forecasts. Changes in certain of these estimates could have a material effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. In addition to the judgments described in the preceding paragraph that are necessary in estimating future cash flows, significant judgments in estimating discounted cash flows also include the selection of the pre-tax discount rate (weighted average cost of capital) and the terminal value (net present value at end of period where there is a willing buyer and seller) multiple used in our valuation model. The discount rate used in our valuation model considers a debt and equity mix, a market risk premium, and other factors consistent with valuation methodologies. The terminal value multiple used in our valuation model considered the valuations for comparable companies.

        Small changes to the valuation model would not significantly impact the results of our valuation; however, if future cash flows were materially different than our forecasts, then the assessment of the potential impairment of the carrying value may be impacted.

        Property, plant and equipment.    Where significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives to the item itself, these parts are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. The methods of depreciation, useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually. Depreciation rates for similar items of plant or equipment could vary significantly based on the location and use of the asset.

        Determining the depreciable amount for an item of plant and equipment, the residual amount of the item of plant and equipment is taken into consideration. The residual value for the majority of items of plant and equipment has been deemed to be zero by management due to the underlying nature of the equipment.

        The following methods and rates were used during the year to depreciate property, plant and equipment to estimated residual values:

Land   No depreciation
Buildings   straight line 40 years
Plant   straight line 5 to 20 years
Vehicles   straight line 5 to 10 years
Furniture and equipment   straight line 3 to 6 years

        Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives or the term of the relevant lease, where shorter. The useful lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis and are revised when the current estimate is different from the existing estimate. For material items of property, plant and equipment an internal engineer is used to assist in determining the remaining useful lives and residual values. Management believes that the assigned values and useful lives,

82



including the underlying assumptions have been adequately considered and consistently applied. Different assumptions and assigned useful lives could have an impact on the reported amounts.

        Taxation.    The group estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheet.

        The group then assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent recovery is not likely, a deferred tax asset is not recognized. In recognizing deferred tax assets the group considers profit forecasts including the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on sales and external market conditions. Where it is probable that a position may be successfully challenged by revenue authorities, a tax provision is raised for the tax on the probable adjustment. Management's judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets have been recognized where management believes there are sufficient taxable temporary differences or convincing other evidence that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future to realize deferred tax assets. Although the deferred tax assets which have been recognized are considered realizable, actual amounts could be reduced if future taxable income is not achieved. This can materially affect our reported net income and financial position.

        Hedge accounting for financial instruments.    The financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. Hedge accounting is mainly used for debt instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign currency risk exposures and for firm commitments to hedge foreign currency risk exposures. We do not currently use hedge accounting for trading transactions.

        External market data is applied in measuring the hedge effectiveness of financial instruments. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately against income.

        Refer to note 30 of the Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details of the fair value hedging relationships as well as the impact of the hedge on the pre-tax profit or loss for the period.

        Plantations.    The fair value of immature timber is the present value of the expected future cash flows taking into account, unadjusted current market prices in available markets, estimated projected growth over the rotation period for the existing immature timber volumes in metric tonne, cost of delivery and estimated maintenance costs up to the timber becoming usable. The discount rate used is the applicable pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the business unit. Determining the appropriate discount rate requires significant assumption and judgment and changes in these assumptions could change the outcomes of the plantation valuations. The standing value of mature timber is based on unadjusted current market prices in available markets and estimated timber volumes in metric tonnes less cost of delivery at current market prices.

        Management focuses their attention on good husbandry techniques which include ensuring that the rotation of plantations is met with adequate planting activities for future harvesting. The rotation periods vary from eight to eighteen years in Southern Africa.

        Assumptions and estimates are used in the recording of plantation volumes, maintenance cost per metric tonne, and depletion. Changes in the assumptions or estimates used in these calculations may affect the group's results, in particular, our plantation valuation and depletion costs.

        A key assumption and estimation is the projected growth estimation over a period of eight to eighteen years per rotation. The inputs to our immature timber growth model are complex and involve estimations and judgments, all of which are regularly updated. Sappi established a long term sample plot network which is representative of the species and sites on which we grow trees and the measured data from these permanent sample plots are used as input into our growth estimation. Periodic adjustments are made to existing models for new genetic material.

        Sappi manages its plantations on a rotational basis and by implication, the respective increases by means of growth are, over the rotation period, negated by depletions for the group's own production or sales. Estimated volume changes, on a rotational basis, amount to approximately five million tonnes per annum.

83


        Ruling unadjusted current market prices applied at the reporting date, as well as the assumptions that are used in determining the extent of biological transformation (growth) can have a significant effect on the valuation of the plantations, and as a result, the amount recorded in the income statement arising from fair value changes and growth. In addition, the discount rate applied in the valuation of immature timber has an impact as tabled below.

Fair value of plantation sensitivity
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Fair value changes

                   
 

1% increase in market prices

    17     17     14  
 

1% decrease in market prices

    (17 )   (17 )   (14 )

Discount rate (for immature timber)

                   
 

1% increase in rate

    (4 )   (4 )   (3 )
 

1% decrease in rate

    4     4     4  

Volume assumption

                   
 

1% increase in estimate of volume

    6     6     5  
 

1% decrease in estimate of volume

    (6 )   (6 )   (5 )

Growth assumptions

                   
 

1% increase in rate of growth

    1     2     1  
 

1% decrease in rate of growth

    (1 )   (2 )   (1 )

        The group is exposed to financial risks arising from climatic changes, disease and other natural risks such as fire, flooding and storms and human-induced losses arising from strikes, civil commotion and malicious damage. These risks are covered by an appropriate level of insurance as determined by management. The plantations have an integrated management system that is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001 and FSC standards.

        For further information see note 10 of our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this report.

        Post-employment benefits.    The group accounts for its pension benefits and its other post retirement benefits using actuarial models. These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of 'events' are changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases.

        The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis and, therefore, the income statement effects of pension benefits or post retirement healthcare benefits are earned in, and should be expensed in the same pattern.

        Numerous estimates and assumptions are required, in the actuarial models, to determine the proper amount of pension and other post retirement liabilities to record in the group's consolidated financial statements and set the expense for the next fiscal year. These include discount rate, return on assets, salary increases, health care cost trends, longevity and service lives of employees. Although there is authoritative guidance on how to select these assumptions, our management and its actuaries exercise some degree of judgment when selecting these assumptions. Selecting different assumptions, as well as actual versus expected results, would change the net periodic benefit cost and funded status of the benefit plans recognized in the financial statements.

        Refer to notes 27 and 28 of our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for the key assumptions, the benefit obligations, plan assets, net periodic pension cost and the impact on the future financial results of the group in relation to post-employment benefits that may arise due to changes in economic conditions, employee demographics and investment performance as at the end of September 2008 and September 2007.

        Provisions.    Provisions are recognized when a reliable estimate can be made of the amount that the group would rationally pay to settle the liability. Risks, uncertainties and future events, such as changes in law and technology, are taken into account by management in determining the best estimates.

84


        The establishment and review of the provisions requires significant judgment by management as to whether or not there is a probable obligation and as to whether or not a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. All provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date. Various uncertainties can result in obligations not being considered probable or estimable for significant periods of time. As a consequence, potentially material obligations may have no provisions and a change in facts or circumstances that results in an obligation becoming probable or estimable can lead to a need for the establishment of material provisions. In addition, where estimated amounts vary from initial estimates the provisions may be revised materially, up or down, based on the facts.


Adoption of Accounting Standards in the Current Year

        The following standards, interpretations and significant amendments or revisions to standards have been adopted by the group in the current year:


IFRS 7—Financial Instruments: Disclosures

        The group has adopted IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. This has resulted in the financial instrument disclosures previously required by IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and Disclosure being replaced by those required under IFRS 7.

        Adoption of this standard had no impact on the reported profits or financial position of the group.


IFRIC 10—Interim Financial Reporting

        The interpretation addresses an apparent conflict between the requirements of IAS 34—interim financial reporting and those in other standards on the recognition and reversal in financial statements of impairment losses on goodwill and certain financial assets. The interpretation concludes that an entity shall not reverse an impairment loss recognized in a previous interim period in respect of goodwill, or an investment in either an equity instrument or a financial asset carried at cost.

        The implementation of this interpretation did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.


IFRIC 11—Group and Treasury Share Transactions

        This interpretation addresses two issues. The first is whether the transactions should be accounted for as equity-settled or as cash-settled share-based payment arrangements, and the second where a share-based payment transaction involves two or more entities within the same group.

        The implementation of this interpretation did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.


IAS 1—Amendment to International Accounting Standard 1—Presentation of Financial Statements: Capital Disclosures

        The amendment requires the group to disclose information that will enable users of its financial statements to evaluate the group's objectives, policies and processes of managing capital.

        Adoption of this standard had no impact on the reported profits or financial position of the group.


Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures—Reclassification of Financial Instruments

        This amendment permits an entity to reclassify some financial instruments out of the fair value through profit or loss category in particular circumstances. The amendment also permits an entity to transfer from the available-for-sale category to the loans and receivables category a financial asset that would have met the definition of loans and receivables, if the entity has the intention and ability to hold that financial asset for the foreseeable future.

85


        The implementation of this amendment did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.


Potential Impact of Future Changes in Accounting Policies

        The following standards, interpretations and significant amendments or revisions to standards which have been issued but which are not yet effective and which are applicable to Sappi, have not been applied in these financial statements:


Revised IAS 1—Presentation of Financial Statements

        The main changes from the previous standard require that an entity must present:

        This revised standard is effective for our September 2010 year end.


IFRS 8—Operating Segments

        This standard introduces the concept of an operating segment; it expands the identification criteria for segments of an entity and the measurement of segment results. The standard will allow an entity to align its operating segment reporting with the internal identification and reporting structure.

        The standard first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


IFRIC 12—Service Concession Arrangements

        The interpretation serves to clarify the treatment of arrangements whereby a government or other body grants contracts for the supply of public services—such as roads, energy distribution, prisons or hospitals—to private operators. The objective of this IFRIC is to clarify aspects of accounting for service concession arrangements.

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2009, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


IFRIC 13—Customer Loyalty Programs

        This interpretation addresses accounting by entities that grant loyalty awards to customers who buy other goods or services. The interpretation deals with the accounting treatment of the obligations to provide free or discounted goods or services granted under such a program.

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2009, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


IFRIC 15—Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate

        The Interpretation provides guidance on when and how to apply IAS 11 Construction Contracts and IAS 18 Revenue to real estate construction agreements before construction is complete.

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.

86



IFRIC 16—Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

        The Interpretation clarifies the accounting for net investment hedges and it provides guidance on the following issues:

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2009, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Revision to IFRS 3: Business Combinations

        The standard introduces a comprehensive revision of some of the aspects of business combination accounting by restricting options or allowable methods. The revised standard aims to achieve greater consistency in business combination accounting among entities applying IFRS.

        The revised standard will only be applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Amendments to IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, IAS 28 Investments in Associates and IAS 31 Investments in Joint Ventures

        As part of the IASB's revision to IFRS 3 Business Combinations, IAS 27, IAS 28 and IAS 31 were also amended.

        The amendments first become applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of these on the group.


Amendment to IFRS 2 Vesting Conditions and Cancellations

        The amendment clarifies the definition of vesting conditions and provides guidance on the accounting treatment of cancellations by other parties.

        The amendment will only be applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement on Eligible Hedged Items

        The amendment clarifies that:

        The amendment first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Various improvements to IFRSs

        A number of standards have been amended as part of the IASB's improvement project. We are assessing the impact of these amendments on the group.

87



ITEM 6.    DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors and Senior Management

        The Articles of Association of Sappi Limited provide that the Board of Directors (the "Board") must consist of not less than four nor more than twenty Directors at any time. The Board currently consists of thirteen Directors.

        The business address for all of the Directors is 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg 2001, Republic of South Africa. The Directors are South African citizens except for Prof. Meyer Feldberg, James Healey and Karen Osar (United States citizens), Helmut Mamsch (a German citizen) and Sir Nigel Rudd (a British citizen).


Non-executive directors

        Daniël (Danie) Christiaan Cronjé (62) chairman (independent) BCom (Hons), MCom, DCom (South African citizen)

        Dr Cronjé retired in July 2007 as chairman of both Absa Group Ltd and Absa Bank Ltd, a leading South African banking organization in which Barclays plc obtained a majority share in 2005. He had been with the Absa group since 1975 and held various executive positions including group chief executive for four years and chairman for 10 years. Prior to that Dr Cronjé was Lecturer in Money and Banking at Potchefstroom University. Dr Cronjé's other directorships include Eqstra Holdings Ltd (chairman) and TSB Sugar Holdings Ltd (non-executive).

        David Charles Brink (69) (senior independent director) MSc Eng (Mining), DCom (hc), Graduate Diploma (Company Direction) (South African citizen)

        Mr Brink was appointed a non-executive director of Sappi Limited in March 1994 and in March 2006 he was appointed senior independent director. Mr Brink also serves on the boards of Steinhoff International Holdings Limited, the Business Trust, Absa Bank Limited, Absa Group Limited, the National Business Initiative and is vice president of the Institute of Directors in South Africa.

        Mr Brink retired from the boards of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton plc in November 2007 after serving on those boards and their predecessor companies since 1994. He is also a past chief executive officer and chairman of construction group Murray & Roberts Holdings Limited.

        Meyer Feldberg (66) (independent) BA, MBA, PhD (US citizen)

        Professor Feldberg's career has included teaching and leadership positions in the business schools of the universities of Cape Town, Northwestern and Tulane. He served as president of Illinois Institute of Technology for three years and as dean of Columbia Business School for fifteen years. He is currently dean emeritus and professor of Leadership at Columbia Business School. He is also a senior advisor to Morgan Stanley in New York. Professor Feldberg serves on the Advisory Board of the British American Business Council and has served on the Council of Competitiveness in Washington, DC. In 2001, the International Centre in New York honored Professor Feldberg as a distinguished foreign-born American who has made a significant contribution to American life. In 2007, Mayor Michael Bloomberg appointed him president of New York City Global Partners. He is a director of major public companies including Macy's Inc, Revlon Inc, PRIMEDIA Inc and UBS Global Asset Management.

        James Edward Healey (67) (independent) BSc (Public Accounting), Honorary Doctor (Commercial Science), Certified Public Accountant (USA), (US citizen)

        Mr Healey joined the Sappi Limited board with effect from July 2004. He has held various senior financial positions in a career spanning 37 years. In 1995, Mr Healey became vice president and treasurer of Bestfoods, formerly CPC International Inc. In 1997, he became executive vice president and chief financial officer of Nabisco Holdings Inc, one of the world's largest snack food manufacturers, a position from which he retired at the end of 2000.

88


        Deenadayalen (Len) Konar (54) (independent) BCom, MAS, DCom, CA (SA) (South African citizen)

        Previously professor and head of the Department of Accountancy at the University of Durban-Westville, Dr Konar is a member of the King Committee on Corporate Governance, the Securities Regulation Panel and the Institute of Directors. Companies of which he is a non-executive director include Old Mutual South Africa, Illovo Sugar and JD Group. He is acting chairman of Exxaro Resources Limited (previously Kumba Resources Limited) and chairman of Steinhoff International Holdings Limited.

        Helmut Claus-Jürgen Mamsch (64) (independent)(German citizen)

        Mr Mamsch studied economics at Deutsche Aussenhandels-und Verkehrs-Akademie, Bremen and also received training in business administration and shipping in Germany, the UK and Belgium. He worked for 20 years in international trade and shipping. In 1989, he joined VEBA AG (now E ON AG), Germany's largest utility-based conglomerate. From 1993 to 2000, he was a VEBA AG management board member and as from 1998 responsible for their US electronic businesses and their Corporate Strategy and Development.

        In 1997, he joined Logica as a non-executive director and until 2007 was appointed their deputy chairman. Mr Mamsch also serves on the board of Electrocomponents plc and GKN plc.

        John (Jock) David McKenzie (61) (independent) BSc Chemical Engineering (cum laude), MA (South African citizen)

        Mr McKenzie joined the Sappi board after having held senior executive positions globally and in South Africa. He is a former president for Asia, Middle East and Africa Downstream of the Chevron Texaco Corporation and also served as the chairman and chief executive officer of the Caltex Corporation.

        Karen Rohn Osar (59) (independent) MBA, Finance (US citizen)

        Ms Osar was executive vice president and chief financial officer of speciality chemicals company Chemtura Corporation until her retirement in March 2007. Prior to that, she held various senior management and board positions in her career. She was vice president and treasurer for Tenneco Inc and also served as chief financial officer of Westvaco Corporation and as senior vice president and chief financial officer of the merged MeadWestvaco Corporation. Prior to those appointments she spent 19 years at JP Morgan and Company, becoming a managing director of the Investment Banking Group. She currently serves on the boards of Webster Financial Corporation, the BNY Hamilton Funds and Innophos Holdings Inc.

        Bridgette Radebe (48) (independent) BA (Pol Sc and Socio) (South African citizen)

        Ms Radebe was the first black South African deep level hard rock mining entrepreneur in the late 1980s. She has more than a decade of experience in contract mining, mining construction and mergers and acquisitions. Ms Radebe also serves on the board of Mmakau Mining, the Minerals and Mining Development Board and is a founder and board of trustee member of the New Africa Mining Fund.

        Sir Anthony Nigel Russell Rudd (62) (independent) DL, Chartered Accountant (UK citizen)

        Sir Nigel Rudd joined the Sappi board in April 2006. He has held various senior management and board positions in a career spanning more than 35 years. He founded Williams plc in 1982 and the company went on to become one of the largest industrial holding companies in the United Kingdom. He is chairman of BAA Limited and Pendragon plc, deputy chairman of Barclays plc and a non-executive director of BAE Systems plc. He was non-executive chairman of Pilkington plc from August 1994 to June 2006. He was knighted by the Queen for services to the manufacturing industry in 1996 and holds honorary doctorates at both Loughborough and Derby Universities. In 1995, he was awarded the Founding Societies Centenary Award by the Institute of Chartered Accountants. He is a Deputy Lieutenant of Derbyshire and a Freeman of the City of London.

        Franklin Abraham Sonn (69) (independent) BA Hons, HdipEd (South African citizen)

        He was formerly rector of Peninsula Technikon for 17 years and appointed democratic South Africa's first ambassador to the United States. His current board positions amongst others include, chairman of African Star Ventures (Pty) Ltd, Airports Company of South Africa Ltd, Kwezi V3 Engineers (Pty) Ltd and Ekapa Mining (Pty) Ltd. He is non-executive director of Absa Group Ltd, Steinhoff International Holdings Ltd, Pioneer Food

89



Group Ltd, RGA Reinsurance Co of SA Ltd, Metropolitan Holdings Ltd, Macsteel Service Centres (Pty) Ltd and Xinergistix Ltd.


Executive directors

        Roeloff (Ralph) Jacobus Boëttger (47) BAcc Hons, CA (SA), Chief executive officer (South African citizen)

        At the age of 34, Mr Boëttger was appointed chief executive officer of Safair and the next year appointed to the executive committee of Safmarine Limited. From 1998 until July 2007, he was the chairman of the Aviation Division with Imperial Holdings Limited following Imperial's acquisition of Safair and from 2002, he was an executive director of Imperial Holdings with responsibility for their local and international logistics operations, the aviation division and the heavy commercial vehicle distribution operations. His field of responsibility encompassed businesses operating in Southern Africa, numerous European countries, the Middle East and Asia. Mr Boëttger was appointed chief executive of Sappi Limited in July 2007.

        Mark Richard Thompson (56) BCom, BAcc, LLB, CA (SA), Chief financial officer (South African citizen)

        Mr Thompson joined Sappi in 1999 as group corporate counsel and was appointed to his present position in August 2006 when he was also appointed to the board of Sappi. Prior to joining Sappi, he was group treasurer at Anglo American, managing director of Discount House Merchant Bank and previously head of the corporate finance division of Central Merchant Bank.


Senior Management

        Mark Gardner (53) BSc, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Mr Gardner joined Sappi in 1981. Prior to accepting the position of President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr Gardner held the roles of Vice President Manufacturing and Vice President, Supply Chain. He has also worked in a variety of production management roles, including Production Manager at the Westbrook mill, Paper mill Manager at the Somerset mill, Managing Director at the Muskegon mill and Director of Engineering and Manufacturing Technology position at the regional head office in Boston. He holds a B.Sc. degree in Industrial Technology from the University of Southern Maine.

        Robert Darsie Hope (56), BA (Hons) Economics, MRICS, Group Head Strategic Development

        Since joining Sappi in 1976, Mr Hope has held a number of management roles including General Manager of Sappi Sawmills, Managing Director of Sappi Trading and is currently Group Head Strategic Development.

        Jan Harm Labuschagne (48) B.Com (Hons), CA (SA), Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Southern Africa

        Mr Labuschagne joined Sappi in 1992 as Divisional Financial Controller. In 1996, he was appointed as Financial Director of the Timber Industries Division. Subsequent to Sappi's acquisition of the KNP Leykam in Europe, he was seconded to the newly formed European head office in Brussels as Director Accounting. In 2002 he was appointed as Financial Director of Sappi Forest Products operations. He was appointed to his current position in January 2007. Mr Labuschagne was appointed a Board member of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants in 2006, and is Chairman of their Commerce and Industry Committee and a member of their Audit Committee and the Enterprise and Socio Economic Development Committee.

        Andrea Rossi (54) BSc Eng. (Hons), C.Eng, Group Head Technology

        Mr Rossi joined Sappi in 1989. Prior to accepting the position of Group Head Technology, Andrea held the roles of Project Director of the Sappi Saiccor Amakhulu Expansion project, Strategic Projects Director of Sappi Forest Products, Sappi Kraft Manufacturing Director, Managing Director Sappi Forests, General Manager Enstra mill, Project Director Enstra mill expansion, Project Manager for the Sappi Saiccor Mkomazi Expansion and Engineering Services for Sappi Management Services.

        Lucia Adele Swartz (51) BA, Dip HR., Group Head Human Resources

        Ms Swartz joined Sappi in May 2002. Prior to joining Sappi she worked for the Seagram Spirits and Wine Group as Human Resources Director, Global Functions based in New York. She holds a BA in Psychology and Geography from the University of the Western Cape and a Diploma in Human Resources from the Peninsula Technikon.

90


        Alexander van Coller Thiel (47) BSc, Mech Eng, MBA, Integration Executive

        Mr Thiel joined Sappi in December 1989 as the Executive Assistant to the Executive Chairman in Johannesburg. In April 1993, as part of Sappi's expansion into Europe, he moved to Brussels as the Administration Manager reporting to the Managing Director of Sappi Europe. With the creation of Sappi Fine Paper Europe he was appointed in February 1998 as Manager Marketing Intelligence, reporting to the Sales and Marketing Director. In January 2003 he became the Director Logistics for Sappi Fine Paper Europe, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper Europe. He was appointed as Group Head Procurement at Sappi Limited in January 2008.

        Berend (Berry) John Wiersum (53) MA, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Mr Wiersum joined Sappi in January 2007 as Chief Executive Officer Sappi Fine Paper Europe. Prior to joining Sappi, Berry was a freelance mergers and acquisitions consultant for one year. He previously was Managing Director Kappa Packaging and member of the management board in Eindhoven (The Netherlands). He holds a masters degree in medieval & modern history from St. Andrews University Scotland.


Executive Officers

        The Executive Directors and the people listed as senior management above are the Executive Officers of Sappi.


Board Practices

        At every annual general meeting, as near as possible to, but not less than, one third of the directors are required to retire from office but are eligible for re-election. The directors to retire are those who have been longest in office since their last election, or as between directors who have been in office for an equal length of time since their last election, in the absence of agreement, determined by lot. In addition, the appointment of any director appointed since the last annual general meeting will be required to be confirmed. Any director so appointed will also retire at the meeting and be eligible for re-election.

        Following the Board's decision to split the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Jonathan Leslie was appointed as director and Chief Executive of Sappi Limited effective from April 2003 and Eugene van As was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman. However, subsequent to Mr Leslie's resignation in March 2006, at the request of the Board, Mr van As agreed to assume executive responsibilities for the Group until the appointment of a new chief executive. At the same time, Mr D.C. Brink was appointed senior independent director by the Board. Following Roeloff (Ralph) Boëttger's appointment as Chief Executive Officer from July 2007, Mr van As handed over his executive responsibilities to Mr Boëttger in August 2007.

        The following table sets forth the terms of office of the Directors.

Name
  Start
of term
  Latest date
of end
of term
 
Roeloff Jacobus Boëttger     2008     2013  
David Charles Brink     2007     2009  
Daniël Christiaan Cronjé     2008     2011  
Meyer Feldberg     2007     2009  
James Edward Healey     2007     2009  
Deenadayalen Konar     2008     2011  
Helmut Claus-Jürgen Mamsch     2007     2009  
John David McKenzie     2008     2011  
Karen Rohn Osar     2008     2011  
Bridgette Radebe     2008     2011  
Sir Nigel Anthony Russell Rudd     2007     2010  
Franklin Abraham Sonn     2008     2009  
Mark Richard Thompson     2007     2010  

91


        No retirement or other benefits arise from the retirement of Directors by rotation or on termination for any other reason.


Compensation

        The non-executive directors fees are proposed by the Executive Committee and agreed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board, subject to final approval by shareholders. In addition to these non-executive directors fees, in fiscal 2008 Sappi compensated Mr E van As for consultation through the payment of US$ 16,825 (ZAR 125,000). For fiscal 2007 Mr van As received compensation of US$ 696,953 (ZAR 5 million).

        See notes 34 to 36 to our Group annual financial statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details, by director, on Directors' remuneration, Directors' service contracts, Directors' interests and Directors' participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan.

        See note 31 to our Group annual financial statements for details of payments to senior management which is reflected under related party interests.


Audit Committee

        An Audit Committee of the Board was established in 1984 and assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities to safeguard the Group's assets, maintain adequate accounting records and develop and maintain effective systems of internal financial control. It also oversees the financial reporting process and is concerned with compliance with accounting policies, Group policies, legal requirements and internal controls within the Group. It interacts with and evaluates the effectiveness of the external and internal audit process and reviews compliance with the Group's code of ethics.

        The Audit Committee consists of five independent non-executive directors of the Board (David Charles Brink, James Edward Healey, Deenadayalen Konar (Chairman), Helmut Claus Jürgen Mamsch and Karen Rohn Osar) and is directed by a specific mandate from the Board. The adequacy of the mandate is reviewed and reassessed annually. The Audit Committee meets with senior management, which includes the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, at least four times a year. The external and internal auditors attend these meetings and have unrestricted access to the Committee and its Chairman. The Audit Committee also meets at least once per year with the management Disclosure Committee. The external and internal auditors meet privately with the Audit Committee Chairman on a regular basis. The Audit Committee Chairman attends the annual general meeting. Deenadayalen Konar has been designated as the Audit Committee's financial expert.

        Regional audit committees exist in the three major regions and are chaired by independent non-executive directors. These committees have a mandate from the Group's audit committee, to whom they report on a regular basis, and they meet at least four times per year.


Nomination and Governance Committee

        The Nomination and Governance Committee of the Board consists of five independent non-executive directors (Daniël Christiaan Cronjé, the chairman of the Group, David Charles Brink, Meyer Feldberg (Chairman), Sir Anthony Nigel Russell Rudd and Franklin Abraham Sonn). The Committee considers the composition of the Board, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement non-executive directors and makes appropriate recommendations to the Board. The Chief Executive Officer attends meetings by invitation.


Human Resources Committee

        The Human Resources Committee of the Board consists of three independent non-executive directors (Daniël Christiaan Cronjé, the chairman of the Group, and of the Human Resources Committee, James Edward Healey, Deenadayalen Konar and Bridgette Radebe). The responsibilities of the Committee are, among other things, to determine human resource policy and strategy. Human Resources Committees exist for all the company's major operating subsidiaries outside of southern Africa.

92



Compensation Committee

        The Compensation Committee of the Board consists of five independent non-executive directors (David Charles Brink (Chairman), Meyer Feldberg, Helmut Claus-Jürgen Mamsch, John "Jock" David McKenzie and Sir Nigel Rudd). The responsibilities of the Committee are mainly to determine the remuneration and incentives in respect of the Chief Executive Officer and those executives reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer.


Employees

        The following table sets forth the number of employees as at the close of each fiscal year ended September.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
Sappi Fine Paper                    
North America     2,571     2,639     2,630  
Europe     4,896     4,944     5,163  
Southern Africa     1,870     1,896     1,910  

Sappi Forest Products

 

 

5,575

 

 

5,358

 

 

5,251

 

Sappi Trading

 

 

153

 

 

154

 

 

154

 

Corporate Office

 

 

91

 

 

90

 

 

91

 
               
Total     15,156     15,081     15,199  
               


North America

        Approximately 61% of employees are represented by twelve collective bargaining agreements with seven different unions. The majority of Sappi North America's hourly employees are represented by the United Steelworkers (USW) union. The labor contracts with the USW expire in May 2009, November 2009, August 2010 and August 2011 respectively for the Cloquet, Muskegon, Somerset and Westbrook mills.

        Sappi Fine Paper North America has experienced no work stoppage in the past seventeen years and believes that its relationship with its employees is satisfactory. While we hope to reach agreements with our unions when the contracts expire, in the event that agreements cannot be reached and a prolonged work stoppage that results in a curtailment of output ensues at any of these sites, our business could be negatively affected.


Europe

        The European restructuring plan was introduced in fiscal 2006. The original number of employees expected to be impacted by this plan was 650. From a total of 650, 450 employees were expected to receive termination benefits. The remaining number of 200 employees was comprised of those who were employed on a contractual basis as well as employees nearing retirement. The number of employees expected to receive termination benefits was revised from 450 to 357 at September 2007 and further revised to 347 at the end of fiscal 2008 of which 333 have already been impacted. This restructuring is as a result of detailed diagnostics and redesign of our systems, processes and structures to improve cost efficiencies and to position our organization for growth.

        Employees and their representative unions and work councils have been informed and consulted in line with statutory requirements and past practice. Social plans have been initiated at all sites.

        A substantial number of Sappi Fine Paper Europe employees are represented by trade unions.

        Sappi Fine Paper Europe is subject to industry-wide collective agreements that are in place with trade unions in Germany, Austria and Belgium and which relate to its employees in each of the relevant mills. At our mills in The Netherlands and in the United Kingdom, Sappi Fine Paper Europe has entered into shop-floor agreements with the respective trade unions. Overall labor relations have been very stable in each of these countries.

93


        In addition to trade unions, Sappi Fine Paper Europe also consults with various local, national and European works councils. These work councils serve primarily in an advisory role. Sappi Fine Paper Europe is required, under certain circumstances, to keep the works councils informed of activities that affect the work force and to consult with one or more of the works councils before proceeding with a course of action. This is especially relevant for any major reorganization.

        In August 2008 we announced that we had undertaken a review of our European production activities in response to overcapacity and significant input cost pressure, and in accordance with our strategy of maintaining an efficient asset base. In that context, we reached an agreement with labor representatives at our Blackburn mill on September 22, 2008, pursuant to which the mill closed on November 12, 2008 as no buyer could be found before that date. Production at the Blackburn mill stopped on October 17, 2008. On December 19, 2008 we also ceased production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill. As a result of the closure of our Blackburn mill and upon cessation of production from PM 5 at our Maastricht mill, our coated graphic fine paper capacity will be reduced by 190,000 tonnes. Profitable products will be moved to other facilities in Europe. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Mill Closures, Acquisitions, Dispositions, Impairment and Joint Ventures".


Southern Africa

        In southern Africa, we operate within a unionized environment. There are five recognized unions, namely: Chemical, Energy, Paper, Printing, Wood Allied Workers' Union (CEPPWAWU); United Association of South Africa (UASA); Solidarity; South African Agricultural & Plantations Allied Workers Union (SAAPAWU); Swaziland Agricultural & Plantations Allied Workers Union (SWAPAWU). The unions act jointly via a Bargaining Council in most instances to leverage on collective power. At Usutu (Swaziland), union negotiations are conducted at plant level.

        In South Africa, collective bargaining takes place under the auspices of the Bargaining Council for the Wood and Paper Sector. This council was registered in August 2006. The first round of negotiations under the newly registered Bargaining Council took place in 2007. These negotiations were concluded peacefully despite the frequency of strikes in various industries at large. The second round of negotiations under the auspices of the Bargaining Council commenced at the end of May 2008 and was concluded at the end of June 2008. Once again these negotiations were concluded without work stoppages despite tough economic conditions prevailing at that time. Negotiations at Usutu commenced in March 2008 and were completed in June 2008. These negotiations were preceded by negotiation training for both managers and unions which assisted in building the capacity and understanding of negotiators from both sides and is expected to yield positive results by improving relationships between the parties going forward.

        Apart from Collective Bargaining on remuneration and conditions of employment at a central level, engagement takes place at company level and at plant level on initiatives designed to improve company performance.

        In Southern Africa, we have developed a comprehensive program to address HIV prevention and health care. The aim is to minimize the impact of HIV / AIDS on employees through integrated response strategies that focus on prevention and treatment as well as empowering employees through knowledge and awareness of the pandemic.

        Our HIV / AIDS response strategy places special emphasis on testing and counselling as a means of controlling the pandemic. Since August 2002, our medical care for employees has included treatment to prevent mother to child transmission. Anti-retroviral treatment has been offered to HIV-infected permanent employees from the beginning of 2003. Approximately 45% of our employees that are predicted HIV positive are registered on managed care programs. Industry norm figures indicate a registration rate on treatment programs of between 18.2% and 28%. We have been very successful in encouraging employees to join the voluntary counselling and testing programs and where appropriate, ensure the registration on treatment programs.

        The Employment Equity Act (No. 55 of 1998) requires employers who employ 50 or more employees to implement affirmative action measures designed to ensure that suitably qualified persons from previously disadvantaged groups have equal opportunities and are equitably represented in the workforce. The provisions of the Employment Equity Act which pertain to the prohibition of unfair discrimination, the monitoring by

94


employees and trade union representatives of compliance with the Act, the institution of legal proceedings concerning contraventions of the Act, the protection of employee rights and the formulation of codes of good practice and regulations pertaining to the Act were implemented on August 9, 1999. The implementation of the balance of the Act, dealing primarily with affirmative action measures, commenced on December 1, 1999. As required by the Act, we drafted employment equity plans after consultation with representative employee forums and has submitted the prescribed reports to the Department of Labour as from May 2000. In October 2008, we submitted an annual employment equity report and plan for the next two years.

        The Skills Development Act (No. 97 of 1998), which came into force on September 10, 1999, provided an institutional framework to devise and implement workplace strategies in order to develop and improve the skills of the South African workforce. The financing of skills development is provided for under the Skills Development Levies Act by means of a levy / grant system.

        The Skills Development Act, Skills Development Levies Act and the South African Qualifications Authorities Act (No. 58 of 1995), including amendments to the latter, have continued to receive significant attention during the past year. Equity forums established under the Employment Equity Act are mandated to serve as Learning Forums, and their constitutions, roles and responsibilities continue to be encouraged. The forums played a major role in preparing the Skills Plans submitted to the Forests Industries Education & Training Authority. A skills levy of 1%, specified in accordance with the Skills Development Levies Act, was paid via Internal Revenue to the Forest Industries Education and Training Authority. With the amendments to the National Skills strategy for 2005 to 2010, the grant amounts and claim processes have significantly changed to ensure agreement between management and employee representatives is attained and that a project driven approach to initiatives is encouraged.

        The national education and training initiative for the Pulp and Paper Industry commenced in fiscal 2007 under the auspices of PAMSA (Paper Manufacturers Association of South Africa). Funding of learners has been obtained with an initial amount of US$ 3.2 million allocated from the Central Government National Skills Fund. A further US$ 1.5 million has been allocated to the Pulp and Paper Industry by the FIETA (Forest Industry Education and Training Authority). We plan to double our trainee and learnership complement over the next eighteen months through several initiatives, including sponsoring students from communities near our mills, providing employees with formal recognition of their acquired experience and promoting our industry as a career path for students.


Share Ownership

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust ("Scheme")

        We have offered a share purchase scheme to eligible officers and employees since 1979. During March 1997, The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust, as amended from time to time (the "Share Incentive Scheme"), was adopted at the Annual General Meeting of Sappi Limited. Under the Share Incentive Scheme, Officers or other employees of Sappi, its subsidiaries and other entities controlled or jointly controlled by Sappi selected by the Sappi Board of Directors are offered the opportunity to acquire shares ("Scheme Shares"), options to acquire shares ("Share Options") or rights and options to enter into agreements with the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust to acquire shares ("Allocation Shares"). Participants may also be given the opportunity to acquire a combination of Scheme Shares, Share Options and Allocation Shares.


The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust ("Plan")

        From the 2005 fiscal year we have also offered a performance share scheme to eligible officers and employees. Under the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (the "Performance Share Incentive Plan"), officers or other employees of Sappi, its subsidiaries and other entities controlled or jointly controlled by Sappi selected by the Sappi Board of Directors are offered Conditional Contracts to acquire Shares for no cash consideration. If the performance criteria from time to time determined by the Human Resources Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board ("Performance Criteria") applicable to each Conditional Contract are met or exceeded, then Participants are entitled to receive such number of shares as specified in the Conditional Contract for no cash consideration after the fourth anniversary of the date on which the board resolves to award a Conditional Contract to that Participant. The Performance Criteria entails a benchmarking of the company's performance against an appropriate peer group of companies.

95


        For a detailed description of the Scheme, the Plan see note 29 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.


Directors and Senior Management

        As of September, 2008, certain Directors and Senior Management of Sappi had been granted an aggregate of 339,954 Share Options, 348,500 Allocation Shares and 916,000 Performance Shares. None of the Directors and Senior Management of Sappi holds more than 1% of our issued share capital. See notes 34 to 36 to our Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details individually by director and for senior management, of participation in the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust.

96


ITEM 7.    MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of the ordinary shares, R1.00 par value, of Sappi Limited by the shareholders of record of Sappi Limited as of November 30, 2008, holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares. This table does not reflect the rights issue as more recent shareholder information including the rights issue, is not readily available at the latest practical date.

Name of Registered Holder
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage  
Nedcor Bank Nominees Limited(1)     67,623,515     29.5  
Standard Bank Nominees (Transvaal) (Proprietary) Limited(1)(2)     65,143,916     28.4  
First National Nominees (Proprietary) Limited(1)     52,463,221     22.9  
ABSA Nominees (Proprietary) Limited(1)     19,619,871     8.6  
Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa Limited     15,420,640     6.7  
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group     78,619     0.03  

(1)
The registered holders have advised us that they hold shares for numerous clients.

(2)
Includes all the ADS shares which are held through the Standard Bank Nominees (Transvaal) (Proprietary) Limited.

        The authorized share capital of Sappi Limited consisted of 325,000,000 shares as of September 28, 2008, and was increased to 1,325,000,000 on November 4, 2008. As of November 30, 2008, the issued share capital consisted of 239,071,892 shares. Due to shares bought back and being held in a subsidiary company, the issued share capital, less treasury shares, was 229,165,231 as of November 30, 2008. It is common in South Africa for shares to be held through nominees. As of November 30, 2008, the five largest shareholders of record (four of which are nominees) owned approximately 96% of the shares. We believe that, as of November 30, 2008, based on registered addresses and disclosure by nominee companies, 17% of our shares were held beneficially in North America, 68% of our shares were held beneficially in South Africa and 15% of our shares were held beneficially in Europe and elsewhere, excluding the shares owned by our subsidiaries.

        On November 30, 2008, there were 39 registered holders of ADSs (including Cede & Co., the nominee for DTC) holding 8,958,805 ADSs, representing 3.9% of our issued share capital.

        Pursuant to the Companies Amendment Act Number 37 of 1999, where securities of an issuer are registered in the name of a person and that person is not the holder of the beneficial interest in all of the securities held by the registered shareholder, the registered shareholder is obliged, at the end of every three-month period to disclose to the issuer the identity of each person on whose behalf the registered holder holds securities and the number and price of securities issued by that issuer held on behalf of each such person. We have authorized JP Morgan Cazenove to conduct a monthly investigation into the beneficial ownership of Sappi Limited shares including those in nominee holdings. All beneficial holdings are investigated to determine whether there are any shareholders who hold 5% or more of our shares and these investigations have as of September 30, 2008, revealed the following beneficial holders of more than 5% of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited:

Name of Shareholder
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage  
Public Investment Commissioner (South Africa)     25,217,243     11.0  
Industrial Development Corporation (South Africa)     15,420,640     6.7  

97


        Further, as a result of these investigations, we have ascertained that some of the shares registered in the names of the nominee holders are managed by various fund managers and that, as of September 30, 2008, the following fund managers were responsible for 5% or more of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited.

Name of Fund Manager
  Number of
Shares
Managed
  Percentage  
Allan Gray Limited     56,985,946     24.9  
Old Mutual Investment Group (SA)     19,977,297     8.7  
Rand Merchant Bank     15,618,872     6.8  

        Under South African law, there is no obligation on the part of our shareholders to disclose to us arrangements or understandings that may exists between or amongst them with respect to the holding or voting of shares unless such arrangement or understanding constitutes an affected transaction under the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and Mergers. An "affected transaction" means, among other things, any transaction which has or will have the effect of vesting control of any company in any person or two or more persons acting in concert in whom control did not vest prior to such transaction or scheme. Control is defined with reference to a specified percentage, which is currently 35% of the entire issued share capital of a company. The major shareholders have no different voting rights.

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR 5,815,184,693 which was used to partially finance the Acquisition and related costs.

        On December 31, 2008, a € 50 million equivalent in ZAR portion of the Acquisition consideration was funded through the issue of 11,159,702 ordinary shares of Sappi Limited to M-Real Corporation (the "Consideration Shares"), with the actual number of such Consideration Shares having been determined based on the average weighted closing price of the shares and certain adjustments in respect of the rights offering and other anti-dilutive protections.

        All shareholdings stated above are prior to the rights issue to shareholders and therefore do not take into account the dilution effect.


Related Party Transactions

        For information on related party transactions, see note 31 to our Group annual financial statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR 5,815,184,693 which was used to partially finance the Acquisition and related costs.

98


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

        See "Item 18—Financial Statements" and the F-pages for the Report of the Independent Auditors.


Legal Proceedings

        We become involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in legal proceedings which, either individually or in the aggregate, are expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or properties.


North America

        Since May 2004, a number of class and individual actions have been filed in Federal and state courts alleging that Sappi Limited and Sappi Fine Paper North America participated in a price fixing conspiracy with other manufacturers of publication paper. The cases assert violations of the Federal and state antitrust laws and state unfair competition statutes. These lawsuits seek treble damages and injunctive relief, as well as other costs associated with the litigation. In November 2006, the plaintiffs in the class action case brought on behalf of most direct purchasers dismissed Sappi Limited and Sappi Fine Paper North America without prejudice. The cases brought by certain of the individual direct purchasers and the indirect purchasers were also dismissed without prejudice during fiscal 2007.

        The State of Maine had its first hearing in December 2008 to determine whether it will require Sappi Fine Paper North America to install a fishway at its Cumberland mills dam on the Presumpscot River. A fishway on the Cumberland mills dam would trigger the obligation to install fishways at Sappi Fine Paper North America's dams upstream of the Cumberland mills dam, to allow natural fish migration and thus promote the restoration of native species to the river. The total cost of these projects, if required, is estimated to be approximately US$ 18 million. Previous settlement discussions with government agencies and environmental groups regarding the removal of the Cumberland mills dam were not successful. It is expected that a decision will be made by the State by June 2009.


South Africa

        The Restitution of Land Rights Act (Act 22 of 1994), as amended, provides for the restoration of rights in land or other equitable redress to persons or communities dispossessed of their land rights after June 19, 1913 as a result of old laws or practices discriminating on the basis of race. The legislation empowers the Minister of Land Affairs to expropriate land in order to restore it to a successful claimant provided that there is just and equitable compensation to the owner of the land. Claims under the Act were required to be filed on or before December 31, 1998 and are presently being processed by the Commission on Restitution of Land Rights and adjudicated upon by the Land Court. This process is expected to continue for many years. As one of the largest land owners in South Africa, we anticipate that a substantial number of claims may affect land we own. The process of determining the extent of claims filed in respect of our land and the potential impact of these claims on our South African operations continues. To date, we have been notified of 27 formal Land Claims made in respect of portions of our plantations in the Mpumalanga area, and 37 others made in respect of portions of our plantations in KwaZulu-Natal. Four of the claims in KwaZulu-Natal are in the process of being settled. The remaining claims have not been finalized and are still under investigation by the Regional Land Claims Commissioner.


Dividend Policy

        Our policy is to consider dividends on an annual basis and to declare cash dividends in US Dollars. We declared a dividend number 84 of 32 US cents per ordinary share for fiscal 2007. South African shareholders will be paid the Rand equivalent of the US Dollar denominated declaration. Taking into account recent factors including the rights offer to shareholders and the macro economic and global financial market conditions, the Sappi Board decided in November 2008 to rebase the dividend. On November 6, 2008, we announced a dividend in respect of ordinary shares of 16 US cent per share, which was paid on all ordinary shares in issue

99



on November 28, 2008 and paid on December 2, 2008, which was prior to the completion of the rights offer to shareholders.

        We aim to declare annual dividends, which, over time, incorporate real growth for shareholders. To this end, dividend cover in each year will vary in line with changes in the business cycle. Our current intention is to maintain a long-term average of three times dividend cover (earnings divided by dividends). Notwithstanding our inability to meet this target in recent years, we remain committed to this policy in the longer term.

        In accordance with South African common law, dividends may be declared only out of distributable profits. Holders of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement among us, The Bank of New York Mellon and the ADR holders (the "Deposit Agreement"). There is no restriction under South African exchange control regulations on the free transferability of cash dividends to non-resident shareholders or ADS holders. See "Item 10—Additional Information—Exchange Controls".

        We are not currently obliged to withhold any form of tax on dividends paid to non-residents of South Africa. South African companies pay Secondary Tax on Companies ("STC") at the flat rate of 10% in respect of the amount of dividends declared by the company less certain dividends which accrue to the company during its relevant "dividend cycle". However, it has been proposed in 2008 that STC levied on South African tax resident companies declaring dividends will be replaced by a dividend withholding tax levied on the shareholders at a rate of 10%. This change is proposed to be introduced in 2009 but is dependent on the re-negotiation of a number of double tax agreements by South Africa to ensure that South Africa has the right to impose withholding tax of at least 5%. See "Item 10—Additional Information—Taxation".


Significant Changes

        Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2008 Sappi acquired M-real Corporation's coated graphics paper business for € 750 million. See "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business"; "Item 5—operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Acquisitions, Expansions, Restructurings and Cost Reduction Initiatives—Acquisition of M-real Corporation's coated graphic paper business"; and "Item 19—Exhibit 4.15".

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR 5,815,184,693 which was used to partly finance the Acquisition and related costs.

        On December 31, 2008, a € 50 million equivalent in ZAR portion of the Acquisition consideration was funded through the issue of 11,159,702 ordinary shares of Sappi Limited to M-Real Corporation (the "Consideration Shares"), with the actual number of such Consideration Shares having been determined based on the average weighted closing price of the shares and certain adjustments in respect of the rights offering and other anti-dilutive protections.

100


ITEM 9.    THE OFFER AND LISTING

Offer and Listing Details

        The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low prices of trading activity in the shares on the JSE, as reported by the JSE and adjusted for the dilution effects of the rights issue discussed below; and the high and low prices of trading activity in the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), as reported by the NYSE and adjusted for the dilution effects of the rights issue discussed below.

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR 5,815,184,693 which was used to partly finance the Acquisition and related costs.

 
  Shares   ADSs  
 
  High(1)   Low(1)   High(1)   Low(1)  
 
  (SA cents per share)
  ($ per ADS)
 
Annual highs and lows                          
Fiscal 2008     7,661     4,700     9.98     5.72  
Fiscal 2007     8,824     6,263     12.24     7.88  
Fiscal 2006     6,389     3,948     9.62     5.98  
Fiscal 2005     6,008     3,675     9.41     6.00  
Fiscal 2004     6,612     4,990     10.04     7.97  

Quarterly highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2009                          
First quarter     5,403     2,668     6.41     2.18  

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Fourth quarter     5,964     4,555     7.71     5.72  
Third quarter     7,661     5,938     9.76     7.24  
Second quarter     6,422     4,768     9.00     6.61  
First quarter     6,800     5,703     9.98     7.78  

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Fourth quarter     8,393     6,324     12.00     8.38  
Third quarter     8,824     7,655     12.53     10.14  
Second quarter     7,312     6,263     10.34     7.99  
First quarter     7,566     6,263     10.79     7.88  

Monthly highs and lows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2008                          
December     4,130     2,668     3.97     2.56  
November     4,700     3,127     4.18     2.18  
October     5,403     3,249     6.41     2.91  
September     5,836     4,803     6.94     5.72  
August     5,964     4,555     7.71     6.25  
July     6,135     4,578     7.64     6.24  

(1)
Historical share prices shown in the table above have been adjusted by 1.58 (an adjustment factor) for the effect of the issuance of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The adjustment factor applied to historical share prices was based on the theoretical ex-rights price ("TERP") calculation shown below.

        On January 15, 2009, the closing price for our shares on the JSE was 3,700 SA cents per share and the closing price of the ADSs on the NYSE was US$ 3.60 per ADS.

101



Markets

        The principal market for the ordinary shares of Sappi Limited is the JSE. The ordinary shares of Sappi Limited are also listed on the London Stock Exchange. On November 5, 1998, ADRs evidencing ADSs of Sappi Limited commenced trading on the NYSE under the symbol "SPP". The Bank of New York serves as depositary ("the Depositary") with respect to the ADSs. Prior to the commencement of trading of the ADSs on the NYSE, our ordinary shares were traded in the United States in the over-the-counter market pursuant to a sponsored unrestricted American Depositary Receipt facility established in 1994. Price data relating to that trading is not considered meaningful and has not been included in this Annual Report.

        On October 26, 1999, Sappi and The Bank of New York amended the Deposit Agreement to change, with effect from October 27, 1999, the number of ordinary shares represented by each ADS from 10 ordinary shares per ADS to one ordinary share per ADS.


The JSE Limited

        The JSE Limited (JSE) was formed in 1887 and provides facilities for the buying and selling of a wide range of securities, including equity, corporate debt securities, warrants in respect of securities, as well as Krugerrands. The JSE is a self-regulatory organization operating under the supervision of the South African Ministry of Finance, through the Financial Services Board and its representative, the Registrar of Stock Exchanges.

        The market capitalization of South African equity securities was approximately US$ 547 billion as at September 30, 2008. The actual float available for public trading is significantly smaller than the aggregate market capitalization because of the large number of long-term holdings by listed holding companies in listed subsidiaries and associates, the existence of listed pyramid companies and cross holdings between listed companies. Liquidity on the JSE (measured by reference to the total market value of securities traded as a percentage of the total market capitalization at the end of the period) was 48.7% for the 12 months ended September 30, 2008. As of the end of September 2008, there were 424 listed companies on the JSE.

        Following the introduction of the FTSE / JSE free float indices, the FTSE / JSE All Share Index includes those companies that make up the top 99% of the total pre-float market capitalization of all companies listed on the JSE. The three main sectors in the market are Resources, Financials and Industrials. As of September 30, 2008, the All Share Index included 165 companies. The Resources Index, Industrial Index and Financial Index included 24, 93 and 48 companies respectively, and accounted for approximately 31%, 29% and 14%, respectively, of the total market capitalization of the JSE.

        The JSE settles securities trades electronically through STRATE—(Share Transactions Totally Electronic). All trades are downloaded from the JSE SETS automated trading system to the JSE's Broker Deal Accounting (BDA) system, which manages the settlement status of every trade. The BDA system interfaces with STRATE's system which in turn interfaces with those of the custodian banks. The JSE's Settlement Authority monitors all trades from time of execution to settlement to ensure performance.

        Shares may not be traded on the JSE unless they have been dematerialized through STRATE. Contractual, rolling settlement has been introduced by the JSE in order to increase the speed, certainty and efficiency of the settlement mechanism and to fall into line with international practices. While settlement on the JSE is currently made five days after each trade (T+5), the JSE in conjunction with STRATE is exploring with the industry how best to reduce the settlement period further (to T+3) without introducing undue risk.

102


ITEM 10.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Memorandum and Articles of Association

        The following description is a summary of various provisions of the Memorandum ("Memorandum") and Articles of Association ("Articles") of Sappi Limited, the South African Companies Act (the "Companies Act") and the listings requirements of the JSE, which does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources.

        Sappi Limited is a public company incorporated in South Africa with registration number 1936/008963/06.


Purpose of the Company

        Paragraph 3 of the Memorandum states that Sappi Limited is established, among other things, to manufacture, produce, buy, sell and deal in pulp, timber, paper, cardboard and other stated products.


Directors

        In terms of the articles:

        At every annual general meeting of Sappi Limited, as near as possible to, but not less than one third of the Directors (excluding any Director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting, the Executive Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Managing Director) are required to retire from office but are eligible for re-election. The Directors to retire are those who have been longest in office since their last election or, as between Directors who have been in office for an equal length of time since their last election and, in the absence of agreement, those determined by lot. Any Director who has held office for three years since his last election is also required to retire at such annual general meeting. In addition, the appointment of any Director appointed after the conclusion of the preceding annual general meeting will require to be confirmed at the next annual general meeting, failing which the appointment will cease.

        Except as set out in the following paragraph, a Director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he has any material interest other than by virtue of his interest in ordinary shares or debentures or other securities of or otherwise in or through Sappi Limited. A Director will not be counted in the quorum at a meeting in relation to any resolution on which he is barred from voting.

        A Director shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters:

        The remuneration of the Directors for their services as such shall be determined from time to time by a general meeting, save that in the discretion of the Board, there may in each year be paid out of the funds of Sappi Limited to, and divided among, the Directors who have held office during the year in respect of which the remuneration is to be paid, a sum, by way of remuneration for their services as Directors, not exceeding

103



ZAR 3 million (approximately US$ 370,000), which remuneration shall be paid in such proportions as shall be determined by the Directors or a majority of them. If any Director is required to perform extra services or reside abroad or is otherwise specially occupied about Sappi Limited's business, he is entitled to receive remuneration to be fixed by the Directors (either in addition to, or in substitution for, the aforementioned remuneration). The Directors shall be paid all their traveling and other expenses properly and necessarily expended by them in and about the business of Sappi Limited.

        The Directors may exercise all the powers of Sappi Limited to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking and property or any part thereof and to issue debentures, which may be issued at par, at a discount or at a premium, and other securities. The borrowings will be restricted so that, except with the previous sanction of an ordinary resolution of Sappi Limited in general meeting, the aggregate principal amount outstanding of all moneys borrowed by Sappi Limited and / or any of its subsidiaries will not at any time exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times the aggregate of the nominal amount of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited and the total of the amounts standing to the credit of the combined capital and revenue reserve accounts of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve fund and retained surplus after deducting the amounts of any debit balance in the income statement but excluding sums set aside for taxation and amounts attributable to outside shareholders in subsidiaries), as shown in the latest consolidated balance sheet, adjusted as may be necessary in respect of any variation in the share premium account of Sappi Limited since the date of the latest audited balance sheet.

        The Articles do not stipulate a retirement age for the directors but the Board has set a rule that Non-Executive Directors should retire at the end of the calendar year in which they turn 70. The retirement age of Executive Directors would depend on the terms of their particular conditions of employment.

        The Articles do not require that Directors need to hold any shares in Sappi Limited to qualify as Directors of Sappi Limited.


Secretary

        The Companies Act requires the directors of each public company to appoint a secretary who is permanently resident in South Africa, and who, in the opinion of the directors, has the requisite knowledge and experience to carry out the duties of a secretary of a public company.

        The company secretary of Sappi is Sappi Management Services (Pty) Limited.


Disclosure of Interest in Shares

        The Companies Act requires the disclosure of beneficial interests in the outstanding shares of a company. Where securities of an issuer are registered in the name of a person and that person is not the holder of the beneficial interest in all of the securities held by the registered shareholder, the registered shareholder is obliged, at the end of every calendar quarter, to disclose to the issuer the identity of each person on whose behalf the registered holder holds securities and the number and class of securities issued by that issuer held on behalf of each such person. Moreover, an issuer of securities may, by notice in writing, require a person who is a registered shareholder of, or whom the issuer knows or has reasonable cause to believe to have a beneficial interest in, a security issued by the issuer, to confirm or deny whether or not such person holds that beneficial interest and, if the security is held for another person, the person to whom the request is made is obliged to disclose to the issuer the identity of the person on whose behalf a security is held. The addressee of the notice may also be required to give particulars of the extent of the beneficial interest held during the three years preceding the date of the notice. All issuers of securities are obliged to establish and maintain a register of the disclosures described above and to publish in their annual financial statements a list of the persons who hold beneficial interests equal to or in excess of 5% of the total number of securities of that class issued by the issuer together with the extent of those beneficial interests.


Register of Members

        Sappi Limited keeps a register of Shareholders in South Africa and Jersey, Channel Islands. Sappi Limited may keep a branch share register in any foreign country, subject to the approval of the South African Reserve Bank.

104



Share Capital

        Our authorized share capital consists of 1,325,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value ZAR 1.00 per share following an increase from 325,000,000 to 1,325,000,000 on November 4, 2008, as approved by shareholder resolution on November 3, 2008. All our ordinary shares in issue rank pari passu with each other and are fully paid and not subject to calls for additional payments of any kind. Trading in our ordinary shares has been dematerialized under the terms of the STRATE initiative of the JSE, and the provisions of section 91A of the Companies Act relating to uncertified securities apply in respect of those shares which have been dematerialized.

        The ADSs trade on the NYSE. The rights of holders of ADSs are governed by the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the ADSs are issued and such rights differ in certain respects from the rights of holders of ordinary shares.


Dividends

        Sappi Limited in a general meeting or the Board may, from time to time, declare a dividend to be paid to the registered holders of shares (the "Shareholders") in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them. No dividend on ordinary shares will bear interest. Dividends are declared payable to Shareholders registered as such on a date subsequent to the date of the declaration of the dividend as determined by the Board. This date may not be less than 14 days after the date of the publication of the announcement of the declaration of the dividend.

        Sappi Limited in a general meeting may not declare a dividend in excess of the amount recommended by the Board. All unclaimed dividends may be retained by Sappi Limited, invested or otherwise utilized by the Board for the benefit of Sappi Limited until claimed; provided that dividends unclaimed after a period of twelve years may be declared forfeited by the Board. Forfeited dividends revert to Sappi Limited and may be dealt with by the Directors as they deem fit.

        Any dividend or other amount payable to a Shareholder may be transmitted by electronic bank transfer or ordinary post to the address of the Shareholder recorded in the register or any other address the Shareholder may previously have given to Sappi Limited in writing. Sappi Limited will not be responsible for any loss in transmission.

        Any dividend may be paid and satisfied, either wholly or in part, by the distribution of specific assets as the Board may at the time of declaring the dividend determine and direct.

        It is Sappi Limited's policy to declare dividends in US dollars and the Board may at the time of declaring a dividend make such regulations as it may think fit in regard to the payment in any currency and rate of exchange. For further information on our dividend policy, see "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy".

        Holders of ADSs on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Cash dividends will be paid by the Depositary to holders of ADSs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement.


Voting Rights

        Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares, every Shareholder present in person, by authorized representative or by proxy, will have, on a show of hands, one vote only and, in the case of a poll, every Shareholder present in person, by authorized representative or by proxy, will have that proportion of the total votes in Sappi Limited which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by that Shareholder bears to the aggregate of the nominal value of all the shares issued by Sappi Limited and, accordingly, since there is currently only one class of issued shares, one vote for every share held by him.


Issue of Additional Shares and Pre-emption Rights

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited in a general meeting may issue, or may authorize the Board to issue, unissued shares.

105


        Holders of shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Articles. Under the listings requirements of the JSE, however, any unissued shares of Sappi Limited must first be offered to existing Shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares unless these shares are issued for the acquisition of assets or a specific or general approval is granted to the Directors at any general meeting authorizing the issue of shares for cash. Whenever Sappi Limited wishes to sell for cash shares held as treasury stock by a subsidiary of Sappi Limited, such use must comply with the listings requirements as if such use was a new issue of shares for cash.

        Sappi Limited in a general meeting may upon the recommendation of the Board resolve to capitalize all or any part of the amount of the undivided profits, reserves resulting from a sale or revaluation of assets of Sappi Limited or premium created on the issue of any shares or debentures and may apply such sums in paying up unissued shares of Sappi Limited to be issued as fully paid capitalization shares to Shareholders.


Variation of Rights

        Whenever the capital of Sappi Limited is divided into different classes of shares, the rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares in issue may be amended, varied, modified or cancelled by general meeting of Sappi Limited; provided that the consent in writing of the holders of at least three fourths of the issued shares of that class or of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares is required if the amendment, variation, modification or cancellation will directly or indirectly adversely affect those rights or restrictions.

        The rights or restrictions attached to any class of shares will not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the conditions of issue of such shares, be deemed to be directly or indirectly adversely affected by the creation or issue of other shares ranking equally with them.


Distribution of Assets on Liquidation

        If Sappi Limited is liquidated, whether voluntarily or compulsorily, the assets remaining after the payment of all the liabilities of Sappi Limited and the costs of winding-up shall be distributed among the Shareholders in proportion to the numbers of shares respectively held by them, subject to the rights of any Shareholders to whom shares have been issued on special conditions and subject to Sappi Limited's right to apply set-off against the liability, if any, of Shareholders for unpaid capital or premium. Furthermore, the liquidator, with the authority of a special resolution, may divide among the Shareholders, in specie or kind, the whole or any part of the assets, whether or not those assets consist of property of one kind or different kinds.


Share Repurchases and Capital Reductions

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may with the prior approval of a special resolution of its shareholders in general meeting—

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may reduce its issued share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves) and / or capital redemption reserve fund by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders in general meeting and a resolution of directors. Similarly, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the requirements of the JSE, Sappi Limited may by way of an ordinary resolution of shareholders in general meeting and a resolution of directors make payments to its shareholders, whether or not such payments result in a reduction of the issued share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves (including statutory non-distributable reserves) and / or any capital redemption reserve fund. An ordinary resolution of shareholders is not, however, required for the payment of dividends.

106



Changes in Capital or Objects and Powers of Sappi Limited

        Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, Sappi Limited may from time to time by special resolution:


Rights of Minority Shareholders and Fiduciary Duties

        Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary obligations under South African common law to minority shareholders. However, under the Companies Act, a shareholder may, under certain circumstances, seek relief from the court if he has been unfairly prejudiced by the company. The provisions in the Companies Act are designed to provide relief for oppressed shareholders without necessarily overruling the majority's decision. There may also be common law personal actions available to a shareholder of a company. The fiduciary obligations of Directors may differ from those in the United States and certain other countries. In South Africa, the common law imposes on Directors a duty to act with care and skill and a fiduciary duty to conduct the company's affairs in the best interests of the company.


General Meetings of Shareholders

        Sappi Limited is obliged to hold an annual general meeting not more than nine months after the end of every financial year of Sappi Limited and within fifteen months after the date of the last preceding annual general meeting of Sappi Limited. The Board may, whenever it thinks fit, convene a general meeting and must do so on the request of 100 Shareholders or of Shareholders holding at the date of request not less than one-twentieth of the total voting rights of all Shareholders having a right to vote at general meetings of Sappi Limited.

        Sappi Limited is required by law to provide at least 21 clear days' notice for any annual general meeting and for meetings at which special resolutions are proposed, and at least 14 clear days' notice for all other meetings.

        Notice under the Articles must be given or served on any Shareholder or Director, as the case may be, either by delivery, electronic mail, facsimile or by sending it through the post. Any notice to Shareholders must simultaneously be given to the secretary or other suitable official of any recognized stock exchange on which the shares of Sappi Limited are listed in accordance with the requirements of that stock exchange. Every such notice shall be deemed, unless the contrary is proved, to have been received, if it is delivered, on the date on which it is so delivered, if it is sent by post, on the day on which it is posted, if it is sent by electronic mail, on the day it was sent or, if it is sent by facsimile, on the day on which it was successfully transmitted.

        No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless the requisite quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business. The quorum for the passing of special resolutions is Shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than 25% of the total votes of all Shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy. In all other cases, the quorum is three Shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote or, if a Shareholder is a body corporate, represented. If within ten minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, will be dissolved and, in all other cases, will stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, or if that be a public holiday, the next business day, at the same time and place. At the adjourned meeting, those Shareholders who are present or represented thereat shall constitute a quorum.

        At a general meeting, a resolution put to the vote will be decided by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by (1) the chairman, (2) not less than five Shareholders having the right to vote at such meeting, (3) a Shareholder or Shareholders representing not less than one tenth of the total voting rights of all Shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting or (4) in accordance with the Companies Act.

107


        Resolutions will be carried by a majority of the votes recorded at the meeting except in the case of a special resolution which must be passed either, on a show of hands, by not less than 75% of the number of Shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy or, where a poll has been demanded, by not less than 75% of the total votes to which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy are entitled. In the event of a tie, the chairman has the deciding vote if he is a Shareholder.


Annual Report and Accounts

        The Board is required to keep such accounting records and books of account as are prescribed by the Companies Act. Generally, no Shareholder (other than a Director) has any right to inspect any accounting record book, account or document of Sappi Limited.

        The Board is required, in respect of every financial year of Sappi Limited, to prepare annual consolidated financial statements of Sappi Limited and present them before the annual general meeting required to be held in that year.

        The annual consolidated financial statements of Sappi Limited must, in conformity with generally accepted accounting practice in South Africa, fairly present the state of affairs and business of Sappi Limited and all its consolidated subsidiaries at the end of the financial year concerned and the profit or loss of Sappi Limited and all its consolidated subsidiaries for that financial year.


Transfer of Shares

        All ordinary shares are free from any restriction under the Articles on the right to transfer. A Shareholder who holds his shares in dematerialized form will have an account with a Central Securities Depository Participant. Transfer of ownership of such shares will be effected by debiting the account from which transfer is effected and crediting the account to which transfer is effected. The transferor will be deemed to remain the holder of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in the share register or relevant sub register of Sappi Limited in respect of these shares. Only Shareholders that have handed in their paper share certificates have an account with a Central Securities Depository Participant. Under the rules of the JSE Shareholders cannot sell their shares on the JSE until the shares have been dematerialized.


Rights of Shareholders

        There are no limitations in the Memorandum or Articles and general limitations under South African law on the right of Shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights attaching to any ordinary shares in Sappi Limited.


Changes in Control

        Any person acquiring shares of Sappi will (in addition to any regulatory and legal requirements outside South Africa) need to comply with the following to the extent applicable. Various transactions including, without limitation, those which result in a person or a group of persons acting in concert holding shares entitling the holder or holders to exercise or cause to be exercised 35% or more of the voting rights at meetings of Sappi Shareholders and those transactions entailing a disposal of the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking of Sappi Limited or the whole or the greater part of its assets will be subject to the Securities Regulation Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the "Code") which is regulated by the Securities Regulation Panel. The Code imposes various obligations in such circumstances including the requirement of an offer to minority shareholders. A transaction will be subject to the approval of the competition authorities under the Competition Act No. 89 of 1998, as amended (the "Competition Act") if it results in the acquisition of "control", as defined in the Competition Act, and otherwise falls within the scope of the Competition Act. The Competition Act prevents a transaction falling within its scope from being implemented without the required approvals. To the extent applicable, the transaction will be subject to the listings requirements of the JSE. Depending on the circumstances, approvals of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank and other applicable regulatory authorities may also be required.

108



Amendment of Memorandum or Articles

        The Memorandum or Articles may only be amended by way of a special resolution, proposed at a general meeting of Shareholders at which Shareholders holding at least 25% of the total votes of all Shareholders entitled to vote thereat are present in person or by proxy, which is passed, on a show of hands, by not less than 75% of those present in person or by proxy or, on a poll, by not less than 75% of the total votes to which Shareholders present in person or by proxy are entitled.


South African Companies Bill, 2008

        The South African Companies Bill, 2008 (the "Bill"), was passed by Parliament, on November 20, 2008 but at date of filing had not yet been signed into law by the State President. Once assented to by the State President and proclaimed, the Bill will replace the current Companies Act, 1973 (as amended), in its entirety. It is not currently known whether the State President will assent to the Bill as passed and if assented to, when it will be promulgated.

        The aims and purposes of the Bill which are set out in the summary of the Bill, are to provide for, inter alia, the incorporation, registration, capitalization, organization and management of for-profit, and not-for-profit, companies; to define the relationships between companies and their respective shareholders or members and directors; to provide for equitable and efficient mergers, amalgamations and takeovers of companies, and for efficient rescue of failing companies; to provide appropriate legal redress for investors and third parties with respect to companies; to establish a commission and a takeover regulation panel to administer the requirements of the act with respect to companies, and a companies ombud to facilitate alternative dispute resolution and to review decisions of the commission and the takeover regulation panel, and a Financial Reporting Standards Council ("FRSC") to advise on requirements for financial record keeping and reporting by companies and to repeal the existing Companies Act and to provide for incidental matters.

        The Bill introduces a number of new requirements that public companies, such as Sappi, need to comply with. In addition to the accountability requirements applicable to all companies, as set out in the Bill, public companies are, required to comply with additional and more onerous accountability requirements. These include inter alia:


Financial Statements

        The Bill introduces the requirement that all financial statements provided by a company, (including annual financial statements) must, inter alia, comply with the standards prescribed by the Minister of Trade and Industry, after consultation with the FRSC, a sixteen-member body established in terms of the Bill. The Bill stipulates that the financial statements of public companies must comply with IFRS. Financial reporting standards, applicable to public companies, may be issued by the Minister of Trade and Industry by publication in the Government Gazette from time to time on the advice of the FRSC. The financial reporting standards under the Bill are more onerous than the current standards. The FRSC must ensure that financial reporting standards accord with IFRS and promote issued and consistent accounting practices.

109


        Under the Bill, a public company and each of its directors or officers who knowingly is a party to the preparation, approval, dissemination or publication of any financial statements (including annual financial statements) which are materially false or misleading or which do not otherwise comply with the requirements set out in the Bill, will be guilty of an offense. It is also an offense for any person to be a party to the preparation, approval, publication, issue or supply of a financial report that is false or misleading in a material respect if such person knows or ought reasonably to suspect that it is false or misleading.


Material Contracts

        On September 25, 2007, Sappi Manufacturing issued a second tranche of ZAR 1 billion (US$ 146 million) Senior Unsecured Fixed Rate Notes ("the second tranche") under the Program at a fixed interest rate of 10.64%. The interest on the securities issued under the second tranche is payable semi-annually on April 14 and October 14 of each year, commencing on April 14, 2008. The securities issued under the second tranche mature on October 14, 2011. Sappi Manufacturing has also agreed to observe certain undertakings with respect to the securities including limitations on encumbrances (other than permitted encumbrances) over its assets. With regard to the second tranche only, should a change of control event (more than 50% of the voting rights of Sappi Manufacturing be acquired by any party other than a subsidiary of Sappi Limited) and a negative rating event (a downgrade of Sappi Manufacturing's national credit rating, currently at AA-, of below A-) occur, then the holders of the securities may within 60 days after the public announcement of the change of control having occurred, they can by way of an extraordinary resolution require the redemption of the notes. The securities, which are listed on the Bond Exchange of South Africa, were not registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any state securities laws. The securities were offered and sold outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, and were not offered and sold within the United States.

        On September 29, 2008 Sappi entered into an agreement with M-real Corporation to acquire their coated graphics paper business for € 750 million. See "Item 4—Information on the Company—Business Overview—The Acquisition of M-real Corporation's Coated Graphic Paper Business"; and "Item 19—Exhibit 4.15".

        On September 29, 2008 Sappi entered into a vendor loan note agreement with M-real Corporation for € 220 million to partly finance the acquisition of the coated graphics paper business acquired from M-real Corporation. See "Item 5—operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Acquisitions, Expansions, Restructurings and Cost Reduction Initiatives—Acquisition of M-real Corporation's coated graphic paper business"; and "Item 19—Exhibit 4.18"

        In November and December 2008, Sappi conducted a renounceable rights offer of 286,886,270 new ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each to qualifying Sappi shareholders recorded in the shareholders register at the close of business on Friday November 21, 2008, at a subscription price of ZAR 20.27 per rights offer share in the ratio of 6 rights offer shares for every 5 Sappi shares held. The rights offer was fully subscribed and the shareholders received their shares on December 15, 2008. The rights offer raised ZAR 5,815,184,693 which was used to pay partly finance the Acquisition and related costs.


Exchange Controls

Introduction

        South Africa's exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on the exporting of capital and for various other exchange control matters. Transactions between residents of the Common Monetary Area (comprising the Republic of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland), on the one hand (including corporations), and non-residents of the Common Monetary Area, on the other hand, are subject to these exchange control regulations which are enforced by the Exchange Control Department of the South African Reserve Bank (Excon).

        The present exchange control system in South Africa is used principally to control capital movements. South African companies are generally not permitted to export capital from South Africa or to hold foreign currency or foreign assets without the approval of the South African exchange control authorities. Foreign investment by South African companies is also restricted. As a result, a South African company's ability to raise and deploy capital outside the Common Monetary Area is restricted. The granting of loans from outside

110



South Africa to Sappi Limited or its South African subsidiaries and their ability to borrow from non-resident sources is regulated.

        The South African authorities have expressed a commitment to a phased liberalization of exchange controls and have relaxed certain exchange controls over recent years.

        Some of the more salient exchange control regulations regarding South African corporations are as follows:

        South African corporations wishing to establish new approved foreign ventures are permitted to transfer funds abroad for this purpose. There is no limit to the amount of funds which may be transferred except that the foreign investment may only be acquired and such funds may only be transferred abroad once Excon has approved the type of foreign investment, which it will only do if the foreign investment accords with its foreign investment criteria (applicable at the relevant time), and with regard to larger foreign investments Excon may require capital outflows to be staggered in order to manage the potential impact on the foreign exchange market. Excon-approved investments no longer require the South African investor to exercise control (namely 50% plus one share) over the foreign investment but require at least 10% of the voting rights and compliance with other conditions.

        South African corporations which have been granted approval to transfer funds abroad for purposes of acquiring an approved foreign investment are entitled to retain abroad foreign dividends which relate to the operation of the approved foreign investment and any foreign dividend which may have been repatriated to South Africa after 26 October 2004, may thereafter be transferred abroad again, at any time and for any purpose other than for purposes of a non-resident (which is directly or indirectly controlled by a South African resident) using such funds to reinvest into the South African market.

        Controls on current account transactions, with the exception of certain discretionary expenses, have been abolished and are dealt with by authorized dealers in terms of the Exchange Control Rulings.

        Authorized dealers in foreign exchange may, against the production of suitable documentary evidence, provide forward cover to South African residents in respect of fixed and ascertained foreign exchange commitments covering the movement of goods.

        It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be abolished, continued or modified by the South African Government in the future.


Sales of Shares

        Under present South African exchange control regulations, our ordinary shares and ADSs are freely transferable outside the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of shares on the JSE on behalf of shareholders who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable to such shareholders (other than former residents of South Africa). Share holdings of non-residents must however be endorsed with the words "non-resident".


Dividends

        There is no restriction under South African exchange control regulations on the free transferability of cash dividends to shareholders or ADR holders who have never been resident in South Africa. Dividends declared to a former resident of South Africa out of capital gains, or out of income earned from normal trading activities prior to the date of emigration, must be placed to the credit of a blocked account with a South African authorized dealer in foreign exchange. Dividends declared out of income earned from normal trading activities subsequent to the date of emigration are, however, remittable. See "—Taxation" and "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy". South African emigrants' blocked assets are to be unwound and such emigrants are entitled, on application to the South African Reserve Bank, and subject to an exiting schedule and an exit charge of 10% to exit such blocked assets from South Africa.

        It is our policy to declare cash dividends in US dollars. We declared a dividend (number 85) of 16 US cents for fiscal 2008. South African shareholders are paid the Rand equivalent of the US dollar denominated declaration. Shareholders on the UK registry are paid the UK pounds sterling equivalent of the US dollar denominated declaration and ADS holders are paid in US dollars. Holders of ADSs on the relevant record date

111



are entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the shares underlying the ADSs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Subject to exceptions provided in the Deposit Agreement, cash dividends are paid by the Depositary to holders of ADSs in accordance with the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary charges holders of ADSs, to the extent applicable, taxes and other governmental charges and specified fees and other expenses, for any cash distributions made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, other than distributions of cash dividends. See "Item 8—Financial Information—Dividend Policy".

        Subject to exceptions relating to former residents of South Africa, shareholders who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area who are in receipt of script dividends and who elect to dispose of the relevant shares may remit the proceeds arising from the sale of the relevant shares.


Taxation

        Prospective investors should consult their professional advisers on the possible tax consequences of buying, holding or selling any Securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile. The discussions that follow for each jurisdiction are based upon the applicable laws and interpretations thereof as in effect as of the date hereof, all of which laws and interpretations are subject to change or differing interpretations, which changes or differing interpretations could apply retroactively.


South Africa

        The following discussion represents the views of Werksmans, our South African counsel.


General

        The discussion below is based on current legislation. The Revenue Laws Amendment Bill 80 of 2008 ("the Bill") was recently tabled. The promulgation of the Bill as legislation may impact on what is stated below.


Basis of Income Taxation

        South Africa has a dual income tax system in terms of which residents are taxed on their worldwide income and non-residents are taxed on their South African source (or deemed source) income. Certain categories of income and activities are exempt from taxation.

        Residence, in the case of natural persons, is established either by being ordinarily resident in South Africa or by satisfying a physical presence test in terms of which they become residents by virtue of their being physically present in South Africa for certain prescribed periods of time. In the case of legal entities, residence is established by virtue of incorporation or formation, or having a place of effective management, in South Africa. Excluded from the definition of "resident" are persons or entities which are, in terms of double taxation agreements entered into by South Africa, deemed to be exclusively a resident of another country.

        A double taxation treaty between South Africa and the United States ("the Treaty") came into effect during 1997 and was promulgated under Government Notice R. 1721 (Government Gazette 18553) on December 15, 1997.

        In terms of the Treaty, an individual will, subject to the tie-breaker rules, only be a South African resident if he or she is ordinarily resident in South Africa. A company that is a resident of both South Africa and the United States will be deemed to be a resident of the country in which it is incorporated for purposes of the Treaty.

        Dividends received by or accruing to persons from South African tax resident companies are generally exempt from tax. The exemption does not, however, apply in the case of a dividend which constitutes or forms part of any consideration in respect of the disposal of shares to a South African registered company in terms of a share buy-back where those shares were held as trading stock.


Withholding Tax on Dividends

        Sappi Limited is not currently obliged to withhold any form of tax on dividends paid to non-residents of South Africa. However, the Bill contains a proposal to replace the Secondary Tax on Companies ("STC"), levied on South African tax resident companies declaring dividends and described later, with a dividend

112



withholding tax levied on the shareholders at a rate of 10%. The replacement is proposed to become effective in late 2009 or early 2010, but is dependant on the renegotiation of a number of double tax agreements by South Africa to ensure that South Africa has the right to impose a withholding tax of at least 5%. The Treaty generally limits the withholding tax to 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner of the shares is a company holding directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the company paying the dividends and to 15% of the gross amount of the dividends in all other cases. It should, however, be noted that the Treaty limits the benefits thereof to only certain residents of South Africa and the United States.

        Under the proposed legislation, a dividend tax of 10% will be levied on any dividend paid by a company resident in South Africa. In general terms, a dividend is defined as any amount transferred by a company to a shareholder in relation to a share held by the shareholder constituting a distribution of profits. However, it should be noted that a distribution of capital may, in certain circumstances, constitute a dividend. The Bill also contains a proposal to, commensurate with the replacement of STC, broaden the definition of a dividend. In this regard, a dividend will, essentially constitute any amount transferred to a shareholder in relation to a share that does not constitute a reduction of contributed tax capital. The term 'contributed tax capital' is a proposed defined term that will essentially comprise the share capital and share premium of a company, excluding certain amounts that constitute capitalized profits that did not give rise to a dividend or arose from transactions in respect of which tax relief was granted.


Secondary Tax on Companies ("STC")

        This tax is paid by South African companies at the flat rate of 10% in respect of the amount of dividends declared less all dividends which accrued to them (but subject to certain exclusions) during its relevant "dividend cycle". "Dividend cycle" means the period commencing on the day following the date of accrual to a company's shareholders of the last dividend declared by that company and ending on the date on which the dividend in question accrues to the shareholder concerned. An excess of dividends accruing to a company over dividends paid may be carried forward to subsequent dividend cycles as an STC credit.

        The Bill contains a grandfather clause which, for a period of five years from the replacement of STC, provides for the utilization of STC credits against the dividend withholding tax.

        The imposition of STC effectively means that a dual corporate tax system exists in South Africa comprising a normal income tax and STC. Liability for STC is determined independently from normal income tax. Accordingly, a company without a normal tax liability may have a liability for STC, and vice versa, and may be liable for both normal tax and STC. The nominal value of capitalization shares awarded to shareholders as part of the equity share capital of a company by transferring reserves or undistributed profits to the company's equity share capital do not incur STC and it has become common practice for listed South African companies to offer capitalization shares forming part of the equity share capital of a company in lieu of cash dividends. The capitalization shares must carry the right to participate to an unlimited extent in the dividends or capital of the company in order to constitute equity share capital. However, any amount transferred from reserves (excluding any share premium account not consisting of capitalized profits) or undistributed profits to the equity share capital of a company is, in principle, deemed to be profits available for distribution to shareholders and may constitute a dividend (i.e., be subject to STC) on a subsequent partial reduction or redemption of capital, or upon reconstruction or liquidation of the company. Capitalization shares which do not qualify as equity shares and are awarded by a transfer of reserves or undistributed profits (other than that portion of the share premium account not consisting of capitalized profits) are regarded as dividends and, as such, attract STC. Foreign dividends generally do not serve to reduce a company's STC liability.


Income Tax and Capital Gains Tax

        Profits derived from the sale of shares in a company will generally only be subject to income tax (at a corporate rate of 28% and a maximum individual rate of 40% based on a sliding scale) in South Africa if the seller carries on business in South Africa as a share dealer, and the profits are realized in the ordinary course of that business.

        Capital Gains Tax was introduced with effect from October 1, 2001 into the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962 by way of the incorporation of the Eighth Schedule therein ("Eighth Schedule"). In terms of the Eighth Schedule, all South African tax residents are liable to pay capital gains tax on the disposal of a capital asset. An asset is

113



widely defined and includes assets that are movable, immovable, corporeal or incorporeal and rights or interests in such property, but excludes certain limited items.

        Non-residents of South Africa will not be subject to capital gains tax except in respect of the disposal of immovable property situated in South Africa (or any interest or right in such immovable property) and any assets attributable to a permanent establishment of that non-resident in South Africa. Profits derived from the sale of South African shares held by non-residents as long-term investments will generally not be subject to capital gains tax in South Africa. However, the sale of South African shares held by a non-resident will attract capital gains tax in the event that the shares comprise an asset of that non-resident's permanent establishment in South Africa, or if the non-resident shareholder (alone or together with any connected persons) holds more than 20% of the issued equity share capital of the South African company and more than 80% of the net asset value of that company is attributable to immovable property situated in South Africa. An American Depository Share will be regarded as an equity share for the purpose of Capital Gains Tax in South Africa.

        The Treaty only permits the imposition of South African tax on capital gains of a United States resident seller from the sale of shares where such shares constitute an equivalent interest to a United States real property interest, form part of the business property of a permanent establishment which the seller has in South Africa or pertain to a fixed base available to the seller in South Africa for the purpose of performing independent personal services.

        Companies will be liable to Capital Gains Tax on 50% of the net capital gain. At the current corporate tax rate of 28%, the effective tax rate on net capital gains will therefore be 14%. Natural persons are also entitled to an annual exclusion of R16,000 in respect of capital gains (R120,000 in the year of death). Natural persons are liable to Capital Gains Tax on 25% of the net capital gain, resulting in an effective tax rate of 10% at a maximum marginal rate of 40%.


Duty on the Shares

        On a subsequent change of beneficial ownership of the shares, South African securities transfer tax ("STT") is generally payable in respect of transactions involving the transfer of shares at 0.25% of the consideration. STT is payable regardless of whether the transfer is executed within or outside South Africa.

        Transfers of ADSs will also be subject to STT.


United States

Introduction

        This section, which represents the views of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, our US counsel, summarizes the material US Federal income tax consequences to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs as of the date of this Annual Report. The summary applies to you only if you hold our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, as a capital asset for tax purposes (that is, for investment purposes). The summary does not cover US state or local or non-US law. This summary is based in part upon representations of the Depositary made to Sappi and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreements will be performed in accordance with its terms. In addition, this summary does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, such as:

114


        For purposes of the discussion below, you are a "US holder" if you are a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares or ADSs who or which is:

        If you are not a US holder, you are a "non-US holder" and the discussion below titled "US Federal Income Tax Consequences to non-US Holders" will apply to you.

        If a partnership holds our ordinary shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our ordinary shares or ADSs, you should consult your tax advisor.


US Federal Income Tax Consequences to US Holders

        ADSs.    In general, for US Federal income tax purposes, US Holders of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares underlying those ADSs.

        Distributions.    The gross amount of any distribution (other than in liquidation), including the fair market value of all distributions of ordinary shares whenever a holder may elect to receive cash distributions in lieu of ordinary share distributions, that you receive with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs (before reduction for South African income tax, if any, withheld from such distributions) generally will be included in your gross income on the day on which you, in the case where you own ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case where you own ADSs, receive the distribution. This distribution will be taxed to you as a dividend (that is, ordinary income) to the extent such distribution does not exceed our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for US Federal income tax purposes ("E&P"). Dividends received by an individual US holder during taxable years before 2011 will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided certain holding period requirements and other conditions are satisfied. Dividends received by an individual US holder for taxable years after 2010 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates. To the extent any distribution exceeds our E&P, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, and will be applied against and reduce such basis dollar-for-dollar (thereby increasing the amount of gain and decreasing the amount of loss recognized on a subsequent disposition of such ordinary shares or ADSs). To the extent that such distribution exceeds your adjusted tax basis, the distribution will be taxed as gain recognized on a sale or exchange of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable. See "Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs", below. Because we are not a US corporation, no dividends-received deduction will be allowed to a corporate US holder with respect to dividends paid by us.

        Distributions on the ordinary shares and ADSs are expected to be made by us in US dollars, to the extent necessary. In the event that distributions on the ordinary shares and ADSs are made by us in Rand, any dividends paid in Rand generally will be included in your gross income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend. It is anticipated that the Depositary will, in the ordinary course, convert Rand received by it as distributions on the ADSs into US dollars. To the extent that the Depositary does not convert the Rand into US dollars at the time that you are required to take the distribution into your gross income for US Federal income tax purposes, you may recognize foreign currency gain or loss, taxable as ordinary income or loss, on the later conversion of the Rand into US dollars. The gain or loss recognized will generally be based upon the difference between the exchange rate in effect when the Rand are actually converted and the "spot" exchange rate in effect at the time the distribution is taken into account and any such gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income for US foreign tax credit purposes.

        Dividends paid by us will generally be treated as foreign source income for US foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Subject to certain limitations, US holders may elect to claim a foreign tax credit against their US

115



Federal income tax liability for South African tax withheld (if any) from dividends received in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends paid by us in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, generally will be "passive income" or, in the case of certain types of US holders, general income, and therefore any US tax imposed on these dividends cannot be offset by excess foreign tax credits that you may have from foreign source income not qualifying as "passive income" or "general income", respectively. Additional limitations on the credit apply to individual US holders receiving dividends if the dividends are eligible for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above. US holders that do not elect to claim a foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for South African tax withheld (if any).

        Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs.    Subject to the discussion of "passive foreign investment companies" below, generally speaking, in connection with the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable:

        If you are a cash basis US holder who receives foreign currency (e.g., Rand) in connection with a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, the amount realized will be based on the US dollar value of the foreign currency received with respect to such ordinary shares or ADSs, as determined on the settlement date of such sale or other taxable disposition.

        If you are an accrual basis US holder, you may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an accrual basis US holder and do not elect to be treated as a cash basis taxpayer (pursuant to the Treasury Regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions) for this purpose, you may have a foreign currency gain or loss for US Federal income tax purposes because of differences between the US dollar value of the foreign currency received prevailing on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, and the date of payment. Any such currency gain or loss generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss and would be in addition to gain or loss, if any, that you recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable.

        South African securities transfer tax will be payable on a subsequent registration of transfer of ordinary shares. See "—South Africa—Duty on the Shares". STT will not be a creditable tax for US foreign tax credit purposes, but will be deductible. In the case of an individual US holder, such deduction will be subject to specified limits on the deductibility of investment expenses.

        Passive Foreign Investment Company.    US holders (who are not tax-exempt) would be subject to a special, adverse tax regime (that would differ in certain respects from that described above) if we were or were to become a passive foreign investment company for US Federal income tax purposes. Although the determination of whether a corporation is a passive foreign investment company is made annually, and thus may be subject to change, we do not believe that we are, nor do we expect to become, a passive foreign investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we urge you to consult your own US tax advisor

116



regarding the adverse US Federal income tax consequences of owning the stock of a passive foreign investment company and of making certain elections designed to lessen those adverse consequences.


US Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-US Holders

        Distributions.    If you are a non-US holder, you generally will not be subject to US Federal income tax on distributions made on our ordinary shares or ADSs unless:

        If you fail the above test, you generally will be subject to tax in respect of such dividends in the same manner as a US holder, as described above. In addition, any effectively connected dividends received by a non-US corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        Sale or Other Disposition of Company Ordinary Shares and ADSs.    If you are a non-US holder, you will not be subject to US Federal income tax, including withholding tax, in respect of gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, unless:

        Effectively connected gains realized by a non-US corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.


Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Payments and sale proceeds in respect of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, that are made in the United States or by a US related financial intermediary may be subject to US information reporting rules. You will not be subject to "backup" withholding of US Federal income tax provided that:

        If you are a non-US holder, you generally are not subject to information reporting and backup withholding, but you may be required to provide a certification of your non-US status in order to establish that you are exempt. You may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if you sell your ordinary shares or ADSs through a US broker and you are not eligible for an exemption. You may be subject to information reporting, but not backup withholding if you sell your shares or ADSs through a broker with certain connections with the US and you are not eligible for an exemption.

117


        Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your US Federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.


Documents on Display

        The documents concerning Sappi Limited referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at the registered office of Sappi Limited at 48 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa.

118



ITEM 11.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

        The principal quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks (that is, the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices) to which Sappi is exposed are:


Market Risk

        See "Note 30 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report."


Credit Risk

        See "Note 30 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report."


Liquidity Risk

        See "Note 30 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report."


Other Risks

        For additional descriptions of these risks, see notes 2, 10, 16, 20, 27 and 28 to our Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.


Commodity Price Risk

        The selling prices of the majority of products manufactured and purchase prices of many raw materials used generally fluctuate in line with commodity cycles. Prices of chemical cellulose generally follow those of paper pulp, although the cycle is generally less volatile. As a result, the sale of chemical cellulose also tends to act as a natural hedge for paper pulp. Our total pulp production capacity is approximately 92%, including the Acquired Business, of our total pulp requirements. However, there are differences between the types of pulp required in our paper making operations and the grades of pulp we produce, as well as regional differences. We are therefore a buyer as well as a seller of paper pulp. Other than maintaining a high level of pulp integration, no hedging techniques are applied. For a description of our level of pulp integration, see "Item 4—Information on the Company—The Pulp and Paper Industry—Pulp", "Item 4—Information on the Company—Sappi Fine Paper", "Item 4—Information on the Company—Supply Requirements" and "Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Markets". Despite our present relatively high level of pulp integration on a Group-wide basis, in the event of significant increases in the prices of pulp on a Group-wide basis, our non-integrated and partially integrated operations could be adversely affected if they are unable to raise paper prices by amounts sufficient to maintain margins.

119



ITEM 12.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

        Not applicable.

120



PART II

ITEM 13.    DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

        Not applicable.


ITEM 14.    MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

        Not applicable.


ITEM 15.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)   Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        As of the end of the period covered by this report (the "Evaluation Date") Sappi's management (with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer), conducted an evaluation pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, Sappi's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, such disclosure controls and procedures (which include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Sappi in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to Sappi's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure) were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by Sappi in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b)   Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Management of Sappi, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Sappi's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the chief executive and chief financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of Sappi's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

        As of September, 2008, we conducted assessment of the effectiveness of Sappi's internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        Based on this assessment, we determined that Sappi's internal control over financial reporting as of September 2008 is effective. We also determined that there were no material weaknesses as of this date.

(c)   Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the board of directors and shareholders of Sappi Limited:

        We have audited the internal controls over financial reporting of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Company") to determine that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, testing and

121



evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 2008 of the Company and our report dated January 26, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and the related financial statement schedule included in Schedule 1.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche

Per M J Comber
Partner
January 26, 2009

Deloitte & Touche—Registered Auditors
Buildings 1 and 2, Deloitte Place
The Woodlands, Woodlands Drive, Sandton
Johannesburg, South Africa

National Executive: GG Gelink Chief Executive    AE Swiegers Chief Operating Officer
GM Pinnock Audit    DL Kennedy Tax and Legal and Financial Advisory    L Geeringh Consulting    L Bam Corporate Finance
CR Beukman Finance    TJ Brown Clients & Markets    NT Mtoba Chairman of the Board

A full list of partners and directors is available on request.

(d)   Changes in internal control over financial reporting

        There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the reporting period.


ITEM 16A.    AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

        The Board has determined that Dr Deenadayalen Konar qualifies as an audit committee financial expert on the Audit Committee of Sappi Limited. The Board determined that Dr Konar acquired the required attributes by way of education, practical experience, practice as a registered accountant and auditor, and participation as a member of the audit committees of significant entities that have applied International Financial Reporting

122



Standards. See Item 6 for a description of Dr Konar's background and relevant experience. Dr Konar is an independent Non-Executive Director of Sappi.


ITEM 16B.    CODE OF ETHICS

        We have adopted the Sappi Code of Ethics (the "Code") that applies to all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Group Financial Manager (such officers, collectively, the "senior officers"). We believe the Code constitutes a "code of ethics" as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F.

        We have filed a copy of the Sappi Limited Code of Ethics as an exhibit.


ITEM 16C.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

        Principal independent auditor fees paid for the year ended September 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 
Audit fees(1)     6     5  
Tax services(2)     1     2  
Acquisition related services(3)     3      
           
      10     7  
           

(1)
Audit-fees consist of assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Group's financial statements.

(2)
Tax services are fees for professional services performed with respect to tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. This includes advice on tax aspects of Group acquisitions, disposals, reorganizations, and financing, as well as analysis of the impact on the Group for changes to tax laws in various countries.

(3)
Acquisition related services fees relate to services provided with respect to the Acquired Business.


Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy

        In accordance with our audit committee pre-approval policy, all audit and non-audit services performed for us by our independent accountants were pre-approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, which concluded that the provision of such services by the independent accountants was compatible with the maintenance of that firm's independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

        The pre-approval policy provides for specific audit committee pre-approval, prior to engagement, of any services, other than audit services covered by the annual engagement letter. In addition, services to be provided by the independent accountants that are not within the category of pre-approved services must be approved by the audit committee prior to engagement, regardless of the service being requested and the amount.

        Requests or applications for services that require specific separate approval by the audit committee are required to be submitted to the audit committee by both management and the independent accountants, and must include a detailed description of the services to be provided and a joint statement confirming that the provision of the proposed services does not impair the independence of the independent accountants.

        Pre-approval may be granted either by the audit committee or its chairman or any member of the audit committee to whom this authority has been delegated by the audit committee. Where pre-approval is granted by an individual member of the audit committee, the matter is tabled for noting at the next meeting of the full Sappi Limited audit committee.


ITEM 16D.    EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

        Not applicable.


ITEM 16E.    PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASER

        During the 2008 fiscal year no Sappi Limited share repurchases were made.

123


        Sappi stated its intention, on November 9, 2000, to acquire Sappi shares through a wholly owned Sappi subsidiary, subject to applicable stock exchange and legal limitations. Sappi has been given approval at its annual general meetings of shareholders, including the meetings held on March 3, 2008 and March 5, 2007, to purchase its shares up to a maximum of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital in any one financial year. The general authority is subject to the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited and the Companies Act No. 61 of 1973 of South Africa, as amended, and is granted until the next annual general meeting. Some of the repurchased shares, have been, and will continue to be, utilized to meet the requirements of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and the Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust from time to time. As Sappi has recently concluded a rights offer, it is unlikely that the company will seek shareholder approval for the purchase of Sappi Limited shares in the near future.


ITEM 16F.    CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

        Not applicable.


ITEM 16G.    CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) requires compliance with its corporate governance rules. The application of these NYSE rules is restricted for foreign companies, recognizing that such companies have to comply with domestic requirements. As a foreign private issuer, Sappi must comply with four NYSE corporate governance rules:

As Sappi is listed on the JSE Limited in Johannesburg, Sappi is required to comply with the King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa—2002. Although there are differences between the King Report and the NYSE corporate governance rules, Sappi believes it is in compliance with the King Report and has voluntarily adopted corporate governance practices comparable in all significant respects to the requirements of the NYSE corporate governance rules.

124



PART III

        

ITEM 17.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        Sappi Limited is furnishing financial statements pursuant to the instructions of Item 18 of Form 20-F.

ITEM 18.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The Group annual financial statements and schedules together with the Report of the Independent Auditors are included as the "F" pages to this Annual Report.

125


ITEM 19.    EXHIBITS

1.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Sappi Limited, as amended and restated on March 4, 1999. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2007.

1.2

 

Special Resolution of Sappi Limited dated March 2, 2000 pursuant to the South African Companies Act effecting certain amendments to the Articles of Association of Sappi Limited. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2007.

2.1

 

Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2007.

2.2

 

Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among Sappi Limited, The Bank of New York, as depositary, and the Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts dated October 26, 1999. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2007.

2.3

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.2).

2.6

 

Long-term debt instruments not exceeding 10% of our total assets. Sappi Limited undertakes to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission with copies upon request.

2.7

 

Special Resolution of Sappi Limited dated November 3, 2008 pursuant to the South African Companies Act, increasing the authorized share capital of Sappi Limited from 325,000,000 ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each to 1,325,000,000 ordinary shares of ZAR 1.00 each.*

2.8

 

Ordinary Resolution of Sappi Limited dated November 3, 2008: a) authorizing Sappi Limited to acquire the coated graphic paper business from M-real Corporation; and b) pursuant to the South African Companies Act, authorizing the directors of Sappi Limited to allot and issue Settlement shares to M-real Corporation in terms of the Master Agreement for the acquisition.*

4.1

 

Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme.*

4.2

 

Form of Deed of Amendment to The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme dated January 19, 1998 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink and Thomas Louw de Beer.*

4.3

 

Second Deed of Amendment to The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme dated March 9, 2000 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink and Thomas Louw de Beer.*

4.4

 

Third Deed of Amendment to The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme dated December 10, 2004 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink and Meyer Feldberg.*

4.10

 

Credit Facility, dated May 7, 2003, among Sappi Papier Holding AG as borrower, Sappi International S.A. as guarantor, Bank Austria Creditanstalt AG as mandated lead arranger and agent and various financial institutions as lenders.*

4.11

 

Resolution passed by the members of the Human Resources Committee of Sappi Limited on amendments to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Scheme, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2004.

4.12

 

An amendment dated November 18, 2005, to the Credit Facility, dated May 7, 2003 as described in 4.10, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2005.

126


4.13   Multi-Currency Revolving Credit Facility, dated June 29, 2005, among Sappi Papier Holding GmbH ("SPH"), Sappi International S.A. ("SISA") and Sappi Trading Pulp AG as borrowers and BNP Paribas, J P Morgan PLC, SG Corporate and Investment Banking, as mandated lead arrangers and the additional financial institutions named therein, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2005.

4.14

 

The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Plan, dated March 7, 2005 between Sappi Limited, David Charles Brink, and Meyer Feldberg (as Trustees), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Sappi Limited filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2004.

4.15

 

Master Business and Share Sale and Purchase Agreement, relating to the sale and purchase of the M-real Corporation coated graphic paper business, between M-real Corporation and others and Sappi Limited and others dated September 29, 2008.*

4.16

 

Lock-up Deed between M-real Corporation and Sappi Limited dated September 29, 2008.*

4.17

 

Guaranteed Unsecured Loan Note between M-Real Corporation as lender; Sappi Papier Holding GmbH as borrower; Sappi Limited, Sappi International S.A. and Sappi Trading Pulp A.G. as guarantors; dated September 29, 2008.*

6.1

 

Computation of Earnings per Share, incorporated by reference to note 7 of the notes to the Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

7.1

 

An explanation of other ratios and definitions used in this Annual Report, incorporated by reference to notes 2 and 3 of the notes to the Group annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

8.1

 

List of significant subsidiaries, incorporated by reference to "Item 4—Information on the Company—Organizational Structure" included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

11.2

 

Sappi Limited Code of Ethics.*

12.1

 

Certification of Roeloff Jacobus Boëttger, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).*

12.2

 

Certification of Mark Richard Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a).*

13.1

 

Certification of Roeloff Jacobus Boëttger, Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Limited and Mark Richard Thompson, Chief Financial Officer of Sappi Limited pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

15.1

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.*

*
Filed herewith

127



SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

        SAPPI LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ ROELOFF BOËTTGER


 

By:

 

/s/
MARK THOMPSON

    Name: Roeloff Boëttger
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
      Name: Mark Thompson
Title:
Chief Financial Officer

Date: January 26, 2009

128



SAPPI

 
  Page

Group Annual Financial Statements

   

Report of the Independent Auditors to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sappi Limited

  F-2

Group Income Statements for the years ended September 2008, 2007 and 2006

  F-3

Group Balance Sheets at September 2008 and 2007

  F-4

Group Cash Flow Statements for the years ended September 2008, 2007 and 2006

  F-5

Group Statements of Recognized Income and expense for the years ended September 2008, 2007 and 2006

  F-6

Notes to the Group Annual Financial Statements

  F-10

Group Annual Financial Statement Schedule

   

Schedule I—Condensed Company Financial Statements

  S-1

F-1



REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and shareholders of Sappi Limited:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of September 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, recognized income and expense and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 2008 and related financial statement schedule included in Schedule 1. These financial statements and related financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries at September 2008 and 2007 and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 2008 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated January 26, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche

Per M J Comber
Partner
January 26, 2009

Deloitte & Touche—Registered Auditors
Buildings 1 and 2, Deloitte Place
The Woodlands Office Park, Woodlands Drive, Sandton
Johannesburg, South Africa

National Executive: GG Gelink Chief Executive AE Swiegers Chief Operating Officer
GM Pinnock Audit DL Kennedy Tax and Legal and Financial Advisory L Geeringh Consulting L Bam Corporate Finance
CR Beukman Finance TJ Brown Clients & Markets NT Mtoba Chairman of the Board

A full list of partners and directors is available on request

F-2



SAPPI

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT

for the year ended September 2008

 
  Note   2008   2007   2006  
 
   
  US$ million
 

Sales                                                      

          5,863     5,304     4,941  

Cost of sales

    4     5,016     4,591     4,419  
                     

Gross profit

          847     713     522  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    4     385     362     367  

Other operating expenses (income)

    4     165     (22 )   29  

Share of (profit) loss from associates and joint ventures

    13     (17 )   (10 )   1  
                     

Operating profit

    4     314     383     125  

Net finance costs

    5     126     134     130  
                     
 

Finance costs

          181     173     162  
 

Finance revenue

          (38 )   (21 )   (26 )
 

Finance cost capitalized

          (16 )   (14 )   (2 )
 

Net foreign exchange gains

          (8 )   (13 )   (7 )
 

Net fair value loss on financial instruments

          7     9     3  
                     

Profit (loss) before taxation

          188     249     (5 )

Taxation charge (benefit)

    6     86     47     (1 )
                     

Profit (loss) for the year

          102     202     (4 )
                     

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

          228.8     227.8     226.2  

Basic earnings (loss) per share (US cents)

    7     45     89     (2 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (US cents)

    7     44     88     (2 )

Dividends per share (US cents)—declared after year-end

    8     16     32     30  

F-3



SAPPI

GROUP BALANCE SHEET

at September 2008

 
  Note   2008   2007  
 
   
  US$ million
 

Assets

                   

Non-current assets                                                                                 

         
4,408
   
4,608
 
                 

Property, plant and equipment

    9     3,361     3,491  

Plantations

    10     631     636  

Deferred tax assets

    11     41     60  

Goodwill and intangible assets

    12     7     7  

Joint ventures and associates

    13     124     112  

Other non-current assets

    14     168     165  

Derivative financial instruments

    30     76     137  
                 

Current assets

          1,701     1,736  
                 

Inventories

    15     725     712  

Trade and other receivables

    16     698     653  

Derivative financial instruments

    30     4     7  

Cash and cash equivalents

          274     364  
                 

Total assets

          6,109     6,344  
                 

Equity and liabilities

                   

Shareholders' equity

         
1,605
   
1,816
 
                 

Ordinary share capital and share premium

    17,18     707     825  

Non-distributable reserves

    18,19     124     114  

Foreign currency translation reserve

    18     (121 )   9  

Retained earnings

    18     895     868  
                 

Non-current liabilities

          2,578     2,612  
                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    20     1,832     1,828  

Deferred tax liabilities

    11     399     385  

Derivative financial instruments

    30     1     15  

Other non-current liabilities

    21     346     384  
                 

Current liabilities

          1,926     1,916  
                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    20     821     771  

Overdraft

          26     22  

Derivative financial instruments

    30     24     28  

Trade and other payables

          959     952  

Taxation payable

          54     125  

Provisions

    22     42     18  
                 

Total equity and liabilities

          6,109     6,344  
                 

F-4



SAPPI

GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT

for the year ended September 2008

 
  Note   2008   2007   2006  
 
   
  US$ million
 

Cash retained from operating activities

          355     388     160  
                     

Cash generated from operations                                                      

    23.1     623     585     396  

—Decrease (increase) in working capital

    23.2     1     60     (17 )
                     

Cash generated from operating activities

          624     645     379  

—Finance costs paid

    23.3     (139 )   (183 )   (164 )

—Finance revenue received

          13     21     26  

—Taxation paid

    23.4     (70 )   (27 )   (13 )
                     

Cash available from operating activities

          428     456     228  

—Dividends paid

          (73 )   (68 )   (68 )
                     

Cash utilized in investing activities

          (494 )   (364 )   (287 )
                     

Investment to maintain operations

          (239 )   (38 )   (144 )
                     

—Replacement of non-current assets

    23.5     (250 )   (116 )   (160 )

—Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

    23.6     7     50     4  

—Decrease in other non-current assets

          4     28     12  
                     

Investment to expand operations

          (255 )   (326 )   (143 )
                     

—Additions of non-current assets

          (255 )   (326 )   (143 )
                     

Cash effects of financing activities

          49     98     (21 )
                     

Proceeds from interest-bearing borrowings*

          2,077     806     925  

Repayment of interest-bearing borrowings*

          (2,032 )   (719 )   (793 )

Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts

          4     11     (153 )
                     

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

          (90 )   122     (148 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

          364     224     367  

Translation effects

              18     5  
                     

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

    23.7     274     364     224  
                     

*
Includes gross cash flows relating to ongoing short-term financing activities.

F-5



SAPPI

GROUP STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

for the year ended September 2008

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Pension fund assets recognized (not recognized)

        45     (43 )

Actuarial gains on pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities                                                      

    7     101     100  

Fair value adjustment on available for sale financial instruments

        1      

Deferred taxation on above items

    (1 )   (21 )   (10 )

Exchange differences on translation

    (262 )   151     (189 )
               

Net (expense) income recorded directly in equity

    (256 )   277     (142 )

Profit (loss) for the year

    102     202     (4 )
               

Total recognized (expense) income for the year

    (154 )   479     (146 )
               

F-6



SAPPI

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT IN RANDS CONVENIENCE TRANSLATION

for the year ended September 2008

 
  Unaudited
 
 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  ZAR million
 

Sales                                                      

    43,559     38,051     32,630  

Cost of sales

    37,266     32,936     29,183  
               

Gross profit

    6,293     5,115     3,447  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    2,860     2,597     2,423  

Other operating expenses (income)

    1,226     (158 )   192  

Share of (profit) loss from associates and joint ventures

    (126 )   (72 )   7  
               

Operating profit

    2,333     2,748     825  

Net finance costs

    937     962     858  
               
 

Finance costs

    1,345     1,241     1,069  
 

Finance revenue

    (282 )   (151 )   (172 )
 

Finance cost capitalized

    (119 )   (100 )   (13 )
 

Net foreign exchange gains

    (59 )   (93 )   (46 )
 

Net fair value loss on financial instruments

    52     65     20  
               

Profit (loss) before taxation

    1,396     1,786     (33 )

Taxation charge (benefit)

    638     337     (7 )
               

Profit (loss) for the year

    758     1,449     (26 )
               

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

    228.8     227.8     226.2  

Basic earnings (loss) per share (SA cents)

    334     638     (13 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (SA cents)

    327     631     (13 )

Dividends per share (SA cents)—declared after year end

    156     209     220  

Note:

The above financial results have been translated into ZAR from US Dollars using the exchange rates as set out in accounting policies note 2.2.1. The year end rate was used for translating assets and liabilities and the average rate for translating income, expenditure and cash flow items except for dividends which have been translated at the rate of exchange on the date of declaration. The translation was made solely for the convenience of the readers and is not defined in IAS 21. It should be noted that the translated ZAR figures from US Dollars do not necessarily represent that these US Dollar amounts could be converted into ZAR at the time when the transaction occurred.

F-7



SAPPI

GROUP BALANCE SHEET IN RANDS CONVENIENCE TRANSLATION

at September 2008

 
  Unaudited  
 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Assets                                                                                                             

             

Non-current assets

   
35,594
   
31,662
 
           

Property, plant and equipment

    27,140     23,988  

Plantations

    5,095     4,370  

Deferred tax assets

    331     412  

Goodwill and intangible assets

    57     48  

Joint ventures and associates

    1,001     770  

Other non-current assets

    1,356     1,133  

Derivative financial instruments

    614     941  
           

Current assets

    13,735     11,928  
           

Inventories

    5,854     4,892  

Trade and other receivables

    5,636     4,487  

Derivative financial instruments

    32     48  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,213     2,501  
           

Total assets

    49,329     43,590  
           

Equity and liabilities

             

Shareholders' equity

   
12,961
   
12,478
 

Non-current liabilities

   
20,817
   
17,947
 
           

Interest-bearing borrowings

    14,794     12,561  

Deferred tax liabilities

    3,222     2,645  

Derivative financial instruments

    8     103  

Other non-current liabilities

    2,793     2,638  
           

Current liabilities

    15,551     13,165  
           

Interest-bearing borrowings

    6,630     5,298  

Overdraft

    210     151  

Derivative financial instruments

    194     192  

Trade and other payables

    7,744     6,541  

Taxation payable

    436     859  

Provisions

    337     124  
           

Total equity and liabilities

    49,329     43,590  
           

Note:

The above financial results have been translated into ZAR from US Dollars using the exchange rates as set out in accounting policies note 2.2.1. The year end rate was used for translating assets and liabilities and the average rate for translating income, expenditure and cash flow items except for dividends which have been translated at the rate of exchange on the date of declaration. The translation was made solely for the convenience of the readers and is not defined in IAS 21. It should be noted that the translated ZAR figures from US Dollars do not necessarily represent that these US Dollar amounts could be converted into ZAR at the time when the transaction occurred.

F-8



SAPPI

GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT IN RANDS CONVENIENCE TRANSLATION

for the year ended September 2008

 
  Unaudited  
 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  ZAR million
 

Cash retained from operating activities                                                      

    2,638     2,783     1,057  
               

Cash generated from operations

    4,586     4,234     2,650  

—Decrease (increase) in working capital

    7     430     (112 )
               

Cash generated from operating activities

    4,593     4,664     2,538  

—Finance costs paid

    (1,033 )   (1,313 )   (1,083 )

—Finance revenue received

    97     151     172  

—Taxation paid

    (520 )   (194 )   (86 )
               

Cash available from operating activities

    3,137     3,308     1,541  

—Dividends paid

    (499 )   (525 )   (484 )
               

Cash utilized in investing activities

    (3,669 )   (2,611 )   (1,896 )
               

Investment to maintain operations

    (1,775 )   (272 )   (952 )
               

—Replacement of non-current assets

    (1,857 )   (832 )   (1,057 )

—Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

    52     359     26  

—Decrease in other non-current assets

    30     201     79  
               

Investment to expand operations

    (1,894 )   (2,339 )   (944 )
               

—Additions of non-current assets

    (1,894 )   (2,339 )   (944 )
               

Cash effects of financing activities

    364     703     (138 )
               

Proceeds from interest-bearing borrowings*

    15,431     5,782     6,109  

Repayment of interest-bearing borrowings*

    (15,097 )   (5,158 )   (5,237 )

Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts

    30     79     (1,010 )
               

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

    (667 )   875     (977 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    2,501     1,741     2,336  

Translation effects

    379     (115 )   382  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

    2,213     2,501     1,741  
               

*
Includes gross cash flows relating to ongoing short term financing activities.

Note:

The above financial results have been translated into ZAR from US Dollars using the exchange rates as set out in accounting policies note 2.2.1. The year end rate was used for translating assets and liabilities and the average rate for translating income, expenditure and cash flow items except for dividends which have been translated at the rate of exchange on the date of declaration. The translation was made solely for the convenience of the readers and is not defined in IAS 21. It should be noted that the translated ZAR figures from US Dollars do not necessarily represent that these US Dollar amounts could be converted into ZAR at the time when the transaction occurred.

F-9



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the year ended September 2008

1.     BUSINESS

        Sappi Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of South Africa (the "company" and, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "Sappi" or the "group"), was formed in 1936 and is a major, vertically integrated international pulp and paper producer. Sappi is a leading global producer of coated fine paper and chemical cellulose. The group has manufacturing facilities in nine countries, on four continents, and customers in over 100 countries across the globe.

        The group is composed of its Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products business units. Sappi Fine Paper has manufacturing and marketing facilities in North America, Europe, Southern Africa and Asia and produces mainly high quality branded coated fine paper. It also manufactures uncoated graphic and business paper, coated and uncoated speciality paper, and casting release paper used in the manufacture of artificial leather and textured polyurethane applications. Sappi Forest Products, based in Southern Africa, produces commodity paper products, pulp, chemical cellulose and forest and timber products for Southern Africa and export markets. The group operates a trading network called Sappi Trading for the international marketing and distribution of chemical cellulose and market pulp throughout the world and of the group's other products in areas outside our core operating regions of North America, Europe and Southern Africa. All sales and costs associated with Sappi Trading are allocated to our two reporting segments.

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        The following principal accounting policies have been consistently applied in dealing with items that are considered material in relation to the Sappi Limited group financial statements.


2.1 Basis of preparation

        The group's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with:

        The financial statements are presented in United States Dollars (US$), as it is the major trading currency of the pulp and paper industry, and are rounded to the nearest million.

        The financial statements are prepared on the historical-cost basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities and plantations that are stated at their fair value.

        Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

        The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements by all the group entities.


(i) Fiscal year

        The group's financial year end is on the Sunday closest to the last day of September.

        Accordingly the last three financial years ended as follows:

F-10



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The financial years commenced as follows:


(ii) Underlying concepts

        The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis.

        Assets and liabilities and income and expenses are not offset in the income statement or balance sheet unless specifically permitted by an accounting standard or interpretation.

        Changes in accounting estimates are recognized prospectively in profit or loss, except to the extent that they give rise to changes in the carrying amount of recognized assets and liabilities where the change in estimate is recognized immediately.

        Prior period errors are retrospectively restated if material.


2.2 Accounting policies

2.2.1 Foreign currencies

(i) Foreign currency transactions

        Transactions in foreign currencies are converted into the functional currency of the group's individual operations at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of such transactions.

        Monetary and non-monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency of the entities in the group at rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets (plantations) denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated into the functional currency of the group's individual operations at foreign exchange rates ruling at the reporting date.

        Exchange gains and losses on the translation and settlement of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities during the period are recognized in the income statement in the period in which they arise.


(ii) Consolidation of foreign operations

        The assets and liabilities, including goodwill of entities that have non-dollar functional currencies are translated at the closing rate, while the income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate. The differences that arise on translation are reported directly in equity. These translation differences are recognized in profit or loss for the period on disposal of the foreign operation.

        The functional currency of the European business is EURO, the Southern African business is ZAR and the North American business is US Dollars. Other minor companies in the group may have different functional currencies depending on the business environment in which they operate.

        Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a non-dollar functional currency entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the entity and are translated at the closing rate.

F-11



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The group used the following exchange rates for financial reporting purposes:

 
  Rate at  
 
  Sep 08   Sep 07   Sep 06  

ZAR to one US$

    8.0751     6.8713     7.7738  

GBP to one US$

    0.5421     0.4885     0.5340  

EUR to one US$

    0.6843     0.7007     0.7891  
 
  Average annual rate  
 
  Sep 08   Sep 07   Sep 06  

ZAR to one US$

    7.4294     7.1741     6.6039  

GBP to one US$

    0.5049     0.5072     0.5560  

EUR to one US$

    0.6638     0.7499     0.8120  


2.2.2 Group accounting

(i) Subsidiary undertakings and special-purpose entities

        The group financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of the company and subsidiary undertakings (including special-purpose entities) controlled by the group. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of in the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date of acquisition or up to the date of disposal or cessation of control.

        Intragroup balances and transactions, and profits and losses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in the preparation of the group financial statements. Unrealized losses are not eliminated to the extent that they provide objective evidence of impairment.


(ii) Associates and Joint ventures

        The results and assets and liabilities of associates and joint ventures are incorporated in the group's financial statements using the equity method of accounting. The share of the associates' or joint venture's retained income, which is the profit after tax, is determined from their latest financial statements. The carrying amount of such investments is reduced to recognize any impairment in the value of individual investments. When the group's share of losses exceeds the carrying amount of the associate or joint venture, the carrying amount is reduced to nil, inclusive of any debt outstanding, and recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the group has incurred or guaranteed obligations in respect of the associate or joint venture.

        Where an entity within the group transacts with an associate or joint venture of the group, unrealized profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the group's interest in the relevant associate or joint venture.

        Investments in associates and joint ventures held with the intention of disposing thereof within 12 months are accounted for as non-current assets held for sale.


(iii) Goodwill

        The excess between the cost of the business combination and the group's interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired is recognized as goodwill in the balance sheet.

F-12



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Goodwill is subsequently held at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment annually or more frequently where there is an indication of impairment.

        Goodwill is tested for impairment based on an allocation to one or more cash-generating units (CGUs) in which the synergies from the business combinations are expected. Each CGU containing goodwill is tested annually for impairment. An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount.

        Impairment losses recognized in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to a CGU and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the CGU on a pro-rata basis. Impairment losses relating to goodwill are not reversed.

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving goodwill are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.


2.2.3 Environmental expenditures and liabilities

        Environmental expenditure that pertains to current operations or relates to future revenues are expensed or capitalized, consistent with the company's capitalization policy. Expenditures that result from the remediation of an existing condition caused by past operations, and do not contribute to current or future revenues, are recognized in profit and loss for the period.

        Environmental accruals are recorded based on current interpretation of environmental laws and regulations. Amounts accrued do not include third-party recoveries. All available information is considered including the results of remedial investigation / feasibility studies (RI / FS). In evaluating any disposal site environmental exposure, an assessment is made of the company's potential share of the remediation costs by reference to the known or estimated volume of the company's waste that was sent to the site and the range of costs to treat similar waste at other sites if a RI / FS is not available.


2.2.4 Financial instruments

(i) Initial recognition

        Financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet when the group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of a financial instrument. All purchases of financial assets that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention ('regular way' purchases) are recognized at transaction date.


(ii) Initial measurement

        All financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs that are incremental to the group and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability except for those classified as 'fair value through profit and loss'.

        Financial instruments carried at fair value through profit and loss are measured at fair value on transaction date. All transaction costs are immediately written off in the income statement.

F-13



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


(iii) Subsequent measurement

        Subsequent to initial measurement, financial instruments are either measured at fair value or amortized cost, depending on their classification:

        Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss consist of items classified as held for trading. The group has not designated any financial instruments as at fair value through profit or loss.

        All financial liabilities, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are classified as non-trading financial liabilities and are measured at amortized cost.

        Held-to-maturity financial assets are measured at amortized cost, with interest income recognized in profit and loss for the period.

        The group does not presently have any held to maturity financial assets.

        Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost, with interest revenue recognized in profit and loss for the period. The majority of the group's receivables are included in the loans and receivables category.

        Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, with any gains and losses recognized directly in equity along with the associated deferred taxation. Any foreign currency translation gains or losses or interest revenue, measured on an effective-yield basis, are removed from equity to the income statement on debt instruments when they arise.


(iv) Embedded derivatives

        Certain derivatives embedded in financial and host contracts, are treated as separate derivatives and recognized on a standalone basis, when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in profit or loss.


(v) Derecognition

        The group derecognizes a financial asset when the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired or have been transferred and the group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

        A financial liability is derecognized when and only when the liability is extinguished, i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or has expired.

F-14



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


(vi) Impairment of financial assets

        An impairment is recognized when there is evidence that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The amount of the impairment is charged to the income statement.

        When there is objective evidence that an available for sale financial asset is impaired, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses previously recognized in equity are removed from equity and recognized in profit or loss even though the financial asset has not been derecognized.

        If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases due to an objective event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed in profit or loss for the period. Impairment losses recognized in profit or loss for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through profit or loss.


(vii) Derivatives and hedge accounting

        Hedge accounting recognizes the offsetting effects on profit or loss of changes in the fair values of the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

        Hedging relationships are of three types:

        If a fair value hedge meets the conditions for hedge accounting, any gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is included in the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognized in profit or loss. The changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item is recognized in net finance costs in profit or loss.

        In relation to cash flow hedges, which meet the conditions for hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized directly in shareholders' equity and the ineffective portion is recognized in income.

        The gains or losses, which are recognized directly in shareholders' equity, are transferred to income in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects income. Any ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges is recognized in the profit or loss for the period.

        The group does not currently apply cash flow hedge accounting.

        The group does not currently have any hedges of net investments in foreign operations.

        Hedge accounting is discontinued on a prospective basis when the hedge no longer meets the hedge accounting criteria (including when it becomes ineffective), when the hedge instrument is sold, terminated or exercised when, for cash flow hedges, the designation is revoked and the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur. Any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument for a forecast transaction is retained in equity until the transaction occurs, unless the transaction is no longer expected to occur, in which case it is transferred to profit or loss for the period.

F-15



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving hedge accounting are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.


(viii) Offsetting financial instruments and related income

        Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet only when there is a legally enforceable right to set off and there is an intention of settling on a net basis or realising the asset and settling the liability simultaneously. Income and expense items are offset only to the extent that their related instruments have been offset in the balance sheet, with the exception of those relating to hedges, which are disclosed in accordance with the profit or loss effect of the hedged item.


(ix) Interest income and expense

        Interest income and expense are recognized in profit or loss using the effective interest rate method taking into account the expected timing and amount of cash flows.


(x) Other

        Dividends from investments and gains or losses on the sale of investments are recognized in profit or loss when the amount of revenue from the transaction or service can be measured reliably, it is probable that the economic benefits of the transaction or service will flow to the group and the costs associated with the transaction or service can be measured reliably.


2.2.5 Government grants

        Government grants are recognized in income over the periods necessary to match them with the related costs which they are intended to compensate.

        Government grants related to assets are recognized by deducting the grant from the carrying amount of the related asset.


2.2.6 Intangible assets

(i) Research activities

        Expenditures on research activities, internally generated goodwill and brands are recognized in profit or loss as an expense as incurred.


(ii) Development activities

        Expenditure on engineering projects, computer software and other development activities, is capitalized if these projects and activities are technically and commercially feasible and the group has sufficient resources to complete development.

        Computer development expenditure is amortized only once the relevant software has been commissioned. Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Intangible assets, which have not yet been commissioned, are stated at cost less impairment losses.

        Amortization of engineering projects, computer software and development costs is charged to profit or loss on a straightline basis over the estimated useful lives of these assets, not exceeding five years. Subsequent expenditure relating to computer software is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.

F-16



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


(iii) Patents

        Patents acquired are capitalized and amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is on average ten years.


2.2.7 Impairment of assets other than goodwill and financial instruments

        The group assesses all assets (other than goodwill and intangible assets not yet available for use) at each balance sheet date for indications of an impairment or the reversal of a previously recognized impairment.

        Intangible assets not yet available for use are tested at least annually for impairment.

        Should there be any indications of impairment, the recoverable amounts of the assets are estimated. These impairments, where the carrying value of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, or the reversal of a previously recognized impairment, are recognized in profit or loss for the period.

        The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value-in-use. The fair value less cost to sell is determined by ascertaining the current market value of an asset and deducting any costs related to the realization of the asset.

        For an asset whose cash flows are largely dependent on those of other assets the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

        When an asset previously tested as part of a larger CGU is no longer expected to contribute to the future cash flows of this CGU or is no longer in use, the applicable asset is evaluated on a stand-alone basis.

        A previously recognized impairment loss will be reversed if the recoverable amount increases as a result of a change in the estimates used previously to determine the recoverable amount, but not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized in prior periods.

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving asset impairments are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.


2.2.8 Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost includes all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated cost of completion, distribution and selling.

        Cost is determined on the following basis:

F-17



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

2.2.9 Leases

(i) The group as lessee

        Leases in respect of which the group bears substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments.

        Lease payments are allocated between capital repayments and finance charges using the effective interest rate method.

        Capitalized leased assets are depreciated on a consistent basis as those with owned assets except where the transfer of ownership is uncertain at the end of the lease period in which case they are depreciated on a straight line basis over the shorter of the lease period and the expected useful life of the asset.

        Leases in respect of which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Lease payments made under operating leases are charged to income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern of the group's benefit.


(ii) Recognition of lease of land

        Leases of land and buildings are classified as operating or finance leases in the same way as leases of other assets. The land and buildings elements of a lease are considered separately for the purpose of lease classification.

        If the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between these two elements, the entire lease is classified as a finance lease, where the building is a finance lease, unless it is clear that both elements are operating leases.


2.2.10 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

        Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying value will be recovered principally through sale within 12 months rather than use. Non-current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell and are not depreciated.

        The entire asset or disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition and the sale should be highly probable, with an active programme to find a buyer and the appropriate level of management approving the sale. The group does not currently have any discontinued operations.


2.2.11 Provisions

        Provisions are recognized when the group has a legal or constructive obligation arising from past events that will probably be settled. Where the effect of discounting (time value) is material, provisions are discounted and the discount rate used is a pretaxation rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

        The following specific policies are applied:

F-18



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving provisions are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.


2.2.12 Pension plans and other post-retirement benefits

(i) Post-employment benefits—pensions

        Defined-benefit and defined-contribution plans have been established for eligible employees of the group, with the assets held in separate trustee-administered funds.

        The present value of the defined benefit obligation and related current service cost are calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit method.

        The group's policy is to recognize actuarial gains and losses, which can arise from differences between expected and actual outcomes or changes in actuarial assumptions, in the consolidated statement of recognized income and expense. Any increase in the present value of plan liabilities expected to arise due to current service costs is charged to operating profit. The expected return on plan assets and the expected increase during the period in the present value of plan liabilities are included in investment income and interest expense.

        Gains or losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan are recognized in the income statement when the group is demonstrably committed to the curtailment or settlement. Past service costs are recognized immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of those benefits.

        The net liability recognized in the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation adjusted for unrecognized past service costs, reduced by the fair value of the plan assets. Where the calculation results in a benefit to the group, the recognized asset is limited to the net total of past service costs and the present value of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

        Contributions in respect of defined-contribution plans are recognized as an expense in profit or loss as incurred.


(ii) Post employment benefits—medical

        The projected unit credit method is used in determining the present value of post employment medical benefits. The estimated cost of retiree health care and life insurance benefit plans is accrued during the participants' actual service periods up to the dates they become eligible for full benefits. Experience adjustments and plan amendments in respect of existing employees are treated in a similar manner as described in the preceding paragraph, in the statement of recognized income and expenditure.


(iii) Workmen's compensation insurance

        Sappi Fine Paper North America has a combination of self-insured and insured workers' compensation programs. The self-insurance claim liability for workers' compensation is based on claims reported and actuarial estimates of adverse developments and claims incurred but not reported.

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving pension plans and other post-retirement benefits are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.

F-19



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


2.2.13 Plantations

        Plantations are stated at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the harvesting stage. Fair value is determined using the present value of expected future cashflows for immature timber and the standing value method for mature timber. The age threshold used for quantifying immature timber is dependent on the rotation period of the specific timber genus which varies between eight to eighteen years. In the Southern African region softwood less than eight years and hardwood less than five years is classified as immature timber. All changes in fair value are recognized in the period in which they arise.

        The fair value of immature timber calculation takes into account; unadjusted current market prices, estimated projected growth over the rotation period for the existing immature timber volumes in metric ton, cost of delivery and estimated maintenance costs up to the timber becoming mature. The standing value for mature timber is based on unadjusted current market prices in available markets and estimated timber volumes in metric tons less cost of delivery.

        Cost of delivery includes all costs associated with getting the harvested agricultural produce to the market, being harvesting, loading, transport and allocated fixed overheads.

        Trees are generally felled at the optimum age when ready for intended use. At the time the tree is felled it is taken out of plantations and accounted for under inventory and reported as depletion cost (fellings).

        Depletion costs include the fair value of timber felled, which is determined on the average method, plus amounts written off against standing timber to cover loss or damage caused by fire, disease and stunted growth. These costs are accounted for on a cost per metric ton allocation method multiplied by unadjusted current market prices. Tons are calculated using the projected growth to rotation age and are extrapolated to current age on a straight-line basis.

        Sappi directly manages plantations established on its own land that the company either owns or leases from a third party. Indirectly managed plantations represent plantations established on land held by independent commercial farmers where Sappi provides technical advice on the growing and tendering of trees. The associated costs for managing the plantations are recognized as silviculture costs in cost of sales (see note 4.1).

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving plantations are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.


2.2.14 Property, plant and equipment

        Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Cost includes the estimated cost of dismantling and removing the assets, where specifically required in terms of legislative requirements or a constructive obligation exists.

        Owner-occupied investment properties and properties in the course of construction are carried at cost, less any impairment loss where the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to be lower than its carrying value. Cost includes professional fees and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs capitalized in accordance with the group's accounting policy. Depreciation commences, on the same basis as other property assets, when the assets are ready for their intended use. The group currently does not hold any investment properties.

        Subsequent expenditure is capitalized when it is measurable and will result in probable future economic benefits. Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of owner-occupied property or equipment is capitalized to the cost of the item of owner-occupied property and equipment and the part replaced is derecognized. All other expenditure is recognized in profit or loss as an expense when incurred.

F-20



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Depreciation is charged to write off the depreciable amount of the assets, other than land, over their estimated useful lives to estimated residual values, using a method that reflects the pattern in which the asset's future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving property, plant and equipment are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.


2.2.15 Segment reporting

        The primary business segments are Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products. On a secondary segment basis, significant geographic regions have been identified based on the location of the productive assets, being Asia, Southern Africa, Europe and North America.

        Assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated between segments where there is a reasonable basis for doing so. The group accounts for inter segment revenues and transfers as if the transactions were with third parties at current market prices.


2.2.16 Share-based payments

(i) Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees

        The services received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction with employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. The fair value of those equity instruments is measured at grant date.

        If the equity instruments granted vest immediately and an employee is not required to complete a specified period of service before becoming unconditionally entitled to those instruments, the services received are recognized in profit or loss for the period in full on grant date with a corresponding increase in equity.

        Where the equity instruments do not vest until the employee has completed a specified period of service, it is assumed that the services rendered by the employee, as consideration for those equity instruments, will be received in the future during the vesting period. These services are accounted for in profit or loss as they are rendered during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Share-based payment expenses are adjusted for non-market-related performance conditions.


(ii) Measurement of fair value of equity instruments granted

        The equity instruments granted by the group are measured at fair value at measurement date using modified binomial option pricing valuation models. The valuation technique is consistent with generally acceptable valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments and incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in setting the price of the equity instruments.


2.2.17 Shareholders' equity

(i) Share capital

        Share capital issued by the company is recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

        Ordinary and preference share capital is classified as equity, if the shares are non-redeemable by the shareholder and any dividends are discretionary.

        Shares repurchased by the issuing company are cancelled.

F-21



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


(ii) Treasury shares

        When share capital recognized as equity is repurchased by the company or other members of the group, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognized as a change in equity.

        Shares repurchased by group companies are classified as treasury shares and are held at cost. These shares are treated as a deduction from the issued and weighted average number of shares and the cost price of the shares is presented as a deduction from total equity.


(iii) Dividends

        Dividends are recognized as distributions within equity in the period in which they are payable to shareholders. Dividends for the year that are declared after the balance sheet date are disclosed in the dividends note. Taxation costs incurred on dividends are recognized in the period in which the dividend is declared.


2.2.18 Taxation

        Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred taxation. Taxation is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly to equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.


(i) Current taxation

        Current taxation is the expected taxation payable on the taxable income, which is based on the results for the period after taking into account the necessary adjustments, for the year, using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to taxation payable in respect of previous years.

        Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) is a South African Income Tax, that arises from the distribution of dividends and is recognized at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend.


(ii) Deferred taxation

        Deferred taxation is provided using the balance sheet liability method, based on temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their taxation base. The amount of deferred taxation provided is based on the expected manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities using taxation rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred taxation is charged to profit or loss for the period, except to the extent that it relates to a transaction that is recognized directly in equity, or a business combination that is an acquisition. The effect on deferred taxation of any changes in taxation rates is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.

        A deferred taxation asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the unutilized taxation losses and deductible temporary differences can be used. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

        Critical areas of judgement and the use of estimates involving taxation are included in section 2.3 of the accounting policies.

F-22



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


2.2.19 Borrowing costs

        Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction and production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the costs of those assets.

        Capitalization of borrowing costs continues up to the date when the assets are substantially ready for their use or sale.

        Borrowing costs capitalized are calculated at the group's average funding cost, except to the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset. Where this occurs, actual borrowing costs incurred less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings are capitalized.


2.2.20 Cost of sales

        When inventories are sold, the carrying amount is recognized as part of cost of sales. Any write down of inventories to net realizable value and all losses of inventories or reversals of previous write downs or losses are recognized in cost of sales in the period the write down, loss or reversal occurs.


2.2.21 Revenue

        Revenue from the sale of goods (sales) is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred, when delivery has been made and title has passed, when the amount of the revenue and the related costs can be reliably measured and when it is probable that the debtor will pay for the goods. For the majority of local and regional sales, transfer occurs at the point of offloading the shipment into the customer warehouse, whereas for the majority of export sales transfer occurs when the goods have been loaded into the relevant carrier, unless the contract of sale specifies different terms.

        Revenue is measured at the fair value of the amount received or receivable. Trade and settlement discounts, rebates and customer returns given are included in sales.

        Shipping and handling costs, such as freight to our customers' destination are included in cost of sales. These costs, when included in the sales price charged for our products are recognized in net sales.


2.2.22 Emission trading

        The group accounts for grants allocated by governments for emission rights as an intangible asset with an equal liability at the time of the grant. The asset and liability are recognized at a nominal amount when the grants are issued.

        The group does not recognize a liability for emissions to the extent that it has sufficient allowances to satisfy emission liabilities incurred. Where there is a shortfall of allowances that the group would have to deliver for emissions, a liability is recognized at the current market value of the shortfall.

        Where the group has allowances that exceed actual emissions and the excess allowances are sold to parties outside the group, a gain is recognized in profit or loss for the period.


2.2.23 Black Economic employment (BEE) deal

        The group has entered into a transaction that introduces empowered black ownership to the group's land portfolio in South Africa. This empowerment transaction has resulted in our empowerment partner obtaining an undivided 25% interest of this land portfolio via a swap arrangement for the continued right of use of the land. This transaction was based on the current fair value of the 25% undivided interest in the share of the land.

F-23



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In terms of the agreement, both Sappi and the empowerment partner have issued preference shares, for the purchase of undivided share of land and the continued right of use of the land respectively, the terms of which require payment of dividends on an annual basis. Sappi's liability for dividends will vary in relation to the value of 25% of the undivided share of the land not paid for by redemption of the preference shares issued to the empowerment partner.

        The group has recognized a financial derivative liability in terms of IAS 39: Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement. The liability is initially recognized at fair value. Subsequently the liability will continue to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss in each financial reporting period.


2.3 Critical accounting policies and estimates

        Our group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.

        Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgement based on various assumptions and other factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, and in some cases, actuarial techniques. The group constantly re-evaluates these significant factors and makes adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate. The group believes that the following accounting policies are critical due to the degree of estimation required and / or the potential material impact they may have on the group's financial position and performance.


Asset impairments

        The group periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment, including identifiable intangibles and goodwill, whenever events, such as losses being incurred, or changes in circumstances, such as changes in the pulp and paper market, indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Our judgements regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market conditions and operational performance of the business. Future events could cause management to conclude that impairment indicators exist.

        In order to assess if there is any impairment, we estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset(s) and its eventual disposition. Considerable management judgement is necessary to estimate discounted future cash flows, including appropriate bases for making judgements and estimates as to future product pricing in the appropriate markets, raw material and energy costs, volumes of product sold, changes in the planned use of machinery or equipment or closing of facilities. The calculation of appropriate pre-tax discount rates (weighted average cost of capital) is another sensitive input to the valuation. While every effort is made to make use of independent information and apply consistent methodology, actual circumstances or outcomes could vary significantly from such estimates, including as a result of changes in the economic and business environment. These variances could result in changes in useful lives or impairment. These changes can have either a positive or negative impact on our estimates of impairment and can result in additional charges.

        Goodwill impairment testing is conducted at reporting unit levels of our business and is based on a cash flow based valuation model to determine the fair value of the cash generating unit. The assumptions used in estimating future cash flows were based upon our business forecasts and incorporated external information from industry sources, where applicable. Actual outcomes could vary significantly from our business forecasts. Changes in certain of these estimates could have a material effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting

F-24



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


unit. In addition to the judgments described in the preceding paragraph that are necessary in estimating future cash flows, significant judgments in estimating discounted cash flows also include the selection of the pre-tax discount rate (weighted average cost of capital) and the terminal value (net present value at end of period where there is a willing buyer and seller) multiple used in our valuation model. The discount rate used in our valuation model considers a debt and equity mix, a market risk premium, and other factors consistent with valuation methodologies. The terminal value multiple used in our valuation model considered the valuations for comparable companies.

        Small changes to the valuation model would not significantly impact the results of our valuation; however, if future cash flows were materially different than our forecasts, then the assessment of the potential impairment of the carrying value may be impacted.


Property, plant and equipment

        Where significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives to the item itself, these parts are depreciated over their estimated useful lives. The methods of depreciation, useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually. Depreciation rates for similar items of plant or equipment could vary significantly based on the location and use of the asset.

        Determining the depreciable amount for an item of plant and equipment, the residual amount of the item of plant and equipment is taken into consideration. The residual value for the majority of items of plant and equipment has been deemed to be zero by management due to the underlying nature of the equipment.

        The following methods and rates were used during the year to depreciate property, plant and equipment to estimated residual values:

Land

  No depreciation

Buildings

  straight line 40 years

Plant

  straight line 5 to 20 years

Vehicles

  straight line 5 to 10 years

Furniture and equipment

  straight line 3 to 6 years

        Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives or the term of the relevant lease, where shorter. The useful lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis and are revised when the current estimate is different from the existing estimate.

        For material items of property, plant and equipment an internal engineer is used to assist in determining the remaining useful lives and residual values. Management believes that the assigned values and useful lives, including the underlying assumptions have been adequately considered and consistently applied. Different assumptions and assigned useful lives could have an impact on the reported amounts.


Taxation

        The group estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheet.

        The group then assesses the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent recovery is not likely, a deferred tax asset is not recognized. In recognising deferred tax assets the group considers profit forecasts including the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on sales and external market conditions. Where it is probable that a position may be successfully challenged by revenue authorities, a tax provision is raised for the tax on the probable adjustment. Management's judgement is

F-25



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets have been recognized where management believes there are sufficient taxable temporary differences or convincing other evidence that sufficient taxable profits will be available in future to realize deferred tax assets. Although the deferred tax assets which have been recognized are considered realizable, actual amounts could be reduced if future taxable income is not achieved. This can materially affect our reported net income and financial position.


Hedge accounting for financial instruments

        The financial instruments that are used in hedging transactions are assessed both at inception and quarterly thereafter to ensure they are effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. Hedge accounting is mainly used for debt instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign currency risk exposures and for firm commitments to hedge foreign currency risk exposures. We do not currently use hedge accounting for trading transactions.

        External market data is applied in measuring the hedge effectiveness of financial instruments. Hedge ineffectiveness is recognized immediately against income.

        Refer to note 30.6 of the Group Annual Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Annual Report for details of the fair value hedging relationships as well as the impact of the hedge on the pre-tax profit or loss for the period.


Plantations

        The fair value of immature timber is the present value of the expected future cashflows taking into account, unadjusted current market prices in available markets, estimated projected growth over the rotation period for the existing immature timber volumes in metric ton, cost of delivery and estimated maintenance costs up to the timber becoming usable. The discount rate used is the applicable pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the business unit. Determining the appropriate discount rate requires significant assumption and judgement and changes in these assumptions could change the outcomes of the plantation valuations. The standing value of mature timber is based on unadjusted current market prices in available markets and estimated timber volumes in metric tons less cost of delivery at current market prices.

        Management focuses their attention on good husbandry techniques which include ensuring that the rotation of plantations is met with adequate planting activities for future harvesting. The rotation periods vary from eight to eighteen years in Southern Africa.

        Assumptions and estimates are used in the recording of plantation volumes, maintenance cost per metric ton, and depletion. Changes in the assumptions or estimates used in these calculations may affect the group's results, in particular, our plantation valuation and depletion costs.

        A key assumption and estimation is the projected growth estimation over a period of eight to eighteen years per rotation. The inputs to our immature timber growth model are complex and involve estimations and judgements, all of which are regularly updated. Sappi established a long term sample plot network which is representative of the species and sites on which we grow trees and the measured data from these permanent sample plots are used as input into our growth estimation. Periodic adjustments are made to existing models for new genetic material.

        Sappi manages its plantations on a rotational basis and by implication, the respective increases by means of growth are, over the rotation period, negated by depletions for the group's own production or sales. Estimated volume changes, on a rotational basis, amount to approximately five million tons per annum.

F-26



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Ruling unadjusted current market prices applied at the reporting date, as well as the assumptions that are used in determining the extent of biological transformation (growth) can have a significant effect on the valuation of the plantations, and as a result, the amount recorded in the income statement arising from fair value changes and growth. In addition, the discount rate applied in the valuation of immature timber has an impact as tabled below.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Fair value changes

                   

1% increase in market prices

    17     17     14  

1% decrease in market prices

    (17 )   (17 )   (14 )

Discount rate

                   

(for immature timber)

                   

1% increase in rate

    (4 )   (4 )   (3 )

1% decrease in rate

    4     4     4  

Volume assumption

                   

1% increase in estimate of volume

    6     6     5  

1% decrease in estimate of volume

    (6 )   (6 )   (5 )

Growth assumptions

                   

1% increase in rate of growth

    1     2     1  

1% decrease in rate of growth

    (1 )   (2 )   (1 )

        The group is exposed to financial risks arising from climatic changes, disease and other natural risks such as fire, flooding and storms and human-induced losses arising from strikes, civil commotion and malicious damage. These risks are covered by an appropriate level of insurance as determined by management. The plantations have an integrated management system that is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001 and FSC standards.

        For further information see note 10 of our group annual financial statements.


Post-employment benefits

        The group accounts for its pension benefits and its other post retirement benefits using actuarial models. These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of "events" are changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases.

        The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis and, therefore, the income statement effects of pension benefits or post retirement healthcare benefits are earned in, and should be expensed in the same pattern.

        Numerous estimates and assumptions are required, in the actuarial models, to determine the proper amount of pension and other post retirement liabilities to record in the group's consolidated financial statements and set the expense for the next fiscal year. These include discount rate, return on assets, salary increases, health care cost trends, longevity and service lives of employees. Although there is authoritative guidance on how to select these assumptions, our management and its actuaries exercise some degree of judgement when selecting these assumptions. Selecting different assumptions, as well as actual versus expected results, would change the net periodic benefit cost and funded status of the benefit plans recognized in the financial statements.

F-27



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Refer to notes 27 and 28 for the key assumptions, the benefit obligations, plan assets, net periodic pension cost and the impact on the future financial results of the group in relation to post employment benefits that may arise due changes in economic conditions, employee demographics and investment performance as at the end of September 2008 and September 2007.


Provisions

        Provisions are recognized when a reliable estimate can be made of the amount that the group would rationally pay to settle the liability. Risks, uncertainties and future events, such as changes in law and technology, are taken into account by management in determining the best estimates.

        The establishment and review of the provisions requires significant judgement by management as to whether or not there is a probable obligation and as to whether or not a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. All provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date. Various uncertainties can result in obligations not being considered probable or estimable for significant periods of time. As a consequence, potentially material obligations may have no provisions and a change in facts or circumstances that results in an obligation becoming probable or estimable can lead to a need for the establishment of material provisions. In addition, where estimated amounts vary from initial estimates the provisions may be revised materially, up or down, based on the facts.


2.4 Adoption of accounting standards in the current year

        The following standards, interpretations and significant amendments or revisions to standards have been adopted by the group in the current year:


IFRS 7—Financial Instruments: Disclosures

        The group has adopted IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. This has resulted in the financial instrument disclosures previously required by IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and Disclosure being replaced by those required under IFRS 7.

        Adoption of this standard had no impact on the reported profits or financial position of the group.


IFRIC 10—Interim financial reporting

        The interpretation addresses an apparent conflict between the requirements of IAS 34—interim financial reporting and those in other standards on the recognition and reversal in financial statements of impairment losses on goodwill and certain financial assets. The interpretation concludes that an entity shall not reverse an impairment loss recognized in a previous interim period in respect of goodwill, or an investment in either an equity instrument or a financial asset carried at cost.

        The implementation of this interpretation did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.


IFRIC 11—Group and treasury share transactions

        This interpretation addresses two issues. The first is whether the transactions should be accounted for as equity-settled or as cash-settled share-based payment arrangements, and the second where a share-based payment transaction involves two or more entities within the same group.

        The implementation of this interpretation did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.

F-28



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

IAS 1—Amendment to International Accounting Standard 1—Presentation of financial statements: capital disclosures

        The amendment requires the group to disclose information that will enable users of its financial statements to evaluate the group's objectives, policies and processes of managing capital.

        Adoption of this standard had no impact on the reported profits or financial position of the group.


Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures—Reclassification of Financial Instruments

        This amendment permits an entity to reclassify some financial instruments out of the fair value through profit or loss category in particular circumstances. The amendment also permits an entity to transfer from the available-for-sale category to the loans and receivables category a financial asset that would have met the definition of loans and receivables, if the entity has the intention and ability to hold that financial asset for the foreseeable future.

        The implementation of this amendment did not have a material impact on the group's reported results or financial position.


2.5 Potential impact of future changes in accounting policies

        The following standards, interpretations and significant amendments or revisions to standards which have been issued but which are not yet effective and which are applicable to Sappi, have not been applied in these financial statements:


Revised IAS 1—Presentation of financial statements

        The main changes from the previous standard require that an entity must present:

        This revised standard is effective for our September 2010 year end.


IFRS 8—Operating segments

        This standard introduces the concept of an operating segment; it expands the identification criteria for segments of an entity and the measurement of segment results. This statement will allow an entity to align its operating segment reporting with the internal identification and reporting structure.

        The standard first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.

F-29



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


IFRIC 12—Service concession arrangements

        The interpretation serves to clarify the treatment of arrangements whereby a government or other body grants contracts for the supply of public services—such as roads, energy distribution, prisons or hospitals—to private operators. The objective of this IFRIC is to clarify aspects of accounting for service concession arrangements.

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2009, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


IFRIC 13—Customer loyalty programmes

        This interpretation addresses accounting by entities that grant loyalty awards to customers who buy other goods or services. The interpretation deals with the accounting treatment of the obligations to provide free or discounted goods or services granted under such a programme.

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2009, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


IFRIC 15—Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate

        The Interpretation provides guidance on when and how to apply IAS 11 Construction Contracts and IAS 18 Revenue to real estate construction agreements before construction is complete.

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


IFRIC 16—Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation

        The Interpretation clarifies the accounting for net investment hedges and it provides guidance on the following issues:

        The interpretation first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2009, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Revision to IFRS 3: Business Combinations

        The standard introduces a comprehensive revision of some of the aspects of business combination accounting by restricting options or allowable methods. The revised standard aims to achieve greater consistency in business combination accounting among entities applying IFRS.

        The revised standard will only be applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.

F-30



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

2.     ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Amendments to IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, IAS 28 Investments in Associates and IAS 31 Investments in joint ventures

        As part of the IASB's revision to IFRS 3 Business Combinations, IAS 27, IAS 28 and IAS 31 were also amended.

        The amendments first become applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of these on the group.


Amendment to IFRS 2 Vesting conditions and cancellations

        The amendment clarifies the definition of vesting conditions and provides guidance on the accounting treatment of cancellations by other parties.

        The amendment will only be applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Amendment to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement on eligible hedged items

        The amendment clarifies that:

        The amendment first becomes applicable to the group for the financial year ending September 2010, and we are currently assessing the impact of this on the group.


Various improvements to IFRSs

        A number of standards have been amended as part of the IASB's improvement project. We are assessing the impact of these amendments on the group.

3.     SEGMENT INFORMATION

        For management purposes, the group has two reporting segments which operate as separate business units: Sappi Fine Paper and Sappi Forest Products. These divisions are the basis on which the group reports its primary segment information. Sappi Fine Paper produces coated and uncoated fine paper and speciality paper grades. Sappi Forest Products produces commodity paper products, pulp, forest and timber products. The secondary segments have been determined by the geographical location of the production facilities: North America, Europe and Southern Africa.

        The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (refer note 2.2).

F-31



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

3.     SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        The group accounts for intragroup sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. All such sales and transfers are eliminated on consolidation.

 
  Sappi Fine Paper   Sappi Forest
Products
  Corporate and
eliminations
  Group  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

External sales(1)

    4,764     4,256     3,958     1,099     1,048     983                 5,863     5,304     4,941  

Inter-segment sales

    677     602     504     657     658     517     (1,334 )   (1,260 )   (1,021 )            

Total sales

    5,441     4,858     4,462     1,756     1,706     1,500     (1,334 )   (1,260 )   (1,021 )   5,863     5,304     4,941  

Segment result(2)

    34     119     (49 )   273     264     175     7         (1 )   314     383     125  

Share of profit (loss) of equity investments

    2     3     1     5     3     (1 )   10     4     (1 )   17     10     (1 )

Depreciation

    300     298     321     73     75     68     1     1     1     374     374     390  

Amortization and fellings

        1     2     80     70     74                 80     71     76  

Asset impairments

    82     2     6     37         3                 119     2     9  

Asset impairment reversals

                        (40 )                       (40 )

Other non-cash expenses (including fair value adjustment on plantations)

    151     (11 )   62     (150 )   (117 )   (131 )   (58 )   (14 )   (58 )   (57 )   (142 )   (127 )

Capital expenditures

    216     158     203     290     299     99     1     1     1     507     458     303  

Total assets(6)

    3,724     3,931     3,810     2,049     2,096     1,419     336     317     288     6,109     6,344     5,517  

Operating assets(3)(6)

    3,678     3,836     3,726     1,972     1,984     1,407     144     99     86     5,794     5,919     5,219  

Operating liabilities(4)

    706     682     639     241     251     178     78     66     45     1,025     999     862  

Net operating assets(5)(6)

    2,955     3,121     3,049     1,721     1,654     1,188     39     21     19     4,715     4,796     4,256  

Property, plant and equipment

    2,353     2,503     2,478     1,008     988     669             2     3,361     3,491     3,149  

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Sappi Forest
Products
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Sappi Fine Paper    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Corporate and
other
   
   
   
 
 
  North America   Europe   Southern Africa   Southern Africa   Group  
 
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Sales(1)

    1,664     1,511     1,439     2,720     2,387     2,194     380     358     325     1,099     1,048     983                 5,863     5,304     4,941  

Segment result(2)

    92     22     (16 )   (64 )   88     (27 )   6     9     (6 )   273     264     175     7         (1 )   314     383     125  

Capital expenditures

    125     44     48     82     102     136     9     12     19     290     299     99     1     1     1     507     458     303  

Operating assets(3)

    1,285     1,263     1,334     2,226     2,371     2,196     167     202     196     1,972     1,984     1,407     144     99     86     5,794     5,919     5,219  

Net operating assets(5)

    1,087     1,031     1,108     1,758     1,941     1,796     110     149     145     1,721     1,654     1,188     39     21     19     4,715     4,796     4,256  

Property, plant and equipment

    879     864     926     1,363     1,502     1,428     111     137     124     1,008     988     669             2     3,361     3,491     3,149  

(1)
Sales where the product is manufactured.

(2)
Segment result is operating profit (loss).

(3)
Operating assets consist of property, plant and equipment, plantations, non-current assets (excluding deferred taxation) and current assets (excluding cash).

(4)
Operating liabilities consist of trade payables, other payables, provisions and derivative financial instruments.

(5)
Net operating assets consist of operating assets less operating liabilities, adjusted for taxation payable and dividends payable.

(6)
Corporate region includes the group's treasury operations and the investment in the Chinese joint venture.

F-32



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

3.     SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

Sales by geographical location of customers

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

North America                                                      

    1,716     1,559     1,502  

Europe

    2,319     2,078     1,972  

Southern Africa

    883     789     750  

Asia and other

    945     878     717  
               

    5,863     5,304     4,941  
               

4.1  Operating profit

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  Cost of
sales
  Selling,
general and
administrative
expenses
  Cost of
sales
  Selling,
general and
administrative
expenses
  Cost of
sales
  Selling,
general and
administrative
expenses
 
 
  US$ million
 

Operating profit has been arrived at after charging (crediting): Raw materials, energy and other direct input costs*

    3,073         2,685         2,516      
                           
 

Wood (includes felling adjustment)(1)

    722         635         631      
 

Energy

    558         438         433      
 

Chemicals

    898         676         658      
 

Pulp

    791         623         563      
 

Other variable costs

    104         313         231      
                           

Fair value adjustment on plantations(1)

                                     
 

Growth

    (70 )       (76 )       (70 )    
 

Price

    (120 )       (54 )       (34 )    

Employment costs

    864     153     809     116     769     109  

Depreciation

    350     24     350     24     362     28  

Delivery charges

    509         453         441      

Maintenance

    252         235         226      

Other overheads*

    158         189         209      

Marketing and selling expenses

        105         91         86  

Administrative and general expenses

        103         131         144  
                           

    5,016     385     4,591     362     4,419     367  
                           

(1)
Fair value adjustment on plantations.

*
Costs included in Raw materials in 2007 have been reallocated to Other overheads of US$ 58 million (2006: US$ 31 million).

F-33



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

4.1  Operating profit (Continued)

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 
 

Changes in volumes

                   
 

Fellings

    80     70     74  
 

Growth

    (70 )   (76 )   (70 )
               

    10     (6 )   4  
 

Plantation price fair value adjustment

    (120 )   (54 )   (34 )
               

    (110 )   (60 )   (30 )
               

Silviculture costs (included within cost of sales)

    50     41     43  

Leasing charges for premises

    16     16     15  

Leasing charges for plant and equipment

    32     43     44  

Remuneration paid other than to employees of the company in respect of:

    33     31     44  
               

—technical services

    15     15     10  

—administration services

    18     16     34  
               

Auditors' remuneration:

    10     7     9  
               

—audit and related services

    6     5     7  

—tax planning and tax advice

    1     2     2  

—Acquisition related services**

    3          
               

Government grants towards environmental expenditure

    (1 )       (1 )

Research and development costs

    34     34     34  

Amortization

        1     2  

Cost on derecognition of loans and receivables*

    22     15     12  

*
The cost on sale of trade receivables relates to the derecognition of trade receivables in terms of the securitization programme in South Africa and to the sale of letters of credit in Hong Kong.

**
These costs are included in other non-current assets in note 14.

4.2  Employment cost

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Wages and salaries

    921     816     813  

Defined contribution plan expense (refer note 27)

    23     18     10  

Pension costs (refer note 27)

    9     20     (1 )

Post employment benefit other than pensions expense (refer note 28)

    14     13     12  

Share-based payment expense

    10     5     6  

Other

    40     53     38  
               

    1,017     925     878  
               

F-34



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

4.3  Other operating expenses (income)

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Net asset impairment (reversal)

    119     2     (31 )

(Profit) loss on sale and write-off of property, plant and equipment

    (5 )   (24 )   13  

Restructuring provisions raised (released) and closure costs (refer note 22)

    41     (11 )   44  

5.  NET FINANCE COSTS

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Gross interest and other finance costs on liabilities carried at amortized cost

    181     173     162  
               

—Interest on bank overdrafts

    4     8     11  

—Interest on redeemable bonds and other loans

    174     161     143  

—Interest cost on finance lease obligations

    3     4     8  
               

Finance revenue received on assets carried at amortized cost

    (38 )   (21 )   (26 )
               

—Interest on bank accounts

    (22 )   (3 )   (8 )

—Interest revenue on other loans and investments

    (16 )   (18 )   (18 )
               

Interest capitalized to property, plant and equipment

    (16 )   (14 )   (2 )

Net foreign exchange gains

    (8 )   (13 )   (7 )

Net fair value loss on financial instruments

    7     9     3  
               

—Loss on intercompany non hedged loans

    2     7     4  

—Amortization of cost of de-designated hedges

    5     2     2  

—Hedge ineffectiveness

                   
 

—(gain) loss on hedging instrument (derivative)

    (30 )   (14 )   14  
 

—loss (gain) on hedged item

    30     14     (17 )
               

    126     134     130  
               

F-35



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

6.     TAXATION CHARGE (BENEFIT)

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Current taxation:

                   

—Current year

    23     44     8  

—Prior year over provision*

    (19 )   (7 )   (3 )

—Other company taxes

    2     1      

Deferred taxation: (refer note 11)

                   

—Current year**

    89     36     (6 )

—Prior year (over) under provision

        (8 )   1  

—Attributable to tax rate changes

    (9 )   (19 )   (1 )
               

    86     47     (1 )
               

* Primarily relates to the expiration of statute of limitations in various jurisdictions

                   

** Includes Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)(1)

    7     8     9  
               

Due to the utilization of previously unrecognized tax assets, the deferred taxation expense for the year has been reduced by

    19     11     24  
               

(1)
The imposition of Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) effectively means that a dual corporate taxation system exists in South Africa comprising a normal income taxation and STC. Liability for STC is determined independently from normal income taxation and is paid by South African companies at the flat rate of 10% in respect of the amount of dividends declared less all dividends which accrued to them (but subject to certain exclusions) during its relevant "dividend cycle". "Dividend cycle" means the period commencing on the day following the date of accrual to a company's shareholders of the last dividend declared by that company and ending on the date on which the dividend in question accrues to the shareholder concerned. An excess of dividends accruing to a company over dividends paid may be carried forward to subsequent dividend cycles as an STC credit.

        In addition to income taxation expense charges to profit and loss, a deferred taxation charge of US$ 1 million (2007: US$ 18 million; 2006: US$ 13 million) has been recognized directly in equity (refer note 11).

F-36



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

6.     TAXATION CHARGE (BENEFIT) (Continued)


Reconciliation of the tax rate

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Profit (loss) before taxation

    188     249     (5 )
               

Profit-making regions

    560     424     268  

Loss-making regions

    (372 )   (175 )   (273 )
               

Taxation at the average statutory tax rate

    72     68     (13 )
               

Profit-making regions at 30% (2007: 28%; 2006: 28%)

    167     119     75  

Loss-making regions at 26% (2007: 29%; 2006: 32%)

    (95 )   (51 )   (88 )
               

Net exempt income and non-tax deductible expenditure

    (51 )   (34 )   (24 )

Effect of tax rate changes

    (9 )   (19 )   (1 )

Deferred tax asset not recognized

    103     49     54  

Utilization of previously unrecognized tax assets

    (19 )   (11 )   (24 )

Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)

    7     8     9  

Prior year adjustments

    (19 )   (15 )   (2 )

Other taxes

    2     1      
               

Taxation charge (benefit)

    86     47     (1 )
               

Effective tax rate for the year

    46 %   19 %   15 %

        Our effective tax rate reflects the benefits from reduced tax rates in South Africa (2008: US$ 9 million; 2007: nil; 2006: nil), Germany (2008: nil; 2007: US$ 19 million; 2006: nil) and the Netherlands (2008: nil; 2007: US$ 2 million; 2006: US$ 1 million). The corporate tax rate in South Africa was reduced from 29% in 2007 to 28% in 2008. The corporate tax rate in Germany was reduced from 38% in 2006 to 30% in 2007. In the Netherlands the corporate tax rate was reduced from 31.5% in 2005 to 29.6% in 2006 and 25.5% in 2007. In addition a taxation charge of US$ 2 million was recognized in 2007 as a result of the substantively enacted STC rate adjustment from 12.5% to 10% (effective date: 01 October 2007). The deferred tax asset not recognized in the current year is primarily relating to the restructuring and impairment charges recognized in Europe for which no relief is expected.

        On 06 November 2008, the directors declared a dividend (number 85) of 16 US cents per share (US$ 37 million) to be paid to shareholders on 02 December 2008 (refer note 8). The estimated STC on this dividend at a rate of 10% is US$ 4 million which will fully utilize our STC credits of US$ 2 million (refer note 11).

F-37



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

7.     EARNINGS PER SHARE AND HEADLINE EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (EPS)

        EPS is based on the group's profit (loss) for the year divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year under review.

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  Profit   Shares   Earnings
per share
  Profit   Shares   Earnings
per share
  Loss   Shares   Earnings
per share
 
 
  US$ million
  millions
  US cents
  US$ million
  millions
  US cents
  US$ million
  millions
  US cents
 

Basic EPS calculation

    102     228.8     45     202     227.8     89     (4 )   226.2     (2 )

Share options and performance shares under Sappi Limited Share Trust

        2.3             2.7                  
                                       

Diluted EPS calculation

    102     231.1     44     202     230.5     88     (4 )   226.2     (2 )
                                       

        The diluted EPS calculations are based on Sappi Limited's daily average share price of ZAR 94.08 (2007: ZAR 114.42; 2006: ZAR 82.90) and exclude the effect of certain share options granted under the Sappi share incentive scheme as they would be anti-dilutive.

        The number of share options not included in the weighted average number of shares (as they would have been anti-dilutive) are 2.3 million (September 2007: 0.8 million; September 2006: 4.2 million).


Headline earnings per share*

        Headline earnings per share is based on the group's headline earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. This is a JSE Limited required measure.

        Reconciliation between net profit (loss) for the year and headline earnings:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  Gross   Tax   Net   Gross   Tax   Net   Gross   Tax   Net  
 
  US$ million
 

Attributable earnings (loss) to ordinary shareholders

    188     86     102     249     47     202     (5 )   (1 )   (4 )

(Profit) loss on sale and write-off of property, plant and equipment

    (5 )       (5 )   (24 )   (6 )   (18 )   14     5     9  

Impairment (reversals) of plant and equipment

    119         119     2         2     (31 )       (31 )
                                       

Headline earnings (loss)

    302     86     216     227     41     186     (22 )   4     (26 )
                                       

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

                228.8                 227.8                 226.2  

Headline earnings (loss) per share (US cents)

                94                 82                 (11 )

Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions)

                231.1                 230.5                 226.2  

Diluted headline earnings (loss) per share (US cents)

                93                 81                 (11 )

*
Headline earnings—as defined in circular 8 / 2007 issued by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants, separates from earnings all separately identifiable re-measurements. It is not necessarily a measure of sustainable earnings. It is a listing requirement of the JSE Limited to disclose headline earnings per share.

F-38



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

8.     DIVIDENDS

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Dividend number 84 paid on 08 January 2008: 32 US cents per share (2007: 30 US cents per share; 2006: 30 US cents per share), net of dividends attributable to treasury shares

    (73 )   (68 )   (68 )

        On 06 November 2008, the directors declared a dividend (number 85) of 16 US cents per share (US$ 37 million) which was payable to shareholders on 02 December 2008. This dividend was declared after year end and was not included as a liability in these financial statements.

9.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Land and buildings

             
 

At cost

    1,457     1,429  
 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments                                                      

    845     810  
           

    612     619  
           

Plant and equipment*

             
 

At cost

    7,056     6,928  
 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    4,448     4,225  
           

    2,608     2,703  
           

Capitalized leased assets**

             
 

At cost

    751     773  
 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    610     604  
           

    141     169  
           

Aggregate cost

    9,264     9,130  

Aggregate accumulated depreciation and impairments

    5,903     5,639  
           

Aggregate book value

    3,361     3,491  
           

*
Plant and equipment includes vehicles and furniture, the book value of which does not warrant disclosure in a separate class of assets.

**
Capitalized leased assets consist primarily of plant and equipment.

F-39



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

9.     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

        The movement of property, plant and equipment is reconciled as follows:

 
  Land and
Buildings
  Plant and
Equipment
  Capitalized
leased assets
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Net book value at September 2006

    582     2,359     188     3,129  

Additions(1)

    19     437     2     458  

Disposals

    (3 )   (2 )       (5 )

Depreciation

    (33 )   (312 )   (29 )   (374 )

Impairment

        (2 )       (2 )

Translation difference

    54     223     8     285  
                   

Net book value at September 2007

    619     2,703     169     3,491  

Additions(1)

    59     446     2     507  

Disposals

        (6 )       (6 )

Depreciation

    (34 )   (316 )   (24 )   (374 )

Impairment

    (13 )   (106 )       (119 )

Translation difference

    (19 )   (113 )   (6 )   (138 )
                   

Net book value at September 2008

    612     2,608     141     3,361  
                   

(1)
Additions include capitalized interest of US$ 16 million (2007: US$ 14 million) capitalized at 10% (2007: 9.5%).

        Details of land and buildings are available at the registered offices of the respective companies who own the assets (refer note 24 for details of encumbrances).


September 2008

Usutu Mill

        Usutu mill is an unbleached pulp mill and forms part of the Sappi Forest Products reporting segment. In August 2008, forest fires caused by severe weather conditions resulted in the loss of approximately 28% of the mill's fibre supply, resulting in insufficient fibre for the mill to continue operating in the long term under its current regime. An impairment loss of US$ 37 million has been recognized as a result. The recoverable amount of the various assets has been determined on the basis of value in use. The value in use was established using a pre-tax real discount rate of 3.6%.


Blackburn and Maastricht mills

        Maastricht and Blackburn mills form part of Sappi Fine Paper Europe. Maastricht mill produces coated fine and label paper while Blackburn produces coated fine and board paper. Due to the ongoing increases in input costs and the overcapacity in the European market, Blackburn mill and Maastricht Paper Machine No. 5 have been unable to produce acceptable returns on investment, despite significant efforts to curb costs and improve profitability. Production at Blackburn mill ceased on 17 October 2008. No alternative to the closure of the mill was found during the employee representative consultation process, which ended on 11 November 2008. In respect of Paper Machine No. 5 at Maastricht mill, consultations and social plan negotiations with works council and unions were concluded in early October 2008.

        Production on Paper Machine No. 5 at Maastricht mill will cease around mid December 2008. A non-cash impairment charge of US$ 78 million has been recognized as a result of these closures. The recoverable amount of the assets at both sites has been determined on the basis of value in use. The value in use was calculated using a pre-tax real discount rate of 6.1%.

F-40



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

10.  PLANTATIONS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Fair value of plantations at beginning of year

    636     520  
 

Gains arising from growth

    70     76  
 

Fire, hazardous weather and other damages

    (10 )   (13 )
 

Gains arising from fair value price changes

    120     54  
 

Harvesting—agriculture produce (fellings)

    (80 )   (70 )
 

Translation difference

    (105 )   69  
           

Fair value of plantations at end of year

    631     636  
           

        Sappi manages the establishment, maintenance and harvesting of its plantations on a compartmentalised basis. These plantations are comprised of pulpwood and sawlogs and are managed in such a way so as to ensure that the optimum fibre balance is supplied to its paper and pulping operations in Southern Africa.

        Sappi owns approximately 369,000 (2007: 369,000) hectares of plantation directly and indirectly manages a further 166,000 (2007: 184,000) hectares. 389,000 (2007: 409,000) hectares of this land is forested with approximately 35 million (2007: 37 million) standing tons of timber.

        As Sappi manages its plantations on a rotational basis, the respective increases by means of growth are negated by depletions over the rotation period for the groups own production or sales. Estimated volume changes on a rotational basis, amount to approximately five million tons per annum.

        Sappi owns plantations on land that we own, as well as on land that we lease. We disclose both of these as directly managed plantations.

        With regard to indirectly managed plantations, Sappi has several different types of agreements with over 3,600 different independent farmers. The agreement depends on the type and specific needs of the farmer and the areas planted. These agreements range in time from one to more than twenty years. In certain circumstances we provide loans to the farmers, which are disclosed as accounts receivable in the group balance sheet (these loans are considered immaterial to the group). If Sappi provides seedlings, silviculture and / or technical assistance, the costs are expensed when incurred by the group.

F-41



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

11.  DEFERRED TAX

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities  
 
  US$ million
 

Other liabilities, accruals and prepayments

    (106 )   6     (100 )   16  

Inventory

    2         2     1  

USA alternative minimum taxation credit carry forward

    11         11      

Unutilized Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) credits(1)

    2         10      

Tax loss carry forward

    389     27     379     19  

Property, plant and equipment

    (163 )   (254 )   (168 )   (234 )

Plantations

    (11 )   (162 )   (12 )   (165 )

Other non-current assets

    35         37      

Other non-current liabilities

    (118 )   (16 )   (99 )   (22 )
                   

    41     (399 )   60     (385 )
                   

(1)
Refer note 6 "Taxation charge (benefit)" for a description of STC credits.


Negative asset and liability positions

        These balances reflect the impact of tax assets and liabilities arising in different tax jurisdictions, which cannot be netted against tax assets and liabilities arising in other tax jurisdictions.


Deferred tax assets recognized on the balance sheet

        The recognized deferred tax assets relate mostly to unused tax losses. It is expected that there will be sufficient future taxable profits against which these losses can be recovered. In the estimation of future taxable profits, future product pricing and production capacity utilization are taken into account.


Unrecognized deferred tax assets

        Deferred tax assets are not recognized for carry-forward of unused tax losses when it cannot be demonstrated that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

        The unrecognized deferred tax assets relate to the following:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Other non-current liabilities

    29     31  

Tax losses

    538     475  

Property, plant and equipment                                                      

    24      
           

    591     506  
           

F-42



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

11.  DEFERRED TAX (Continued)

        Attributable to the following tax jurisdictions:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Belgium

    6     2  

Netherlands

    20     2  

United Kingdom

    75     59  

United States of America                                                      

    188     190  

Swaziland

    27     19  

South Africa

    2     2  

Austria

    273     232  
           

    591     506  
           

Expiry after five years

    165     155  

Indefinite life

    426     351  
           

    591     506  
           


The following table shows the movement in the unrecognized deferred tax assets for the year

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Balance at beginning of year

    506     465  

Unrecognized deferred tax assets originating during the current year

    89     6  

Prior year adjustments

    4     8  

Rate adjustments

        (6 )

Movement in foreign exchange rates

    (8 )   33  
           

Balance at end of year

    591     506  
           

F-43



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

11.  DEFERRED TAX (Continued)


Reconciliation of deferred tax

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Deferred tax balances at beginning of year

             
 

Deferred tax assets

    60     74  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    (385 )   (336 )
           

    (325 )   (262 )

Deferred taxation charge for the year (refer note 6)

    (89 )   (28 )
           

Other liabilities, accruals and prepayments

    (11 )   (37 )

Inventory

        (4 )

Utilization of Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) credits

    (7 )   (8 )

Tax loss carry forward

    19     29  

Property, plant and equipment

    (37 )   15  

Plantations

    (29 )   (13 )

Other non-current assets

    (2 )   2  

Other non-current liabilities

    (22 )   (12 )
           

Amounts recorded directly against equity

    (1 )   (18 )

Rate adjustments

    9     19  

Translation differences

    48     (36 )
           

Deferred tax balances at end of year

    (358 )   (325 )
           
 

Deferred tax assets

    41     60  
 

Deferred tax liabilities

    (399 )   (385 )
           


Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)

        STC is levied on South African companies at a rate of 10% with effect from 01 October 2007 (previously 12.5%) on net dividends declared.

        Current and deferred tax are measured at the tax rate applicable to undistributed income and therefore only take STC into account to the extent that dividends have been received or paid.

        On declaration of a dividend, the company includes the STC on this dividend in its computation of the income taxation expense in the period of such declaration.

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Undistributed earnings that would be subject to STC                                                      

    895     868  

Tax effect if distributed

    81     79  

Available STC credits at end of year

    2     10  

F-44



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

12.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Goodwill   Licence
Fees
  Patents   Total   Goodwill   Licence
Fees
  Patents   Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Cost net of accumulated amortization and impairment at beginning of year

    4     3         7     4     3     1     8  

Amortization

                            (1 )   (1 )
                                   

Net carrying amount

    4     3         7     4     3         7  
                                   

Cost (gross carrying amount)

    4     3     21     28     4     3     21     28  

Accumulated amortization and impairment

            (21 )   (21 )           (21 )   (21 )
                                   

Net carrying amount

    4     3         7     4     3         7  
                                   

13.  JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES*

 
  2008   2007  

Cost of equity investments

    99     106  

Share of post-acquisition profit, net of distributions received

    14     1  

Foreign currency translation effect

    11     5  
           

    124     112  
           

Summarized financial information in respect of the group's equity investments is set out below:

             

Total assets

    659     641  

Total liabilities

    338     376  
           

Net assets

    321     265  
           

Group's share of equity investments net assets

    124     106  
           

 

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Sales

    902     749     331  
               

Profit (loss) for the period

    46     20     (4 )
               

Group's share of equity investments' profit (loss) for the period

    17     10     (1 )
               


Jiangxi Chenming

        During 2005 Sappi acquired 34% of Jiangxi Chenming Paper Company Limited (Jiangxi Chenming) in a joint venture arrangement. Jiangxi Chenming is established in the People's Republic of China and is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sales of paper and paper products. The annual financial statements of Jiangxi Chenming are to 31 December of each year. The last audited financials were to 31 December 2006.


Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd

        A joint venture agreement between Sappi and Borregaard Industries Limited for the construction and operation of a lignin plant at Umkomaas and the development, production and sale of products based on lignosulphates in order to build a sustainable lignin business. The annual financial statements of Umkomaas

F-45



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

13.  JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES* (Continued)


Lignin (Pty) Ltd are to 31 December of each year which is the year end of Borregaard. The last audited financials were to 31 December 2007.


Sapin S.A.

        A joint venture agreement located in Belgium for the buying and selling of wood and wood chips to Sappi and other paper manufacturers. The annual financial statements of Sapin S.A. are to 31 December of each year. The last audited financials were to 31 December 2007.


Papierholz Austria GmbH

        A joint venture agreement for the buying and selling of wood and wood chips to Sappi and other paper and pulp manufacturers. The annual financial statements of Papierholz Austria GmbH are to 31 December of each year. The last audited financials were to 31 December 2007.


VOF Warmtekracht

        A joint venture agreement located in the Netherlands between Sappi and Essent for a co-generation electricity and steam producing plant. The annual financial statements of VOF Warmtekracht are to 31 December of each year. The last audited financials were to 31 December 2007.


Timber IV

        In 1998, our interests in timberlands located in Maine and certain equipment and machinery were sold to a third party timber company, Plum Creek Timberlands LLP, in exchange for cash of US$ 3 million and three promissory notes receivable in the aggregate amount of US$ 171 million. In 1999, Sappi contributed these promissory notes to a special purpose entity (SPE). The promissory notes were pledged as collateral for the SPE to issue bonds to investors in the amount of US$ 156 million. This has been partially repaid as described below. The SPE is bankruptcy remote and serves to protect the investors in the notes from any credit risk relating to Sappi Limited by isolating cash flows from the Plum Creek notes receivable. The structure was set up to raise funding using the promissory notes as collateral in a manner that would not result in either debt or the Plum Creek Timberlands LLP notes being reflected on balance sheet. This would not be the case if we monetised the promissory notes through an issuance of secured notes directly or by an entity that was required to be consolidated in our financial statements under the applicable accounting principles. In 2001, Sappi contributed its interest in the SPE to a limited liability company in exchange for 90% of the outstanding limited liability membership interest. All voting control of the limited liability company is controlled by an unrelated investor and therefore has not been consolidated by Sappi in its financial statements. The SPE is not consolidated in our financial statements because we have taken the position that it is controlled by an unrelated investor which has sufficient equity capital at risk. Sappi's investment in the SPE is US$ 11 million as of September 2008 (2007: US$ 11 million).

        The Limited Liability Company Agreement dated 04 May 2001 between Sappi and the unrelated investor was revised in 2007 as follows:

F-46



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

13.  JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES* (Continued)

        The SPE may not be liquidated prior to repayment of the bonds it issued. The first tranche of the bonds matured on 11 February, 2007. The SPE distributed to the limited liability company the net proceeds (US$ 6 million) for the first repayment receivable (US$ 71 million) and the bonds (US$ 65 million). The limited liability company distributed these proceeds to its members. The remaining bonds mature in 2 further tranches on 11 February, 2009, and 11 February, 2011. Sappi may not redeem its investment in the SPE (via its ownership interest in the limited liability company) prior to complete repayment of the bonds issued by the SPE and our investment has a subordinate interest to the payment of the outstanding bonds. We have not guaranteed the obligations of the SPE and the holders of the notes payable issued by the SPE have no recourse to us.

        The annual financial statements of Timber IV are to 30 September of each year. The results are unaudited.

        The directors believe that the book values of the joint ventures and associates equate to the market values.


*
Where the year ends of joint ventures and associates are different to Sappi's, the management accounts are used for the periods to Sappi's year end.

14.  OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Loans to the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust participants

    6     8  

Financial assets*

    22     25  

Post-employment benefits—pension asset (refer note 27)

    117     118  

Acquisition costs**

    10      

Other loans

    13     14  
           

    168     165  
           

*
Details of investments are available at the registered offices of the respective companies.

**
Acquisition costs relate to the proposed acquisition of M-real's coated graphic paper business (refer note 32). These costs have been capitalized as management deems it probable that the acquisition will be completed during fiscal 2009.

15.  INVENTORIES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Raw materials

    163     145  

Work in progress

    62     58  

Finished goods

    324     328  

Consumable stores and spares                                                      

    176     181  
           

    725     712  
           

        The charge to the group income statement relating to the write down of inventories to net realizable value amounted to US$ 11 million (2007: US$ 12 million and 2006: US$ 19 million). An amount of US$ 1 million (September 2007: US$ 1 million and September 2006: US$ 1 million) in respect of the finished goods inventory write-down for the prior year was reversed in the current year due to changing market conditions.

        The cost of inventories recognized as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to US$ 4,552 million (September 2007: US$ 4,150 million and September 2006: US$ 3,984 million).

F-47



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Trade accounts receivable, gross

    579     566  

Provision for impairment

    (5 )   (13 )
           

Trade accounts receivable, net

    574     553  

Prepayments and other receivables                                                      

    124     100  
           

    698     653  
           

        Management rate the quality of the trade and other receivables, which are neither past due nor impaired, periodically against its own internal credit rating parameters. The quality of these trade receivables at balance sheet date were rated at the top range of our parameters.

        The carrying amount of US$ 698 million (2007: US$ 653 million) represents the group's maximum credit risk exposure.

        Prepayments and other receivables primarily represent prepaid insurance and other sundry receivables.

16.1   Reconciliation of the provision for impairment

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Opening balance

    13     17  

Impairment provision created

    3      

Impairment provision reversed                                                      

    (9 )    

Bad debts written off

    (2 )   (4 )
           

Closing balance

    5     13  
           

        An allowance has been made for estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods of US$ 5 million (2007: US$ 13 million). This allowance has been determined by reference to past default experience.

16.2   Analysis of amounts past due

September 2008

        The following provides an analysis of the amounts that are past the due contractual maturity dates:

 
  Not
impaired
  Impaired   Total  

Less than 7 days overdue

    15         15  

Between 7 and 30 days overdue

    18         18  

Between 30 and 60 days overdue                                                      

    6         6  

More than 60 days overdue

    7     5     12  
               

    46     5     51  
               

F-48



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)


September 2007

        The following provides an analysis of the amounts that are past the due contractual maturity dates:

 
  Not
impaired
  Impaired   Total  

Less than 7 days overdue

    16         16  

Between 7 and 30 days overdue

    12         12  

Between 30 and 60 days overdue                                                      

    2         2  

More than 60 days overdue

    2     6     8  
               

    32     6     38  
               

        All amounts due which are beyond their contractual repayment terms are reported to regional management on a regular basis. Any provision for impairment is required to be approved by the regional credit controller. All provisions for impairment greater than US$ 50,000 are required to be approved by regional management. The group has a provision of US$ 5 million (2007: US$ 6 million) against trade receivables that are past due. The group holds collateral of US$ 17 million (2007: US$ 14 million) against these trade receivables that are past due.

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

The group has granted facilities to customers to buy on credit for the following amounts:

             

Less than and equal to US$ 0.5 million

    280     302  

Less than US$ 1 million but equal to or greater than US$ 0.5 million

    246     408  

Less than US$ 3 million but equal to or greater than US$ 1 million

    426     453  

Less than US$ 5 million but equal to or greater than US$ 3 million

    207     200  

Equal to or greater than US$ 5 million

    812     444  
           

    1,971     1,807  
           

16.3   Fair Value

        The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

16.4   Trade receivables pledged as security

        Trade receivables with a value of US$ 415 million (2007: US$ 415 million) have been pledged as collateral for amounts received from the banks in respect of the securitization programme. The value of the associated liabilities at year end amounted to US$ 360 million (2007: US$ 354 million). The group is restricted from selling and repledging the trade receivables that have been pledged as collateral for the liability.

16.5   Off balance sheet structures

Letters of credit discounting

        To improve the group working capital, the group sells certain Letters of Credit to ABN AMRO Hong Kong and DBS bank (London) every month end at a discount on a non recourse basis.

F-49



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)


"Scheck-Wechsel"

        The Scheck-Wechsel is a financial guarantee supplied to the bank of certain trade receivables who wish to obtain a loan to finance early payment of trade receivables thereby benefiting from an early settlement discount. By signing the Scheck-Wechsel, Sappi provides a financial guarantee to the bank of the customer. This financial guarantee contract falls under the scope of IAS 39 Financial instruments.

        This financial guarantee contract is initially recognized at fair value. At inception the risk for Sappi having to reimburse the bank is nil because there is no evidence that the customer will not reimburse its loan to the bank. There is also no guarantee fee due by the bank and the Scheck-Wechsel is a short term instrument (maximum 90 days). Therefore the fair value is zero at inception. Subsequently the financial guarantee contract is measured at the higher of:

        As no event of default has occurred, no provision has been set up and the fair value at year-end remains at zero. However, according to IAS 37 a contingent liability of US$ 20 million (2007: US$ 20 million) has been disclosed in this respect.


Trade Receivables Securitization

        To improve our cash flows in a cost-effective manner, we sell all eligible trade receivables on a non-recourse basis to special purpose entities (SPEs) that are owned and controlled by third party financial institutions. Sappi Fine Paper North America, Sappi Fine Paper Europe and Sappi Trading sell their trade receivables on a recourse basis whilst Sappi Forest Products sell their trade receivables on a non-recourse basis. These SPEs are funded in the commercial paper market and are not limited to transactions with us but securitize assets on behalf of their sponsors for a diverse range of unrelated parties. We have a servicing agreement with the entities acquiring our receivables, acting as servicers for the collection of cash and administration of the trade receivables sold.


Sappi Forest Products securitization facility

        Sappi sells the majority of its ZAR receivables to a securitization vehicle managed by Rand Merchant Bank that issues commercial paper to finance the purchase of the receivables. Sappi retains a small proportion of the credit risk attached to each underlying receivable. Sappi administers the collection of all amounts processed on behalf of the bank that are due from the customer. The purchase price of these receivables is adjusted dependent on the timing of the payment received from the client. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is JIBAR (Johannesburg Inter Bank Agreed Rate) plus a spread. This structure is currently treated as an off balance sheet arrangement.

        We have no obligation to repurchase any receivables which may default and do not guarantee the recoverability of any amounts apart from a small portion on a proportionate basis over and above the first tier loss provisions. The total amount of trade receivables sold at the end of September 2008 amounted to US$ 194 million (September 2007: US$ 144 million). Details of the securitization programme at the end of fiscal 2008 and 2007 are disclosed in the tables below.

        If this securitization facility were to be terminated, we would discontinue further sales of trade receivables and would not incur any losses in respect of receivables previously sold in excess of our first tier loss amounts. There are a number of events which may trigger termination of the facility, amongst others, an

F-50



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

16.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Continued)


amount of defaults above a specified level; terms and conditions of the agreement not being met; or breaches of various credit insurance ratios. The impact on liquidity varies according to the terms of the agreement; generally however, future trade receivables would be recorded on balance sheet until a replacement agreement was entered into.

        Details of the securitization facility at September are set out below:

Bank
  Currency   Value   Facility   Discount charges

2008

               

Rand Merchant Bank

  ZAR   ZAR 1,568 million   Unlimited*   Linked to 3 month JIBAR

2007

               

Rand Merchant Bank

  ZAR   ZAR 993 million   Unlimited*   Linked to 3 month JIBAR

*
The facility in respect of the securitization facility is unlimited, but subject to the sale of qualifying receivables to the securitization vehicle.

        Details of the on-balance sheet securitization facilities that are applicable to Sappi Fine Paper are described in note 20.

        A significant portion of the group's sales and accounts receivable are from major groups of customers. Two (2007: two) of the group's major customers, represent more than 10% of our sales during the year ended September 2008. These sales were recorded in Sappi Fine Paper. The sales for the year ended September 2008 amounted to US$ 1,242 million (two customers 2007: US$ 1,143 million). The trade receivables balance, net of securitization, outstanding on balance sheet at September 2008 was US$ 83 million (September 2007: two customers US$ 49 million). Where appropriate, credit insurance has been taken out over the group's trade receivables.

        None of the group's other receivable financial instruments represent a high concentration of credit risk because the group has dealings with a variety of major banks and customers world-wide.

        The group has the following amounts due from single customers:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  No of
customers
  US$ m   Percentage   No of
customers
  US$ m   Percentage  

Greater than or equal to US$ 10 million

    6     122     21 %   7     106     19 %

Greater than or equal to US$ 5 million

    9     62     11 %   11     70     13 %

Less than US$ 5 million

    1,713     390     68 %   1,788     377     68 %
                           

    1,728     574     100 %   1,806     553     100 %
                           

        None of the trade receivables, with balances of equal to or greater than US$ 5 million as at year end have breached their contractual maturity terms. No impairment charges have been recognized in respect of customers who owe the group more than US$ 5 million. Refer note 30 for further details on credit risk.

F-51



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

17.  ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Authorized share capital:

             

325,000,000 (September 2007: 325,000,000) shares of ZAR 1 each

             

Issued share capital:

             

239,071,892 (September 2007: 239,071,892) shares of ZAR 1 each

    28     34  

Share premium

    679     791  
           

    707     825  
           

        Included in the issued ordinary shares above are 9,906,661 (September 2007: 10,600,811) shares held as treasury shares by group entities, including The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (the Scheme). These may be utilized to meet the requirements of the Scheme.

        The movement in the number of treasury shares is set out in the table below:

 
  Number of shares  
 
  2008   2007  

Treasury shares at beginning of year (including Scheme shares)

    10,600,811     12,077,861  

Treasury shares issued to participants of the Scheme

    (694,150 )   (1,477,050 )
           

—Share options (per note 29)

    (452,200 )   (1,046,800 )

—Allocation shares (per note 29)

    (273,750 )   (450,650 )

—Scheme shares forfeited, released and other

    31,800     20,400  
           

Treasury shares at end of year

    9,906,661     10,600,811  
           

        Sappi has a general authority to purchase its shares up to a maximum of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital in any one financial year. This was ratified at the annual general meeting of shareholders on 3 March 2008. The general authority is subject to the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited and the Companies Act No 61 of 1973 of South Africa, as amended and expires at the next annual general meeting.

        Included in the 85,928,108 unissued shares and in the 239,071,892 issued shares are a total of 19,000,000 shares which may be used to meet the requirements of the Scheme and / or The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (the Plan). In terms of the rules of the Scheme and the Plan the maximum number of shares which may be acquired in aggregate by the Scheme and / or the Plan and allocated to participants of the Scheme and / or the Plan from time to time is 19,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment in case of any increase or reduction of Sappi's issued share capital on any conversion, redemption, consolidation, sub-division and / or any rights or capitalization issue of shares. Sappi is obliged to reserve and keep available at all times out of its authorized but unissued share capital such number of shares (together with any Treasury shares held by Sappi subsidiaries which may be used for the purposes of the Scheme and / or the Plan) as shall then be required in terms of the Scheme and / or the Plan. Authority to use treasury shares for the purposes of the Scheme and / or the Plan was granted by shareholders at the annual general meeting held on 7 March 2005.

        Since March 1994, 6,752,522 (September 2007: 8,223,372) shares have been allocated to the Scheme participants and paid for and 5,772,812 (September 2007: 5,980,162) shares have been allocated to the Scheme participants and not yet paid for. In terms of the Plan, 3,961,100 (September 2007: 3,928,400) shares have been allocated and remain unpaid for to the Plan participants.

        Shares allocated and accepted more than ten years ago are added back to the number of shares that the Scheme and / or the Plan may acquire.

F-52



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

17.  ORDINARY SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM (Continued)

        The net after tax loss on sale of treasury shares to participants written off against share premium for September 2008 was US$ 1 million (September 2007: US$ 1 million).

        Subsequent to year end, Sappi Limited launched a fully underwritten rights offer (refer note 32 for further details).

18.  RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 
  Number
of ordinary
shares
  Ordinary
share
capital
  Share
premium
  Ordinary
share
capital
and share
premium
  Non-
distributable
reserves
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserves
  Retained
earnings
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Balance—September 2005

    225.9     35     832     867     95     2     625     1,589  

Transfer from distributable reserves

                    5         (5 )    

Share-based payment

                    6             6  

Transfers to Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

    1.1         5     5                 5  

Total recognized expense

        (6 )   (151 )   (157 )   3     (35 )   43     (146 )

Dividends—US$ 0.30 per share*

                            (68 )   (68 )
                                   

Balance—September 2006

    227.0     29     686     715     109     (33 )   595     1,386  

Transfer to distributable reserves

                    (13 )       13      

Share-based payment

                    5             5  

Transfers to Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

    1.5         14     14                 14  

Total recognized income

        5     91     96     13     42     328     479  

Dividends—US$ 0.30 per share*

                            (68 )   (68 )
                                   

Balance—September 2007

    228.5     34     791     825     114     9     868     1,816  

Transfer from distributable reserves

                    8         (8 )    

Share-based payments

                    10             10  

Transfers to Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust

    0.7         6     6                 6  

Total recognized expense

        (6 )   (118 )   (124 )   (8 )   (130 )   108     (154 )

Dividends—US$ 0.32 per share*

                            (73 )   (73 )
                                   

Balance—September 2008

    229.2     28     679     707     124     (121 )   895     1,605  

Note reference:

                      17     19                    

*
Dividends relate to the previous financial year's earnings but were declared subsequent to year-end.


Capital Risk Management

        The capital structure of the group consists of:

        The group's capital management objective is to achieve an optimal weighted average cost of capital while continuing to safeguard the group's ability to meet its liquidity requirements (including capital expenditure commitments), repay borrowings as they fall due and continue as a going concern.

        The group monitors its gearing through a ratio of net debt (interest-bearing borrowings and overdraft less cash and cash equivalents) to total capitalization (shareholders equity plus net debt).

F-53



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

18.  RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (Continued)

        The group has entered into a number of debt facilities which contain certain terms and conditions in respect of capital management.

        During fiscal 2008 and 2007 we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to the material loans payable.

        The group's strategy with regard to capital risk management remains unchanged from 2007.

19.  NON-DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Reduction in capital arising from the transfer of share premium under a special resolution dated 14 April 1975

    1     1  

Capitalization of distributable reserves

    13     15  

Legal reserves in subsidiaries

    75     66  

Share-based payment reserve

    35     32  
           

    124     114  
           

 

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Capital
reduction
  Capitalization
reserve
  Legal
reserves
  Share-
based
payment
reserve
  Total   Capital
reduction
  Capitalization
reserve
  Legal
reserves
  Share-
based
payment
reserve
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Opening balance

    1     15     66     32     114     1     13     71     24     109  

Transfer from retained earnings

            8         8                      

Released to retained earnings

                                (13 )       (13 )

Share-based payment expense

                10     10                 5     5  

Translation difference

        (2 )   1     (7 )   (8 )       2     8     3     13  
                                           

    1     13     75     35     124     1     15     66     32     114  
                                           

        The amounts recorded as "Capitalization of distributable reserves" and "Legal reserves in subsidiaries" represent equity of the company that is not available for distribution as a result of appropriations of equity by subsidiaries and legal requirements, respectively.

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Secured borrowings

             

—Mortgage and pledge over trade receivables and certain assets (refer note 24 for details of encumbered assets)

    468     457  

—Capitalized lease liabilities (refer note 24 for details of encumbered assets)

    29     41  
           

Total secured borrowings

    497     498  

Unsecured borrowings

    2,156     2,101  
           

Total borrowings (refer note 30)

    2,653     2,599  

Less: Current portion included in current liabilities

    821     771  
           

    1,832     1,828  
           

F-54



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)


 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

The repayment profile of the interest-bearing borrowings is as follows:

             

Payable in the year ended September:

             

2008

        771  

2009*

    821     19  

2010

    65     69  

2011

    629     623  

2012

    615     619  

2013 (September 2008: thereafter)

    159     498  

Thereafter

    364      
           

    2,653     2,599  
           

*
Included in the US$ 821 million reflected as short-term payable in 2009 is US$ 360 million debt relating to securitization funding (2008: US$ 354 million included in US$ 771 million) which has the character of a short-term revolving facility but is expected to run until 2012 under the existing contractual arrangements. A further amount of US$ 297 million (2007: US$ 142 million) is the utilization under our revolving credit facility, and while rolled on a short term basis the facility has a maturity date of May 2010.


Capitalized lease liabilities

        Finance leases are primarily for plant and equipment. Lease terms generally range from 5 to 10 years with options to make early settlements or renew at varying terms. At the time of entering into capital lease agreements, the commitments are recorded at their present value using applicable interest rates. As of September 2008, the aggregate amounts of minimum lease payments and the related imputed interest under capitalized lease contracts payable in each of the next five financial years and thereafter are as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Minimum lease
payments
  Interest   Present value of
minimum lease
payments
  Minimum lease
payments
  Interest   Present value of
minimum lease
payments
 
 
  US$ million
 

Payable in the year ended September:

                                     

2008

                13     (3 )   10  

2009

    10     (3 )   7     12     (5 )   7  

2010

    4     (2 )   2     5     (3 )   2  

2011

    4     (2 )   2     5     (2 )   3  

2012

    5     (2 )   3     5     (1 )   4  

2013 (September 2007: thereafter)

    5     (1 )   4     18     (3 )   15  

Thereafter

    12     (1 )   11              
                           

Total future minimum

                                     
 

lease payments

    40     (11 )   29     58     (17 )   41  
                           

F-55



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

        Set out below are details of the more significant non-current interest-bearing borrowings in the group at September 2008.

 
  Currency   Interest
rate(9)
  Principal
amount
outstanding
  Balance
sheet
value
  Security /
Cession
  Expiry   Financial
covenants

Redeemable bonds

                           

Public bond

  US$   Variable(7)   US$ 500 million   US$ 490 million(2,3,6)   Unsecured   June 2012   No financial covenants

Public bond

  US$   Variable(7)   US$ 250 million   US$ 239 million(2,3,6)   Unsecured   June 2032   No financial covenants

Town of Skowhegan

  US$   Variable(7)   US$ 35 million   US$ 35 million(6)   Land and Buildings (partially)   October 2015   No financial covenants

Town of Skowhegan

  US$   Variable(7)   US$ 28 million   US$ 28 million(6)   Land and Buildings (partially)   November 2013   No financial covenants

Michigan Strategic Fund and
City of Westbrook

 
US$
 
Variable(7)
 
US$ 44 million
 
US$ 45 million(6)
 
Land and Buildings (partially)
 
January 2022
 
No financial covenants

Public bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 1,000 million   ZAR 1,000 million   Unsecured   June 2013   No financial covenants

Public bond

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 1,000 million   ZAR 999 million   Unsecured   October 2011   No financial covenants

Bravura / Sanlam

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 109 million   ZAR 109 million   Unsecured   November 2012   No financial covenants

Bravura / Sanlam

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 108 million   ZAR 108 million   Unsecured   January 2013   No financial covenants

Bravura / Sanlam

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 27 million   ZAR 27
million
  Unsecured   March 2013   No financial covenants

Secured loans

                           

State Street Bank(10)

  EUR   Variable   EUR 150 million   EUR 150 million   Trade receivables   Revolving facility   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization(5)

State Street Bank(10)

  US$   Variable   US$ 73 million   US$ 73
million
  Trade receivables   Revolving facility   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization(5)

State Street Bank(10)

  US$   Variable   US$ 68 million   US$ 68
million
  Trade receivables   Revolving facility   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization(5)

F-56



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

 
  Currency   Interest
rate(9)
  Principal
amount
outstanding
  Balance
sheet
value
  Security /
Cession
  Expiry   Financial
covenants

Capitalized leases

                           

Standard Bank

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 45 million   ZAR 47 million(1)   Plant and Equipment   October 2008   No financial covenants

Rand Merchant Bank

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 169 million   ZAR 169 million(1)   Buildings   September 2015   No financial covenants

Unsecured bank term loans

                           

BNP Paribas Syndication

  EUR   Variable   EUR 100 million   EUR 100 million       November 2008   No financial covenants

BNP Paribas

  EUR   Variable   EUR 25 million   EUR 25
million
      November 2008   No financial covenants

Österreichische Kontrollbank

  EUR   Variable   EUR 58 million   EUR 58 million(1,8)       March 2009   No financial covenants

Österreichische Kontrollbank

  EUR   Fixed   EUR 400 million   EUR 399 million(2,6,8)       December 2010   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization(5)

ABN AMRO

  US$   Fixed   US$ 21 million   US$ 21
million
      May 2009   No financial covenants

Österreichische Kontrollbank

  US$   Fixed   US$ 38 million   US$ 38 million(2,6,8)       June 2010   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization(5)

BNP Paribas Syndication

  CHF   Variable   CHF 165 million   CHF 165 million(2,8)       November 2008   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization(5)

Nedbank

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 349 million   ZAR 349 million(1)       January 2011   No financial covenants

Commerzbank

  ZAR   Fixed   ZAR 147 million   ZAR 147 million(1)       March 2010   No financial covenants

Calyon

  ZAR   Variable   ZAR 55 million   ZAR 55 million(1,4)       October 2009   EBITDA to net interest and net debt to capitalization

RZB Bank

  EUR   Fixed   EUR 7
million
  EUR 7
million
      December 2009   No financial covenants

F-57



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

        The analysis of the currency per debt is:

 
  Local currency   US$ million  

US$

    1,038     1,038  

Swiss Franc                                                      

    165     151  

EURO

    747     1,091  

ZAR

    3,009     373  
             

          2,653  
             

        A detailed reconciliation of total interest bearing borrowings has been performed in note 30.


(1)
The value outstanding equals the total facility available.

(2)
In terms of the agreement, limitations exist on liens, sale and leaseback transactions and mergers and consolidation. Sappi Limited must maintain a majority holding in Sappi Papier Holding GmbH Group.

(3)
Sappi Papier Holding GmbH, Sappi Limited or Sappi International SA may at any time redeem the June 2012 and 2032 public bonds (the "Securities") in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and (ii) a make-whole amount based upon the present values of remaining payments at a rate based upon yields of specified US treasury securities plus 25 basis points, with respect to the 2012 Securities, and 30 basis points, with respect to the 2032 Securities, together with, in each case, accrued interest on the principal amount of the securities to be redeemed to the date of redemption.

(4)
The financial covenant relates to the financial position of Sappi Manufacturing, a wholly owned subsidiary of Sappi Limited.

(5)
Financial covenants relate to the Sappi Limited Group.

(6)
The principal value of the loans / bonds corresponds to the amount of the facility, however, the outstanding amount has been adjusted by the discounts paid upfront and the fair value adjustments relating to hedge accounting.

(7)
Fixed rates have been swapped into variable rates. These swaps are subject to hedge accounting in order to reduce as far as possible the fair value exposure. Changes in fair value of the underlying debt which are attributable to changes in credit spread have been excluded from the hedging relationship.

(8)
A limitation exists on the disposal of assets. Sappi Limited must maintain a majority in Sappi Papier Holding GmbH Group.

(9)
The nature of the variable rates for the group bonds is explained in note 30 to the financial statements. The nature of the interest rates is determined with reference to the underlying economic hedging instrument.

(10)
Trade receivables have been securitized for the amounts outstanding.


Other restrictions

        As is the norm for bank loan debts, a portion of Sappi Limited's financial indebtedness is subject to cross default provisions. Breaches in bank covenants in certain subsidiaries, if not corrected in time, might result in a default in group debt, and in this case, a portion of Sappi Limited consolidated liabilities might eventually become payable on demand.

        During fiscal 2008 and 2007 we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to the material loans payable. Regular monitoring of compliance with applicable covenants occurs. If there is a possible breach of a financial covenant in the future, negotiations are commenced with the applicable institutions before such breach occurs.


Borrowing facilities secured by trade receivables

        The group undertakes several trade receivable securitization programs due to the cost effectiveness of such structures. These structures, with the exception of the South African scheme, are treated as on balance sheet, with a corresponding liability (external loan) being recognized and corresponding interest is recognized as finance cost.

F-58



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)

        The trade receivables are legally transferred, however most of the market risk (foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk) and the credit risk is retained by Sappi. As a consequence based on the risks and rewards evaluation these securitizations do not qualify for de-recognition under IAS 39.

        Further detail of the value of trade receivables pledged as security for these loans is included in note 16 of the financial statements.


Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Sappi sells the majority of its US$ receivables to Galleon Capital LLC on a non recourse basis. Credit enhancement includes a 3% deferred purchase price plus a letter in the amount of US$ 18 million that relates to the uninsured portion of those obligors with concentrations above 3% (Sappi, as servicer of the receivables, is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer). The rate of discounting charged on the receivables is LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offered Rate) plus a margin for receivables to customers located in OECD countries.


Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Sappi sells the majority of its receivables to Galleon Capital LLC on a non recourse basis. Credit enhancement is calculated by deducting a deferred purchase price of 14%. Sappi is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is EURIBOR (European Inter Bank Offered Rate) plus a margin for receivables to customers located in OECD countries plus a further margin for receivables to customers located in non-OECD countries.


Sappi Trading

        Sappi sells the majority of its US$ denominated receivables to Galleon Capital LLC on a non recourse basis. Credit enhancement is calculated by deducting a deferred purchase price of 14%. A letter of credit is issued by Sappi to Galleon Capital LLC as a guarantee for funding of excess concentrations if this would be the case. Sappi is responsible for the collection of all amounts that are due from the customer. The rate of discounting that is charged on the receivables is LIBOR (London Inter Bank Offered Rate) plus a margin for receivables to customers located in OECD countries plus a further margin for receivables to customers located in non-OECD countries.


Non-utilized facilities

        The group monitors its availability to funds on a weekly basis.The group treasury committee determines the amount of unutilized facilities to determine the headroom which it currently operates in. The net cash balances included in current assets and current liabilities are included in the determination of the headroom available.

F-59



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

20.  INTEREST-BEARING BORROWINGS (Continued)


Non-utilized committed facilities

 
  Currency   Interest rate   2008   2007  
 
   
   
  US$ million
 

Commercial Paper*

  ZAR   Variable (JIBAR)     25     1  

Syndicated loan**

  EUR   Variable (EURIBOR)     580     713  
                   

            605     714  
                   

*
Commercial paper program sponsored by Investec for a committed liquidity facility of ZAR 200 million for each further issue. The remainder of the unutilized portion of the total ZAR 1 billion program facility has been included under uncommitted facilities disclosed below.

**
Syndicated loan with a consortium of banks with BNP Paribas as agent with a remaining revolving facility available of EUR 397 million, which are subject to net finance cost cover and debt to total capitalization ratio financial covenants which relate to the Sappi Limited Group.

        These committed facilities represent amounts that the group could utilize. The syndicated loan facility matures in May 2010 and the commercial paper facility is ongoing without a precise maturity date. We have paid a total commitment fee of US$ 1 million (2007 US$ 2 million) in respect of the syndicated loan facility.


Non-utilized uncommitted facilities

Geographic region
  Currency   Interest rate   2008   2007  

Southern Africa

  ZAR   Variable (JIBAR)     205     150  

Group Treasury—Europe

  EUR   Variable (EURIBOR)     143     277  

Europe

  EUR   Variable (EURIBOR)     130      

Europe

  USD   Variable (LIBOR)         69  
                   

            478     496  
                   

Total non-utilized facilities excluding cash

            1,083     1,210  
                   


Fair value

        The fair value of all interest bearing borrowings is disclosed in note 30 on financial instruments.

21.  OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Post-employment benefits—pension liability (refer note 27)

    144     144  

Post-employment benefits other than pension liability (refer note 28)

    141     181  

Long-term employee benefits

    6     10  

Workmen's compensation

    7     6  

Long service awards

    18     19  

Land restoration obligation

    16     16  

Deferred income

    4     1  

Other

    10     7  
           

    346     384  
           

F-60



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

22.  PROVISIONS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Summary of provisions:

             

Restructuring provisions                                                      

   
41
   
16
 

Other provisions

    1     2  
           

Balance at September*

    42     18  
           

*
These are all current liabilities.
 
  Severance,
retrenchment
and related costs
  Lease
cancellation and
penalty costs
  Other
restructuring
  Total  

Restructuring provisions

                         

Balance at September 2006*                                                      

    40         1     41  

Increase in provisions

    6         1     7  

Utilized

    (16 )       (1 )   (17 )

Released during the year

    (17 )           (17 )

Other movements

    (1 )           (1 )

Translation effect

    3             3  
                   

Balance at September 2007*

    15         1     16  

Increase in provisions

    23     5     19     47  

Utilized

    (8 )           (8 )

Released during the year

    (4 )           (4 )

Other movements

    1         (10 )   (9 )

Translation effect

        (1 )       (1 )
                   

Balance at September 2008*

    27     4     10     41  
                   

*
These are all included in current liabilities.


Restructuring plans

Sappi Fine Paper Europe

        Regional Restructuring:    The regional restructuring plan was introduced in fiscal 2006. The original number of employees expected to be impacted by this plan was 650. From a total of 650, 450 employees were expected to receive termination benefits. The remaining number of 200 employees was comprised of those who were employed on a contractual basis as well as employees nearing retirement. The number of employees expected to receive termination benefits was revised from 450 to 357 at September 2007 and further revised to 347 at the end of fiscal 2008 of which 333 were already impacted. The total provision relating to the restructuring plan at of the end of fiscal 2008 is approximately US$ 5 million (2007: US$ 15 million).

        Blackburn Mill:    During the financial year ended September 2008, Sappi Fine Paper Europe announced that it had entered into a consultation process with employee representatives with a view to cease production at Blackburn Mill which had an annual production capacity of 120,000 tons of graphic coated fine paper. Whilst various ancillary production and selling activities are ongoing, the mill ceased production of paper in October 2008, and on 11th November 2008, the consultation process with employee representatives came to an end resulting in 95 employees being made redundant. A further 34 employees are expected to be made redundant

F-61



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

22.  PROVISIONS (Continued)


by the end of March 2009. A provision of US$ 23 million relating to severance, retrenchment and other related closure costs has been raised.

        Maastricht Mill:    During the financial year ended September 2008, Sappi Fine Paper Europe announced that it had entered into a consultation process with employee representatives with a view to shutting down one of its coated paper machines with an annual production capacity of 60,000 tons of graphic coated fine paper at Maastricht Mill. Negotiations with Unions and the Works Council were concluded in October 2008. Cessation of production is expected to occur in December 2008 and to affect 175 employees. A provision of US$ 24 million relating to severance, retrenchment and other related closure costs has been raised.


Sappi Fine Paper North America

        Muskegon Mill:    In 2007 Sappi Fine Paper North America completed its plan of restructuring the Muskegon Mill. The total number of remaining employees who were expected to be affected by the restructuring plan was 23 at the beginning of fiscal 2007. All these employees were impacted by the plan by the end of the year. Approximately half of the provision of US$ 1 million that remained at the end of fiscal 2006 was utilized to provide severance and related costs and the remainder was reversed.

        Regional head office:    All the remaining activities of the restructuring plan relating to the regional head office were completed during fiscal 2007.

23.  NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT

23.1 Cash generated from operations

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Profit (loss) for the year

    102     202     (4 )

Adjustment for:

                   

—Depreciation

    374     374     390  

—Fellings

    80     70     74  

—Amortization

        1     2  

—Taxation charge (benefit)

    86     47     (1 )

—Net finance costs

    126     134     130  

—Other asset impairments (reversals) and write-offs

    119     2     (14 )

—Fair value adjustment gains and growth on plantations

    (190 )   (130 )   (104 )

—Post employment benefits funding

    (88 )   (101 )   (68 )

—Other non-cash items

    14     (14 )   (9 )
               

    623     585     396  
               


23.2 Increase in working capital

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

(Increase) decrease in inventories                                                      

    (38 )   44     (3 )

Increase in receivables

    (19 )   (38 )   (3 )

Increase (decrease) in payables

    58     54     (11 )
               

    1     60     (17 )
               

F-62



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

23.  NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT (Continued)


23.3 Finance costs paid

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Gross interest and other finance costs

    (181 )   (173 )   (162 )

Net foreign exchange gains

    8     13     7  

Net loss on marking to market of financial instruments

    (7 )   (9 )   (3 )

Non-cash movements included in items above

    41     (14 )   (6 )
               

    (139 )   (183 )   (164 )
               


23.4 Taxation paid

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Amounts unpaid at beginning of year                                                      

    (125 )   (101 )   (120 )

Translation effects

    7     (12 )   9  

Amounts charged to the income statement

    (6 )   (38 )   (5 )

Reversal of non-cash movements

        (1 )   2  

Amounts unpaid at end of year

    54     125     101  
               

Cash amounts paid

    (70 )   (27 )   (13 )
               


23.5 Replacement of non-current assets

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Property, plant and equipment                                                      

    (250 )   (116 )   (160 )
               


23.6 Proceeds on disposal of non-current assets

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Book value of property, plant and equipment disposed of                                                      

    2     23     2  

Profit on disposal

    5     27     2  
               

    7     50     4  
               


23.7 Cash and cash equivalents

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Cash and deposits on call                                                      

    221     354     218  

Money market instruments

    53     10     6  
               

    274     364     224  
               

F-63



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

24.  ENCUMBERED ASSETS

        The book values of assets which are mortgaged, hypothecated or subject to a pledge as security for borrowings, subject to third party ownership in terms of capitalized leases or suspensive sale agreements are as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Land and buildings                                                                            

    17     24  

Plant and equipment

    4     28  

Trade receivables

    415     415  
           

    436     467  
           

        Suspensive sale agreements are instalment sale agreements which the group has entered into in respect of certain property, plant and equipment and the assets purchased are encumbered as security for the outstanding liability until such time as the liability is discharged.

        A significant portion of the assets at Cloquet mill are subject to several long-term, cross-border leases assumed at the time of its acquisition in May 2002. Under the lease arrangements, the previous owner sold assets to an unrelated third party, leased the assets back, and made an upfront lease payment. As a result, no future lease payments are required under the agreement.

        Sappi has the right to acquire full ownership of these assets at the end of the lease term. Early termination of the lease may occur under three different scenarios; namely, under Scenario A, payment would be made by Sappi as a result of the following events: voluntary early termination, termination due to default and total loss of plant and equipment without substitution; under Scenario B, payment would be made by Sappi as a result of changes in statute rendering the agreement illegal or unenforceable; and under Scenario C, the lease naturally expires or early termination is triggered by the lessor. As at September 2008 the termination value of this lease is approximately US$ 8 million (September 2007: US$ 10 million).

        Refer to note 9 for details on property, plant and equipment.

25.  COMMITMENTS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Capital commitments

             

Contracted but not provided                                                      

    76     188  

Approved but not contracted

    130     249  
           

    206     437  
           

Future forecasted cashflows of capital commitments:

             

2008

   
   
389
 

2009

    154     33  

2010

    35     15  

Thereafter

    17      
           

    206     437  
           

        The capital expenditure is expected to be financed by funds generated by the business, existing cash resources and borrowing facilities available to the group.

F-64



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

25.  COMMITMENTS (Continued)

Lease commitments

        Future minimum obligations under operating leases:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Payable in the year ended September:

             

2008

   
   
112
 

2009

    28     14  

2010

    14     10  

2011

    9     5  

2012

    4     2  

2013 (September 2007: thereafter)                                                       

    2     2  

Thereafter

    35      
           

    92     145  
           

        Future minimum obligations under operating leases include the following two significant arrangements:

        Sale and Lease Back of the Somerset Paper Machine:    In 1997 we sold one of our paper machines at our Somerset Mill for US$ 150 million and entered into a leaseback arrangement. This transaction diversified our sources of funding and provided a longer-term horizon to our repayment profile. This qualified as an operating lease under the applicable accounting principles. The lease term expired after 15 years, and an option was available to either return the paper machine; renew the lease for at least 2 years, but for no longer than 80% of its remaining useful life; or repurchase it at its fair market value at the end of the lease term. On January 29, 2008, we exercised our purchase option under the lease agreement to buy back Somerset Paper Machine No. 3 for approximately US$ 75 million. Lease payments made during fiscal year 2008 amounted to US$ 7.6 million.

        Westbrook Cogeneration Agreement:    In 1982 a cogeneration facility was installed adjacent to our Westbrook Mill at a cost of US$ 86 million, to supply steam and electricity to the mill on a take-or-pay basis. We took the position that this was an operating lease. An unrelated investor owned the facility. In July 2007, we notified the lessor of our intent to purchase the asset in accordance with the terms of the agreement at the end of the Basic Term (July 15, 2008) at its fair market value and on 29 August 2008, we purchased the facility for approximately US$ 10 million. Lease payments in fiscal 2008 amounted to US$ 4.8 million.

        Environmental matters:    Further information on capital commitments relating to environmental matters can be found in note 33.

26.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Guarantees and suretyships                                                      

    38     43  

Other contingent liabilities

    7     26  

        Included under guarantees and suretyships are bills of exchange where Sappi has guaranteed third party funding of payments to Sappi for certain German accounts receivables.

        Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to taxation queries to which certain group companies are subject. The decrease in contingent liabilities reflects management's revised estimate of losses which could arise from

F-65



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

26.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)


taxation queries to which certain group companies are subject. These amounts have been recognized as current income tax liabilities.

        The group is involved in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. The relief sought in such lawsuits and proceedings includes injunctions, damages and penalties. Although the final results in these suits and proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the present opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, that they are not expected to have a material effect on the group's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS

Defined contribution plans

        The group operates eleven defined contribution retirement benefit schemes covering all qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the group in funds under the control of trustees. In addition the group participates in a country-wide union scheme open to eligible employees in South Africa.

        The total cost charged to the income statement of US$ 23 million (September 2007: US$ 18 million, September 2006: US$ 10 million) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the group based on the rates specified in the rules of these schemes. As at September 2008, US$ 2 million (September 2007: nil, September 2006: nil) was due in respect of the current reporting period that had not yet been paid over to the schemes.


Defined benefit plans

        The group operates eight large defined benefit pension plans plus a number of smaller plans. This includes plans closed to new entrants as well as plans closed for future accrual for existing members. Those plans, open to new entrants or future accrual, cover all qualifying employees. Such plans have been established in accordance with applicable legal requirements, customs and existing circumstances in each country. Benefits are generally based upon compensation and years of service. In North America benefits are based on a 'multiplier' and years of service for most schemes, which historically has increased from time to time. With the exception of our German and Austrian plans (which are unfunded), the assets of these schemes are held in separate trustee administered funds which are subject to varying statutory requirements in the particular countries concerned. In terms of these requirements, periodic actuarial valuations of these funds are performed by independent actuaries. As at September 2008, the number of active members in schemes is approximately 8,000.

        Actuarial valuations of the European and North American funds are performed annually. An actuarial review is performed annually for the South African and United Kingdom funds, with an actuarial valuation being performed on a tri-annual basis.

        Group companies have no other significant post-employment benefit liabilities except for the following:

F-66



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

        All obligations and assets were measured at the end of this financial year.

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total   Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Change in present value of defined benefit obligation

                                                 

Defined benefit obligations at beginning of year

    305     889     413     1,607     256     819     438     1,513  

Current service cost

    8     12     6     26     10     11     7     28  

Past service cost

        1         1             1     1  

Interest cost

    24     47     26     97     24     39     25     88  

Plan participants' contribution

    4             4     4             4  

Actuarial loss (gain) experience

    11     (2 )   7     16     (16 )   7     (4 )   (13 )

Actuarial (gain) loss assumptions

    (11 )   (127 )   (51 )   (189 )   20     (37 )   (30 )   (47 )

Gain on curtailment and settlement

        (1 )       (1 )                

Benefits paid

    (26 )   (50 )   (23 )   (99 )   (27 )   (44 )   (24 )   (95 )

Translation difference

    (44 )   (4 )       (48 )   34     94         128  
                                   

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

    271     765     378     1,414     305     889     413     1,607  
                                   

Present value of wholly unfunded obligations

        114     3     117         129     3     132  

Present value of wholly and partly funded obligations

    271     651     375     1,297     305     760     410     1,475  

F-67



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total   Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Change in fair value of plan assets Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

    398     763     384     1,545     295     661     329     1,285  

Expected return on plan assets

    36     46     33     115     32     39     27     98  

Actuarial (loss) gain on plan assets

    (30 )   (93 )   (66 )   (189 )   40     (14 )   15     41  

Employer contribution

    9     32     34     75     11     41     37     89  

Additional employer contribution

        1         1         1         1  

Plan participants' contribution

    4             4     4             4  

Benefits paid

    (26 )   (50 )   (23 )   (99 )   (27 )   (44 )   (24 )   (95 )

Translation difference

    (59 )   (6 )       (65 )   43     79         122  
                                   

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

    332     693     362     1,387     398     763     384     1,545  
                                   

Surplus (deficit)

    61     (72 )   (16 )   (27 )   93     (126 )   (29 )   (62 )

Unrecognized past service cost

                            1     1  
                                   

Recognized pension plan asset (liability)

    61     (72 )   (16 )   (27 )   93     (126 )   (28 )   (61 )
                                   

Periodic pension cost recognized in income statement

                                                 

Current service cost

    8     12     6     26     10     11     7     28  

Past service cost

        1         1                  

Fund administration costs

                    1             1  

Interest cost

    24     47     26     97     24     39     25     88  

Expected return on plan assets

    (36 )   (46 )   (33 )   (115 )   (32 )   (39 )   (27 )   (98 )

Amortization of past service cost

            1     1             1     1  

Gain on curtailment and settlement

        (1 )       (1 )                
                                   

Net periodic pension (credit) cost charged to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses

    (4 )   13         9     3     11     6     20  
                                   

F-68



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total   Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

    6     (47 )   (33 )   (74 )   74     26     42     142  

Actual return (loss) on plan assets (%)

   
1.3
   
(6.2

)
 
(9.0

)
 
(5.0

)
 
25.0
   
3.9
   
12.9
   
11.0
 

Amounts recognized in the statement of recognized income and expense

                                                 

Actuarial (losses) gains

    (30 )   36     (22 )   (16 )   36     16     49     101  

Pension asset surplus release

                    45             45  

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognized in the statement of recognized income and expense Actuarial gains (losses)

   
52
   
(98

)
 
(81

)
 
(127

)
 
82
   
(134

)
 
(59

)
 
(111

)

Weighted average actuarial assumptions at balance sheet date:

                                                 

Discount rate (%)

    9.00     6.90     7.60           8.25     5.30     6.30        

Compensation increase (%)*

    6.45     3.10     3.50           6.24     3.05     3.50        

Expected return on assets (%)

    9.40     6.75     8.25           9.66     6.00     8.25        

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine periodic pension cost:

                                                 

Discount rate (%)

    8.25     5.30     6.30           8.50     4.65     5.75        

Compensation increase (%)*

    6.24     3.05     3.50           6.00     3.30     3.50        

Expected return on assets (%)

    9.66     6.00     8.25           10.50     5.60     8.25        

*
Weighted average of schemes that use a compensation increase assumption.


Illustrating sensitivity

        The discount and salary increase rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported. The table below illustrates the effect of changing key assumptions:

 
  1% increase
in discount
rate
  1% decrease
in discount
rate
  1% increase
in salary
increase rate
  1% decrease
in salary
increase rate
 
 
  US$ million
 

2008

                         

(Decrease) Increase in defined benefit obligation

    (141 )   167     37     (34 )

(Decrease) Increase in aggregate of current service cost and interest cost

    (2 )   7          

2007

                         

(Decrease) Increase in defined benefit obligation

    (175 )   213     35     (43 )

(Decrease) Increase in aggregate of current service cost and interest cost

    (6 )   8          

F-69



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)


 
  2008   2007  

Pension plan liability is presented on the balance sheet as follows:

             

Pension liability (refer note 21)

    144     144  

Pension asset (refer note 14)

    (117 )   (118 )

Pension liability (included in other payables)

        35  
           

    27     61  
           

        In determining the expected long term return assumption on plan assets, Sappi considers the relative weighting of plan assets to various asset classes, the historical performance of total plan assets and individual asset classes and economic and other indicators of future performance.

        Peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. In addition, Sappi may consult with and consider the opinions of financial and other professionals in developing appropriate return benchmarks.

        Plan fiduciaries set investment policies and strategies for the local trusts. Long-term strategic investment objectives include preserving the funded status of the trust and balancing risk and return while keeping in mind the regulatory environment in each region. The plan fiduciaries oversee the investment allocation process, which includes selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic targets and rebalancing assets periodically. Target versus actual weighted average allocations (by region) are shown below:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
 
 
  %
 

Weighted average target asset allocation by region

                                     

Equity

    40.2     37.6     38.0     40.0     21.1     48.0  

Debt Securities

    43.8     58.7     22.0     44.0     65.6     22.0  

Real Estate

    0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     1.1     0.0  

Other

    16.0     3.7     40.0     16.0     12.2     30.0  

Weighted average actual asset allocation by region

                                     

Equity

    24.9     34.4     35.0     55.0     23.1     38.2  

Debt Securities

    51.8     49.6     22.0     30.0     63.6     23.2  

Real Estate

    0.0     3.9     0.0     0.0     1.5     0.0  

Other

    23.2     12.1     43.0     15.0     11.8     38.6  

F-70



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

27.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS—PENSIONS (Continued)

        Expected benefit payments for pension benefits are as follows:

 
  Southern
Africa
  Europe
(incl UK)
  North
America
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Payable in the year ending September:

                         

2009

    10     42     22     74  

2010

    11     45     22     78  

2011

    11     47     23     81  

2012

    12     47     24     83  

2013

    12     50     26     88  

Years 2014–2018

    68     258     152     478  

        The expected company contributions for 2009 are US$ 76 million.

        Aggregate total of present value of the defined benefit obligation, fair value of assets and the surplus or deficit in the defined benefit plans for the current annual period and for the previous four annual periods (ignoring unrecognized adjustments):

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  
 
  US$ million
 

Defined benefit obligations

    1,414     1,607     1,513     1,589     1,420  

Fair value of assets

    1,387     1,545     1,285     1,222     1,081  
                       

(Deficit)

    (27 )   (62 )   (228 )   (367 )   (339 )
                       


Aggregate gains and losses arising on plan liabilities and plan assets

for the current annual period and for the previous four annual periods:

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Plan liabilities gains (losses)

    173     60     73     (141 )   (35 )

Plan assets (losses) gains

    (189 )   41     27     82     26  
                       

Net (losses) gains

    (16 )   101     100     (59 )   (9 )
                       

Reconciliation of gains and losses to Group Statement of Recognized Income and Expenses

                               

Net (losses) from pensions

    (16 )                        

Net gains from post employment benefits other than pensions (note 28)

    23                          
                               

Net gains to Group Statement of Recognized Income and Expenses

    7                          
                               

F-71



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

28.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

        The group sponsors two defined benefit post-employment plans that provide certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retired employees of the North American and South African operations. Employees are generally eligible for benefits upon retirement and completion of a specified number of years of service.

        Actuarial valuations of all the plans are performed annually.

        The North American and the South African post-employment obligations were measured at the end of the financial year.

        The following schedule provides the plans' funded status and obligations for the group:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  South
Africa
  North
America
  Total   South
Africa
  North
America
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Change in present value of defined benefit obligation

                                     

Defined benefit obligations at beginning of year

    78     95     173     61     103     164  

Current service cost

    2     2     4     1     2     3  

Past service cost

                    (2 )   (2 )

Interest cost

    6     5     11     6     5     11  

Actuarial (gain) loss experience

    (1 )   (10 )   (11 )   (6 )   (3 )   (9 )

Actuarial (gain) loss assumptions

    (4 )   (8 )   (12 )   13     (4 )   9  

Benefits paid

    (3 )   (7 )   (10 )   (6 )   (6 )   (12 )

Translation difference

    (12 )       (12 )   9         9  
                           

Defined benefit obligation at end of year

    66     77     143     78     95     173  
                           

Present value of wholly unfunded obligations

    66     77     143     78     95     173  

Unrecognized past service credit

        (5 )   (5 )       (6 )   (6 )
                           

Recognized post employment benefit liability

    (66 )   (82 )   (148 )   (78 )   (101 )   (179 )
                           

Periodic post-employment benefit cost recognized in income statement

                                     

Current service cost

    2     2     4     1     2     3  

Interest cost

    6     5     11     6     5     11  

Amortization of past service credit

        (1 )   (1 )       (1 )   (1 )

Gain on curtailments & settlements

                    (1 )   (1 )
                           

Net periodic post-employment benefit cost charged to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses

    8     6     14     7     5     12  
                           

Amounts recognized in the statement of recognized income and expense

                                     

Actuarial gains (losses)

    5     18     23     (7 )   7      

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognized in the statement of recognized income and expense

                                     

Actuarial losses

    (19 )   (13 )   (32 )   (24 )   (31 )   (55 )

F-72



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

28.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS (Continued)

 
  2008   2007  
 
  South
Africa
  North
America
  Total   South
Africa
  North
America
  Total  
 
  %
 

Weighted average actuarial assumptions at balance sheet date:

                                     

Discount rate

    9.00     7.60           8.25     6.30        

Health care cost trend initial rate

    7.00     9.00           6.75     9.50        
 

which gradually reduces to an ultimate rate of

    7.00     5.00           6.75     5.00        
 

over a period of (years)

        4               5        

Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine periodic benefit cost:

                                     

Discount rate

    8.25     6.30           8.50     5.75        

Health care cost trend initial rate

    6.75     9.50           6.50     10.00        
 

which gradually reduces to an ultimate rate of

    6.75     5.00           5.60     5.00        
 

over a period of (years)

        5               5        


Illustrating Sensitivity

        The discount rate and health care cost trend rate can have a significant effect on the amounts reported. The table below illustrates the effect by changing key assumptions:

 
  1% increase
in discount
rate
  1% decrease
in discount
rate
  1% increase
in health
care cost
trend rate
  1% decrease
in health
care cost
trend rate
 

2008

                         

(Decrease) Increase in defined benefit obligation

    (14 )   16     13     (11 )

(Decrease) Increase in aggregate of current service cost and interest cost

    (1 )   1     1     (1 )

2007

                         

(Decrease) Increase in defined benefit obligation

    n/a     n/a     14     (10 )

(Decrease) Increase in aggregate of current service cost and interest cost

    n/a     n/a     1     (1 )


Post-employment benefits other than pension liabilities are presented on the balance sheet as follows:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Post-employment benefits other than pension liability (refer note 21)

    141     181  

Post-employment benefits other than pension included in other payables (receivables)

    7     (2 )
           

    148     179  
           

F-73



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

28.  POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS (Continued)


Expected benefit payments for other than pension benefits are as follows:

 
  South
Africa
  North
America
  Total  

Payable in the year ending September:

                   

2009

    3     9     12  

2010

    3     9     12  

2011

    3     8     11  

2012

    4     8     12  

2013

    4     8     12  

Years 2014–2018

    20     32     52  

        The expected employer contribution for 2009 is US$ 11 million.

        Aggregate total of present value of the defined benefit obligation in the post retirement medical plans for the current annual period and for the previous four annual periods (ignoring unrecognized adjustments):

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Defined benefit obligations

    143     173     164     178     172  

        Aggregate gains and losses arising on plan liabilities for the current annual period and previous four annual periods:

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  

Plan liabilities gains (losses)

    23         (1 )       (8 )

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust and The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust

        At the annual general meeting of shareholders held on 7 March 2005, shareholders adopted The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (Plan) in addition to The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (Scheme) which had been adopted on 5 March 1997, and fixed the aggregate number of shares which may be acquired by all participants under the Plan together with the Trust at 19,000,000 shares, which constitute 7.9% of the issued share capital of Sappi Limited.


The Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust (Scheme)

        Under the rules of the Scheme, participants may be offered the opportunity to acquire ordinary shares (Scheme shares). This entails that Scheme shares are sold by the Scheme to participants on the basis that ownership thereof passes to the participant on conclusion of the contract but the purchase price is not payable immediately. Scheme shares are registered in the name of the participants and will be pledged in favour of the Scheme as security for payment of debt. Subject to certain limitations, a participant's outstanding share debt will bear interest at such rate as determined by the board of directors. Dividends on Scheme shares are paid to the Scheme and will be applied in the payment of such interest. Scheme shares may only be released to participants as described below.

        Under the rules of the Scheme, participants may be offered options to acquire ordinary shares (Share options). This entails that employees are offered options to purchase or subscribe for shares. Each share option will confer to the holder the right to purchase or subscribe for one ordinary share. This is based on the terms and conditions of the Scheme. Share options may only be released to participants as described below.

F-74



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        Under the rules of the Scheme, participants may be granted options to enter into agreements with the company to acquire ordinary shares (Allocation shares). These options need to be exercised by the employee within 12 months, failing which the option will automatically lapse. The exercise of the option must be accompanied by a deposit (if any) as determined by the board of directors of Sappi (the board). The participant will be entitled to take delivery of and pay for Allocation shares which are subject to the rules as described below.

        Certain managerial employees are eligible to participate in the Scheme. The amount payable by a participant for Scheme Shares, Share Options or Allocation Shares is the closing price at which shares are traded on the JSE Limited on the trading date immediately preceding the date upon which the board authorized the grant of the opportunity to acquire relevant Scheme Shares, Share Options or Allocation Shares, as the case may be, to a participant. Pursuant to resolutions of the board passed in accordance with the rules of the Scheme, Scheme Shares may be released from the Scheme to participants, Share Options may be exercised by participants and Allocation Shares may be delivered to participants as follows for allocations prior to November 2004:

and for allocations subsequent to November 2004 as follows:

provided that the board may, at its discretion, anticipate or postpone such dates. Prior to the annual general meeting held on 2 March 2000, the Scheme provided that Share Options will lapse, among other reasons, if they remain unexercised after the tenth anniversary of the acceptance and that Scheme Shares and Allocation Shares must be paid for in full by participants by no later than the tenth anniversary of the acceptance. However, the annual general meeting approved an amendment to decrease the aforesaid ten-year period to eight years, in respect of offers made since 3 December 1999. The board has resolved that the benefits under the Scheme of Participants will be accelerated in the event of a change of control of the company, as defined in the Scheme, becoming effective (a) if, in concluding the change of control, the board in office at the time immediately prior to the proposed change of control being communicated to the board ceases to be able to

F-75



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

determine the future employment conditions of the group's employees or (b) unless the change of control is initiated by the board. Participants are entitled to require such acceleration by written notice to the company within a period of 90 days after the date upon which such change of control becomes effective.

        The Scheme provides that appropriate adjustments are to be made to the rights of Participants in the event that the group, inter alia, undertakes a rights offer, a capitalization issue, or consolidation of ordinary shares or any reduction in its ordinary share capital.


The Sappi Limited Performance Share Incentive Trust (Plan)

        Under the rules of the Plan, participants who will be officers and other employees of the company may be awarded conditional contracts to acquire Shares for no cash consideration. If the performance criteria from time to time determined by the Human Resources Committee or Compensation Committee of the Board (Performance Criteria) applicable to each Conditional Contract, are met or exceeded, then Participants shall be entitled to receive such number of shares as specified in the Conditional Contract for no cash consideration after the fourth anniversary of the date on which the board resolves to award a Conditional Contract to that Participant. The Performance Criteria shall entail a benchmarking of the company's performance against an appropriate peer group of companies.

        If the board determines that the Performance Criteria embodied in a Conditional Contract have not been satisfied or exceeded, the number of shares to be allotted and issued and / or transferred to a Participant under and in terms of such Conditional Contract shall be adjusted downwards.

        Provision is made for appropriate adjustments to be made to the rights of Participants in the event that the company, inter alia, undertakes a rights offer, is a party to a scheme of arrangement affecting the structuring of its issued share capital or reduces its share capital if, (a) the company undergoes a change in control after an Allocation date other than a change in control initiated by the board itself, or (b) the person / s (or those persons acting in concert) who have control of the company as at an Allocation date, take / s any decision, pass / es any resolution and / or take / s any action the effect of which is to delist the company from the JSE Limited and the company becomes aware of such decision, resolution and / or action, the company is obligated to notify every Participant thereof on the basis that such Participant may within a period of one month (or such longer period as the board may permit) take delivery of those shares which he / she would have been entitled to had the Performance Criteria been achieved.


Allocations (number of shares)

 
  2008   2007  

During the year the following offers were made to employees:

             

Share Options

    925,700      

Share Options Declined

    (14,000 )    

Performance shares**

    730,000     1,713,000  

Performance Share Declined

        (1,500 )

Restricted shares**

        45,000  
           

    1,641,700     1,756,500  
           

F-76



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        Scheme shares, share options, restricted shares, performance shares and allocation shares activity was as follows during the financial years ended September 2008 and 2007:

 
  Scheme
Shares***
  Restricted
Shares
  Share
options(1)
  Performance
shares(2)
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
(ZAR)*
  Allocation
Shares(1)
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
(ZAR)*
  Total
Shares
 

Outstanding at September 2006

    1,535,362     12,500     4,503,450     1,892,400     85.09     1,930,500     90.82     9,874,212  

—Offered and accepted

        45,000         1,711,500                 1,756,500  

—Paid for / released

    (92,700 )   (47,500 )   (1,046,800 )       64.88     (450,650 )   61.86     (1,637,650 )

—Returned, lapsed and forfeited

            (327,700 )   (286,500 )   52.54     (71,300 )   124.94     (685,500 )

Outstanding at September 2007

   
1,442,662
   
10,000
   
3,128,950
   
3,317,400
   
49.01
   
1,408,550
   
98.20
   
9,307,562
 

—Offered and accepted

            911,700     730,000     52.02             1,641,700  

—Paid for / released

    (90,800 )       (452,200 )       63.47     (273,750 )       (816,750 )

—Returned, lapsed and forfeited

    (31,800 )       (355,750 )   (96,300 )   93.76     (29,350 )       (513,200 )
                                   

Back into Trust

    31,800                 147.20             31,800  
                                   

Outstanding at September 2008

   
1,351,862
   
10,000
   
3,232,700
   
3,951,100
   
46.00
   
1,105,450
   
98.20
   
9,651,112
 
                                   

Exercisable at September 2006

    595,750         2,525,750         85.69     1,436,950     86.55     4,558,450  

Exercisable at September 2007

    587,600         2,104,550         96.21     1,196,650     99.71     5,800,130  

Exercisable at September 2008

    491,300         1,906,330     5,000     96.97     1,032,300     110.22     3,434,930  

*
The share options are issued in South African Rands.

**
Restricted shares (awarded on an ad-hoc basis to certain individuals on various terms and conditions) and performance shares are issued for no cash consideration. The value is determined on the day the shares are taken up.

***
The number of Scheme shares, which are not subject to credit sales amounts to 855,662 (2007: 823,862).

(1)
Issued in terms of the Scheme.

(2)
Issued in terms of the Plan.

        The fair value of Scheme shares held at September 2008 was US$ 8.7 million (September 2007: US$ 12.5 million).

F-77



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The following table sets out the number of share options outstanding at the end of September, excluding the scheme shares:

 
  2008   2007   Vesting
conditions
  Vesting
date
  Expiry
date
  Exercise
price
(ZAR)
 

19 January 1998

        30,100   Time   (i)   19 January 2008     19.90  

14 December 1998

    48,300     79,700   Time   (i)   14 December 2008     22.10  

03 February 1999

    1,000     1,000   Time   (i)   03 February 2009     22.35  

21 December 1999

        284,800   Time   (i)   21 December 2007     53.85  

15 January 2001

    213,800     243,200   Time   (i)   15 January 2009     49.00  

15 August 2001

        5,000   Time   (i)   15 August 2009     75.90  

04 February 2002

    7,000     7,000   Time   (i)   04 February 2010     131.40  

28 March 2002

    623,000     662,000   Time   (i)   28 March 2010     147.20  

30 January 2003

        250,000   Time   (i)   30 January 2011     115.00  

13 February 2003

    743,800     813,300   Time   (i)   13 February 2011     112.83  

30 December 2003

    150,250     155,500   Time   (i)   30 December 2011     79.25  

14 January 2004

    630,700     801,800   Time   (i)   14 January 2012     79.25  

25 March 2004

    1,000     1,000   Time   (i)   25 March 2012     86.60  

26 March 2004

        3,000   Time   (i)   26 March 2012     87.50  

13 December 2004

    1,029,500     1,200,100   Time   (i)   13 December 2012     78.00  

13 December 2004

    148,000     148,000   Performance   13 December 2008   N/A      

13 December 2005

    1,413,800     1,462,900   Performance   13 December 2009   N/A      

08 August 2006

    50,000     50,000   Performance   08 August 2010   N/A      

15 January 2007

    5,000     5,000   Performance   31 December 2007   N/A      

15 January 2007

    5,000     5,000   Performance   31 December 2008   N/A      

15 January 2007

    5,000     5,000   Performance   31 December 2009   N/A      

29 January 2007

    50,000     50,000   Performance   29 January 2011   N/A      

31 May 2007

    1,419,300     1,456,500   Performance   31 May 2011   N/A      

01 June 2007

        10,000   Performance   01 June 2011   N/A      

02 July 2007

    100,000     100,000   Performance   02 July 2011   N/A      

10 September 2007

    10,000     10,000   Time   10 September 2008   N/A      

10 September 2007

    25,000     25,000   Performance   10 September 2011   N/A      

12 December 2007

    610,600       Time   12 December 2011   12 December 2015     91.32  

12 December 2007

    525,000       Performance   12 December 2011   N/A      

19 March 2008

    279,200       Time   19 March 2012   19 March 2016     98.80  

19 March 2008

    205,000       Performance   12 March 2012   N/A      
                             

    8,299,250     7,864,900                    
                             

(i)
These vest over four or five years depending on the date of allocation.

F-78



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The following assumptions have been utilized to determine the fair value of the shares granted in the financial period in terms of the Scheme and the Plan:

 
  Issue 32   Issue 32   Issue 32   Issue 33   Issue 33   Issue 33

Date of grant

  12 Dec 07   12 Dec 07   12 Dec 07   19 Mar 08   19 Mar 08   19 Mar 08

Type of award

  Normal Option   Performance   Performance   Normal Option   Performance   Performance

Share Price at grant date

  ZAR 90.00   US$ 14.22   US$ 14.22   ZAR 94.98   US$ 11.64   US$ 11.64

Strike Price of share

  ZAR 91.32       ZAR 98.8    

Vesting Period

  4 years   4 years   4 years   4 years   4 years   4 years

Vesting conditions

  Proportionately
over time
  Market
related-
relative to
peers
  Cash Flow
Return on
Net Assets
relative to
peers
  Proportionately
over time
  Market
related-
relative to
peers
  Cash Flow
Return on
Net Assets
relative to
peers

Expected life of options (years)

  8 years   n/a   n/a   8 years   n/a   n/a

Market related vesting conditions

  n/a   Yes   No   n/a   Yes   No

Percentage expected to vest

  n/a   39.4%   100%   n/a   41.8%   100%

Number of shares offered

  633,000   525,000   525,000   282,900   205,000   205,000

Volatility

  30.5%   32,4%   n/a   30.8%   33.0%   n/a

Risk free discount rate

  11.6%
(US yield)
  5.3%
(US yield)
  n/a   11.8%
(US yield)
  2.7%
(US yield)
  n/a

Expected dividend yield

  2.29%   2.11%   2.11%   2.34%   2.75%   2.75%

Expected percentage of issuance

  95%   95%   95%   95%   95%   95%

Model used to value

  Binomial   Modified
binomial
  Market price   Binomial   Modified
binomial
  Market price

Fair value of option

  ZAR 43.75   ZAR 53.13   ZAR 70.22   ZAR 41.70   ZAR 52.07   ZAR 68.68

        Volatility has been determined with reference to the historic volatility of the Sappi share price over the expected period.

        Share options, allocation shares, restricted shares and performance shares to executive directors, which are included in the above figures, are as follows:

 
  2008
Number of
options / shares
  2007
Number of
options / shares
 

At beginning of year

    249,000     633,000  

Share Options, Restricted Shares and Performance Shares granted

    90,000      

Share Options and Allocation Shares exercised / declined

        (90,000 )

Shares removed on resignation or retirement of directors

        (394,000 )

Shares brought in on appointment of director

        100,000  
           

At end of year

    339,000     249,000  
           

F-79



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

29.  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (Continued)

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the 339,000 Share Options and performance Shares granted by Sappi to executive directors:

Issue date
  Number of
options / shares
  Expiry date   Exercise price
(ZAR)
 

15 January 2001

    3,000   15 January 2009     49.00  

28 March 2002

    15,000   28 March 2010     147.20  

13 February 2003

    15,000   13 February 2011     112.83  

30 December 2003

    18,000   30 December 2011     79.25  

13 December 2004

    18,000   13 December 2012     78.00  

13 December 2004*

    6,000   13 December 2008      

13 December 2005*

    24,000   13 December 2009      

08 August 2006*

    50,000   08 August 2010      

02 July 2007*

    100,000   02 July 2011      

12 December 2007*

    90,000   12 December 2011      
                 

    339,000            
                 

*
Performance shares.

        Refer to note 36 for further information on Directors participation in the Scheme and the Plan.

        No new loans have been granted to the executive directors since 28 March 2002.

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The group's financial instruments consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, certain investments, accounts payable, borrowings and derivative instruments.


Introduction

        The principal risks to which Sappi is exposed through financial instruments are:

        The group's main financial risk management objectives are to identify, measure and manage the above risks as more fully discussed under the individual risk headings below.

        Sappi's Group Treasury is comprised of two components: Sappi International, located in Brussels, which manages the group's non-South African treasury activities and, for local regulatory reasons, the operations based in Johannesburg which manage the group's Southern African treasury activities.

        These two operations collaborate closely and are primarily responsible for the group's interest rate, foreign currency, liquidity and credit risk (insofar as it relates to deposits of cash, cash equivalents and financial investments).

F-80



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        Commodity risk and credit risk (insofar as it relates to trade receivables) are primarily managed regionally but are co-ordinated on a group basis.

        The group's Limits of Authority framework delegates responsibility and approval authority to various officers, committees and boards based on the nature, duration and size of the various transactions entered into by, and exposures of, the group including the exposures and transactions relating to the financial instruments and risks referred to in this note.


a) Market risk

Interest rate risk

        Interest rate risk is the risk that an investment's value will change due to a change in the absolute level of interest rates, in the spread between two rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in any other interest rate relationship.

        The group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The group monitors market conditions and may utilize approved interest rate derivatives to alter the existing balance between fixed and variable interest rate loans in response to changes in the interest rate environment. Hedging of interest rate risk for periods greater than one year is only allowed if income statement volatility can be minimized by means of hedge accounting, fair value accounting or other means. The group's exposure to interest rate risk is set out below.


Interest-bearing borrowings

        The table below provides information about Sappi's current and non-current borrowings that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents discounted cash flows by expected maturity dates. The average fixed effective interest rates presented below are based on weighted average contract rates applicable to the amount expected to mature in each respective year. Forward looking average variable effective interest rates for the financial years ended September 2008 and thereafter are based on the yield curves for each respective currency as published by Reuters on 28 September 2008. The information is presented in US$, which is the group's reporting currency.

F-81



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        A detailed analysis of the group's borrowings is presented in note 20.

 
  Expected maturity date    
   
   
   
 
 
  Total
Carrying
Value
  2008
Fair
Value
  2007
Carrying
Value
  2007
Fair
Value
 
 
  2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014+  
 
  US$ equivalent in millions
 

US Dollar

                                                             

Fixed rate

    21     38                     59     58     55     56  

Average interest rate (%)

    4.00     4.49                     4.31           5.01        

Variable rate(1)(2)

    142             487         350     979     885     946     947  

Average interest rate (%)

    4.08     4.18     4.18     6.84     4.18     7.33     6.61           7.39        

Euro

                                                             

Fixed rate

    6     6     584     2     2     3     603     582     716     721  

Average interest rate (%)

    5.97     6.05     4.61     2.45     3.64     1.84     4.62           4.69        

Variable rate(3)

    488                         488     488     297     297  

Average interest rate (%)

    4.43                         4.43           3.98        

Rand

                                                             

Fixed rate

    7     20     45     126     157     11     366     350     399     408  

Average interest rate (%)

    9.46     8.70     8.84     10.65     9.64     11.28     9.88           9.81        

Variable rate(4)

    6     1                     7     7     44     44  

Average interest rate (%)

    10.67     10.67                     10.67           9.84        

Swiss Franc

                                                             

Fixed rate

                                                             

Average interest rate (%)

                                                             

Variable rate

    151                         151     151     142     142  

Average interest rate (%)

    3.26                         3.26           3.3        

Total

                                                             

Fixed rate

    34     64     629     128     159     14     1,028     990     1,170     1,184  

Average interest rate (%)

    5.43     5.94     4.91     10.55     9.57     9.05     6.47           6.46        

Variable rate

    787     1         487         350     1,625     1,531     1,429     1,429  

Average interest rate (%)

    4.19     10.67         6.84         7.33     5.66           6.36        
                                           

Fixed and variable

    821     65     629     615     159     364     2,653     2,521     2,599     2,613  
                                           

Current portion

                                        821     821     771     764  

Long term portion

                                        1,832     1,700     1,828     1,898  
                                                       

Total interest-bearing borrowings (refer note 20)

                                        2,653     2,521     2,599     2,662  
                                                       

The fair value of non-current borrowings is estimated by Sappi based on the rates from market quotations for non-current borrowings with fixed interest rates and on quotations provided by internationally recognized pricing services for notes, exchange debentures and revenue bonds.

The above mentioned fair values include Sappi's own credit risk. Please refer to the sensitivity analysis regarding interest rate risk for additional information regarding Sappi's rating.

(1)
Includes fixed rate loans where fixed-for-floating rate swap contracts have been used to convert the exposure to floating rates. Some of the swaps do not cover the full term of loans.

(2)
The US Dollar floating interest rates are based on the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (LIBOR).

(3)
The Euro floating interest rates are based on the European Inter-bank Offered Rate (EURIBOR).

(4)
The Rand floating interest rates are predominately based on the Johannesburg Inter-bank Agreed Rate (JIBAR).

F-82



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The range of interest rates in respect of all non-current borrowings comprising both fixed and floating rate obligations, is between 2.45% and 11.28% (depending on currency). At September 2008, 39% of Sappi's borrowings were at fixed rates of interest, and 61% were at floating rates. Floating rates of interest are based on LIBOR for USD borrowings, on EURIBOR for Euro denominated borrowings and on JIBAR for ZAR borrowings. Fixed rates of interest are based on contract rates.

        Sappi's Southern African operations have in the past been particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in short-term domestic interest rates, as a result of the volatility in interest rates in South Africa. During 2008 domestic interest rates have increased from 10.26% to 12.05% for the 3-month JIBAR.

        Sappi uses interest rate options, caps, swaps and interest rate and currency swaps as a means of managing interest rate risk associated with outstanding debt entered into in the normal course of business. Sappi does not use these instruments for speculative purposes. Interest rate derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss for the period. The group has designated certain derivatives as hedges of fixed rate debt in a documented hedging strategy.

        Interest rate derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss for the period. The hedge relationship has been assessed as highly effective on a quarterly basis. Changes in the fair value of the underlying debt, attributable to changes in the credit spread are excluded from the hedging relationship.

        The group has determined at inception and in subsequent periods that the derivatives are highly effective in offsetting fair value exposure of the debt being designated as hedged. Because only interest rate risk is designated as being hedged, credit risk related to the hedged debt is excluded from the group's assessment of the hedge being highly effective. The carrying value of the hedged debt is adjusted to reflect only changes in fair value related to changes in interest rates. This is offset by the change in fair value of the derivative instrument, which reflects changes in fair value related to both interest rate risk and credit risk.

        At September 2008 Sappi had in total seven US$ interest rate swap contracts, converting fixed rates to floating rates, outstanding for a total amount of US$ 856.6 million and the swaps had a positive total fair value of US$ 18.7 million (2007: seven contracts, total amount US$ 856.6 million, negative fair value US$ 10 million) and an interest rate and currency swap (IRCS) contract outstanding for the amount of US$ 233 million with a positive fair value of US$ 56.8 million. This swap converts future US$ cash flows into GBP and fixed

F-83



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


US$ interest rates into fixed GBP interest rates (2007: US$ 350 million with a fair value of US$ 137 million). See details of the swaps in the table below:

Instrument
  Interest Rate   Maturity date   Nominal
value
  Fair value*
favorable
(unfavorable)
 
 
   
   
  US$ million
 

Interest rate swaps:

                     

  6.75% to variable (LIBOR)   June 2012     250     4  

  6.75% to variable (LIBOR)   June 2012     200     2  

  6.75% to variable (LIBOR)   June 2012     50     1  

  7.50% to variable (LIBOR)   June 2012     250     6  

  5.90% to variable (LIBOR)   November 2013     28     1  

  7.38% to variable (LIBOR)   July 2014     44     2  

  6.65% to variable (LIBOR)   October 2014     35     2  

Interest rate and currency swaps:

 

US Dollar 6.30% into
Pound Sterling 6.66%

 

December 2009

   
233
   
57
 
                     

Total

                  75  
                     

*
This refers to the carrying value.

        The fair value of interest rate swaps and IRCS is the estimated amount that Sappi would pay or receive to terminate the agreement at the balance sheet date, taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties considering the specific relationships of Sappi group with those counterparties.


Summary sensitivity analyzes external interest rate derivatives

        The following is a sensitivity analysis of the impact on the income statement in US Dollars due to the change in fair value of interest rate derivative instruments due to changes in the interest rate basis points (bps). The sensitivity analysis of floating rate debt, including fixed rate debt swapped into floating rates, is carried out separately (see below).


Interest rate currency swap

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps GBP-LIBOR-6M

    56.8     57.9     1.1     1.9  

+50 bps GBP-LIBOR-6M

    56.8     55.8     (1.0 )   (1.8 )

 

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    56.8     56.0     (0.8 )   (1.4 )

+50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    56.8     57.7     0.9     1.6  

        The IRCS covers an intra-group loan from a GBP-reporting Sappi entity of US$ 233 million, maturing in tranches between December 2008 and 2009. The derivative converts fixed USD interest payments of 6.30% into fixed GBP interest income of 6.6%, as well as the redemption of principal amounts at maturity. The fair value of the instrument is subject to changes of both the inherent exchange rates and interest rates. Fair value

F-84



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


changes of the derivative caused by currencies are neutralised by currency changes in the underlying intra-group loan.

        At 28 September 2008 the fair value of the derivative amounted to US$ 56.8 million ("Base Value" in the table above), of which US$ 51.1 million was due to the exchange rate movement between inception and the reporting date. This amount is compensated by the opposite movement of the underlying loan and therefore has no impact on the income statement. The portion of the fair value due to interest rate movements, which has impacted the income statement, amounts to a negative value of US$ 2.3 million. This value will reduce to zero at maturity.

        For the period outstanding, the table above shows the impact that a shift of 50 bps on the LIBOR curve would have on the fair value. An increase in the USD LIBOR adds to the fair value, as does a decrease of the GBP LIBOR. When the GBP and the USD interest rates move the same way, the one roughly compensates the other. If the rates would drift in opposite directions this would have an impact of approximately US$ 2 million for a shift of 50 bps.

        Since the inception of the instrument, the largest shift in opposite directions experienced over a twelve-month period was 3.14%, due to a decrease in USD rates of 2.56% and an increase in the GBP rates of 0.58%. Applied to the fair value as per 28 September 2008, this would have resulted in a negative change in fair value of US$ 5.8 million.


Interest rate currency swap

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-256 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    56.8     52.2     (4.6 )   (8.1 )

+58 bps GBP-LIBOR-6M

    56.8     55.6     (1.2 )   (2.1 )
                         

Total

                (5.8 )      
                         

        The interest rate swaps (fixed to floating) applied to the US$ 750 million bonds issued by Sappi Papier Holding (SPH) and to the US$ 106 million bonds issued by SD Warren show the following sensitivity to a 50 bps interest rate change on a tenor of 4 years for the Sappi Papier Holding bonds and 6 years for the SD Warren bonds:


IRS—Sappi Papier Holding

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (750.7 )   (749.6 )   1.1     (0.1 )

+50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (750.7 )   (751.7 )   (1.0 )   0.1  


IRS—SD Warren

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (106.8 )   (106.6 )   0.2     (0.2 )

+50 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (106.8 )   (107.0 )   (0.2 )   0.2  

F-85



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The largest change in the 3-month USD interest rates since inception of the swaps in a twelve month period was a 2.56% decrease. Applied to the fair value as per September 2008, the net impact on the SPH bonds would have been a US$ 5.5 million gain and for the SD Warren bonds a US$ 1.0 million gain.


IRS—Sappi Papier Holding

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-256 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (750.7 )   (745.2 )   5.5     (0.7 )


IRS—SD Warren

Scenario name
  Base
Value
  Scenario
Value
  Change   % Change  

-256 bps USD-LIBOR-3M

    (106.8 )   (105.8 )   1.0     (0.9 )

        The above analysis measures the impact on the income statement that a change in fair value of the interest rate derivatives would have, if the specified scenarios were to occur.


Sensitivity analysis of interest rate risk—in case of a credit rating downgrade of Sappi

        The following table shows the sensitivity of securitization debt to changes in the group's own credit rating. It is worth noting that the change in value of the securitization debt is included in the sensitivity analysis of floating rate debt in the table below.

Securitization in Europe and Hong Kong
  Notional   Impact on
Income statement
of downgrade
below BB
credit rating
 

Europe

    219.9     0.11  

Hong Kong

    73.5     0.04  
           

Sub-total

    293.4     0.15  
           

Impact calculated on total portfolio amounts to:

   
0.05

%
     

        The pricing of the securitization contracts in Europe and Hong Kong would be impacted as set out in the table above if the company were to be downgraded below the current rating. The US securitization arrangement would not be impacted by a possible downgrade, as there are sufficient other credit enhancements to mitigate the co-mingling risk.

        All other external debt would not be impacted by a possible downgrading of Sappi.

F-86



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Sensitivity analysis of interest rate risk of floating rate debt—in '000 USD

 
  Total   Fixed rate   Floating rate   Impact on I / S
of 50 bps
interest
 
 
  US$ million
 

Total debt

    2,653.3     1,028.5     1,624.9     8.1  
                   

Ratio fixed / floating to total debt

          39 %   61 %      

        The floating rate debt represents 61% of total debt. If interest rates were to increase (decrease) by 50 bps the finance cost on floating rate debt would increase (decrease) by US$ 8.1 million.


Currency risk

        Sappi is exposed to economic, transaction and translation currency risks. The objective of the group in managing currency risk is to ensure that foreign exchange exposures are identified as early as possible and actively managed.

        In managing currency risk, the group first makes use of internal hedging techniques, with external hedging being applied thereafter. External hedging techniques consist primarily of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and currency options. Foreign currency capital expenditure on projects must be covered as soon as practical (subject to regulatory approval).

F-87



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


Currency risk analysis

        In the preparation of the currency risk analysis the derivative instrument has been allocated to the currency which the underlying instrument has been hedging.

 
  Total   Total in
Scope
  USD   EUR   ZAR   GBP   Other
(converted
into USD)
 

2008

                                           

Financial assets

                                           

Other non-current assets

    168     44     2     5     37          

Long term derivative financial instruments*

    76     76     (223 )           299      

Trade and other receivables

    698     626     287     275     22     32     10  

Current derivative financial instruments*

    4     4     1             3      

Cash and cash equivalents

    274     274     82     101     91          
                               

          1,024     149     381     150     334     10  

Financial liabilities

                                           

Non-current interest-bearing borrowings

    1,832     1,832     875     597     360          

Derivative financial instruments*

    1     1             1          

Current interest-bearing borrowings

    821     821     164     494     12         151  

Overdraft

    26     26         10     2     4     10  

Current: derivative financial instruments*

    24     24     24                  

Trade and other payables

    959     756     196     297     239     8     16  
                               

          3,460     1,259     1,398     614     12     177  

Foreign exchange gap

          (2,436 )   (1,110 )   (1,017 )   (464 )   322     (167 )

 

 
  Total   Total in
Scope
  USD   EUR   ZAR   GBP   Other
(converted
into USD)
 

2007

                                           

Financial assets

                                           

Other non-current assets

    165     36     1     6     29          

Long term derivative financial instruments*

    137     137     (356 )           493      

Trade and other receivables

    653     600     295     201     27     32     45  

Current derivative financial instruments*

    7     7     7                  

Cash and cash equivalents

    364     364     79     108     174         3  
                               

          1,144     26     315     230     525     48  

Financial liabilities

                                           

Non-current interest-bearing borrowings

    1,828     1,828     851     576     401          

Derivative financial instruments*

    15     15     12     3              

Current interest-bearing borrowings

    771     771     162     425     42         142  

Overdraft

    22     22     7     8     1     2     4  

Current: derivative financial instruments*

    28     28     26         2          

Trade and other payables

    952     816     214     341     252     6     3  
                               

          3,480     1,272     1,353     698     8     149  

Foreign exchange gap

          (2,336 )   (1,246 )   (1,038 )   (468 )   517     (101 )

*
The amount disclosed with respect to derivative instruments, reflects the currency which the derivative instrument is covering.

F-88



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The above table does not indicate the group's foreign exchange exposure, it only shows the financial instruments assets and liabilities classified per underlying currency.

        The group's foreign currency forward exchange contracts at September 2008 are detailed below.

 
   
  2008   2007  
 
   
  Contract amount
(Notional amount)
  Fair value*
(unfavourable)
favourable
  Contract
amount
  Fair value*
(unfavourable)
favourable
 
 
   
  US$ million
 

Foreign currency

                         

Bought:

 

US Dollar

    2         33     (2 )

 

Euro

    13         27      

 

ZAR

    11              

Sold:

 

US Dollar

    (168 )   (3 )   (173 )   7  

 

Euro

    (735 )   (17 )   (875 )   (25 )

 

ZAR

            (89 )   (4 )
                       

        (877 )   (20 )   (1,077 )   (24 )
                       

*
This refers to the fair value.

        The fair value of foreign currency contracts has been computed by the group based upon the market data valid at September 2008.

        All forward currency exchange contracts are valued at fair value with the resultant profit or loss included in the net finance costs for the period.

        Forward exchange contracts are used to hedge the group from potential unfavourable exchange rate movements that may occur on recognized financial assets and liabilities or planned future commitments.

        The foreign currency forward exchange contracts have different maturities, with the most extended maturity date being September 2009.

        As at the year end there was an open exposure of US$ 35.6 million which has since been hedged.


Sensitivity analysis—in USD gain (loss)

Base currency
  Exposure   +10%   -10%  

EUR

    (28.8 )   (2.6 )   3.2  

GBP

    1.3     0.1     (0.1 )

USD

    13.0     1.2     (1.4 )

ZAR

    (24.4 )   (2.2 )   2.7  

Other currencies

    3.3     0.3     (0.4 )
               

Total

    (35.6 )   (3.2 )   4.0  
               

        Based on the exposure as at September 2008, if the foreign currency rates had moved 10% upwards or downwards compared to the closing rates, the result would have been impacted by a loss of US$ 3.2 million (increase of 10%) or a gain of US$ 4.0 million (decrease of 10%).

        During 2008 we have contracted non-deliverable average rate foreign exchange transactions for a total notional value of US$ 173.4 million which were used as an overlay hedge of export sales. Since these

F-89



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


contracts have all matured before 28 September 2008, these constitute non-representative positions. The total impact on the income statement amounts to a loss of US$ 2.7 million.


Commodity risk

        Commodity risk arises mainly from price volatility and threats to security of supply.

        A combination of contract and spot deals are used to manage price volatility and contain costs. Contracts are limited to the group's own use requirements. The group aims to improve its understanding of the direction, magnitude and duration of future commodity price changes and to develop commodity specific expertise.

        The group manages security of supply by establishing alternate sources of supply and focusing on products and processes that allow the use of alternative commodities. Sappi examines its supply and quality risk on an ongoing basis with the view to continuously improve its commodity management practices.

        During 2008 we have not contracted any derivatives with respect to commodities.


b) Credit risk

        Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the group. The group faces credit risk in relation to trade receivables, cash deposits and financial investments.

        Credit risk relating to trade debtor management is the responsibility of regional management and is co-ordinated on a group basis.

        The group's objective in relation to credit risk is to limit the exposure to credit risk through specific group-wide policies and procedures. Credit control procedures are designed to ensure the effective implementation of best trade receivable practices, the comprehensive maintenance of all related records, and effective management of credit risk for the group.

        The group assesses the credit worthiness of potential and existing customers in line with the credit policies and procedures. Appropriate collateral is obtained to minimize risk. Exposures are monitored on an ongoing basis utilizing various reporting tools which highlight potential risks.

        In the event of deterioration of credit risk, the appropriate measures are taken by the regional credit management. All known risks are required to be fully disclosed, accounted for, and provided for as bad debts in accordance with the applicable accounting standards.

        Quantitative disclosures on credit risk are included in note 16 of the annual financial statements.

        A large percentage of our trade receivables are credit insured.


Hedge accounting

        The group has the following fair value hedges which qualify for hedge accounting:

        Bonds at fixed interest rates for a total notional amount of US$ 856 million are hedged by seven external interest rate swaps (IRS). These IRS with a positive fair value of US$ 18.7 million convert the USD fixed interest rates into floating 6-month LIBOR set in arrears. The hedged risk is designated to be the interest rate risk arising from fluctuations in the US LIBOR swap curve. The effect of this transaction is to convert fixed rate debt into floating rate debt.

F-90



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        In fiscal 2005 the hedge was de-designated at the end of March, April and June 2005 respectively and was only re-designated in June 2005. During this period, hedge accounting was interrupted for a certain number of deals. The changes in fair value of the bonds until the moment of de-designation are amortized over the remaining life of the hedge.

        In fiscal 2007 Sappi decided to replace its valuation and hedge effectiveness tool by the REVALHedgeRx Module (see description hereunder). At the same time it was decided to switch from the Volatility Variance Method (VVM) to the linear regression analysis as the statistical test, which is an appropriate alternative to test hedge effectiveness of a fair value hedge.

        A change in the hedge effectiveness measurement methodology requires the de-designation of the existing hedge relationship. Simultaneously a re-designation of the same hedge relationship was carried out, however this has catered for a revised hedge effectiveness measurement methodology. There was no material impact on the income statement as a result of this change.

        As the swaps were contracted some time after the issuance of the underlying bonds, at the time of designating the hedge relationship it was required to mark-to-market the bonds for the hedged risk (ie for changes in the benchmark interest rate) in order to determine the hedged fair value at inception of the hedge (create an initial fair value benchmark) which was different to the face value as market conditions had changed since the bonds were issued. All future hedge adjustments to the carrying value of the bonds are based on changes in the fair value of this benchmark due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. The bonds are remeasured for changes in the benchmark interest rate and the swaps are revalued for changes in their fair value on a monthly basis and show movements in line with changing market conditions. Over the life of the bonds, the hedged fair value benchmark will revert to the face value of the bonds (the repayment amounts), whereas the hedging swaps will revert to a final fair value of zero. The carrying value of the bonds, including the effect of hedge accounting, will at maturity be equal to the sum of (1) the face value and (2) the total change in the initial hedged fair value (fair value benchmark), which will be different to the effective amount to be repaid (the face value). Therefore Sappi decided in fiscal 2007 to amortize the mismatch between the initial fair value benchmark and the face value payable at maturity in order to recognize the income statement impact over the remaining period until maturity, instead of recognising the difference only at maturity.

        The following is an analysis of the impact on pre-tax profit and loss from the period:

(without brackets favourable)
  2008   2007  
 
  US$
million

  US$
million

 

De / re-designation

         

Amortization*

    (5 )   (2 )

Residual ineffectiveness

         
           

—gain on hedging instruments                                                      

    30     14  

—loss on hedged item

    (30 )   (14 )
           

Total

    (5 )   (2 )
           

*
The outstanding amount on the balance sheet to be amortized over the next five years corresponds to US$ 27.9 million.

        Sappi uses the REVALHedgeRx module (REVAL), a web based application providing treasury and risk management solutions supplied by Reval.Com, Inc., a financial technology company based in New York to assess both the prospective and the retrospective effectiveness of the fair value hedge relationship.

F-91



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        The statistical method chosen to measure prospective and retrospective effectiveness is the linear regression analysis.

        REVAL uses past data to demonstrate that a hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective in a prospective hedge effectiveness test and, was highly effective in a retrospective hedge effectiveness test.

        The number of data points used to measure effectiveness and the frequency of the data must be consistent over the life of the hedge for both prospective and retrospective testing and must be appropriate given the particularities of the hedge. It is therefore considered appropriate to use 60 monthly rolling data points. The monthly data points correspond to the historical Sappi month-end dates.

        In order to create a complete set of data for the regression analysis, both the hedging instrument and the hedged item are back dated at the inception date by creating a proxy trade. Actual historical 3-month USD LIBOR curves are used to generate net present values of the proxy trades. As time passes, REVAL will update the regression by adding new actual observations and excluding the same number of the oldest simulated observations from the data set.

        The prospective test is considered to be identical to the retrospective test, which implies that for the prospective test the same past data (i.e. actual historical curves and remaining cash flows at each Sappi month-end date of the retrospective test) is used for the retrospective test.

        Changes in fair value will represent period-to-period changes in "clean" fair value (accruals of interest excluded).

        During September and October 2006, Sappi entered into firm commitments for the purchase of equipment in foreign currency. These commitments were hedged for foreign exchange risk by forward exchange contracts and were designated as a fair value hedge. The hedged risk was designated to be the foreign currency risk arising from fluctuations in the foreign currency rates relating to the purchase of equipment.

        The fair value hedge was accounted for as follows:

        The hedging instrument was recorded at fair value in the balance sheet with changes in fair value recorded through the income statement. The full fair value method is used to calculate the changes in fair value of the hedging instrument. At maturity of the foreign exchange contract the related cash flows were booked at the spot rate of that day according to IAS 21.

        The firm commitment (hedged item) was not recognized in the balance sheet at inception of the hedge because it was an executory contract for the future delivery of equipment. Only the subsequent changes in fair value of the commitment attributable to the hedged risk are recorded on the balance sheet and through the income statement.

        In 2008, Sappi took delivery of the purchased equipment. Hedge accounting has been discontinued in the 2008 fiscal year. The portion of the hedge that was determined to be effective has been included on the balance sheet as part of the cost of purchase for the equipment.


c) Liquidity risk

        Liquidity risk is the risk that the group will be unable to meet its current and future financial obligations as they fall due.

        The group's objective is to manage its liquidity risk by:

F-92



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

        Details of the group's borrowings, including the maturity profile thereof, as well as the group's committed and uncommitted facilities are set out in note 20.

        The group is in compliance with all material financial covenants applicable to its borrowing facilities.

 
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
Liquidity risk management—
September 2008
  Total financial
assets and
liabilities
  Fair value
of financial
instruments
  0 - 6
months
  6 - 12
months
  1 - 2
years
  2 - 5
years
  > 5
years
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Financial assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

    44     44     12         14     5     6     37  

Long term derivative financial instruments

    76     76     38     10     37         1     86  
                                       

Receive leg

                186     35     211     127     8     567  

Pay leg

                (148 )   (25 )   (174 )   (127 )   (7 )   (481 )
                                       

Trade and other receivables

    626     626     609     17                 626  

Current derivative financial instruments

    4     4     5                     5  
                                       

Receive leg

                335                     335  

Pay leg

                (330 )                   (330 )
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

    274     274     257     17                 274  
                                       

                921     44     51     5     7     1,028  

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    1,832     1,719     57     55     186     1,658     762     2,718  

Derivative financial instruments

    1     1                     1     1  
                                       

Pay leg

                                1     1  

Receive leg

                                     
                                       

Other non-current liabilities

                                     

Interest-bearing borrowings

    821     821     709     128                 837  

Overdraft

    26     26     26                     26  

Current derivative financial instruments

    24     24     23                     23  
                                       

Pay leg

                578                     578  

Receive leg

                (555 )                   (555 )
                                       

Trade and other payables

    756     756     695     42                 737  
                                       

                1,510     225     186     1,658     763     4,342  
                                       

Liquidity gap

                (589 )   (181 )   (135 )   (1,653 )   (756 )   (3,314 )
                                       

F-93



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


Liquidity risk management—
September 2007
  Total financial
assets and
liabilities
  Fair value
of financial
instruments
  0-6
months
  6-12
months
  1-2
years
  2-5
years
  > 5
years
  Total  
 
  US$ million
 

Financial assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

    36     36     12         9     2     12     35  

Long term derivative financial instruments

    137     137     50     4     51     47     (1 )   151  
                                       

Receive leg

                180     15     183     187     15     580  

Pay leg

                (130 )   (11 )   (132 )   (140 )   (16 )   (429 )
                                       

Trade and other receivables

    600     607     604     3                 607  

Current derivative financial instruments

    7     7     9                     9  
                                       

Receive leg

                312         3             315  

Pay leg

                (303 )       (3 )           (306 )
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

    364     364     364                     364  
                                       

                1,039     7     60     49     11     1,166  

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Interest-bearing borrowings

    1,828     1,898     50     59     148     1,660     958     2,875  

Derivative financial instruments

    15     15     5     1     3     12         21  
                                       

Pay leg

                70     34     55     170         329  

Receive leg

                (65 )   (33 )   (52 )   (158 )       (308 )
                                       

Interest-bearing borrowings

    771     764     677     112                 789  

Overdraft

    22     22     22                     22  

Current derivative financial instruments

    28     28     32     2                 34  
                                       

Pay leg

                908     23     1             932  

Receive leg

                (876 )   (21 )   (1 )           (898 )
                                       

Trade and other payables

    816     818     796     1     7             804  
                                       

                1,582     175     158     1,672     958     4,545  
                                       

Liquidity gap

                (543 )   (168 )   (98 )   (1,623 )   (947 )   (3,379 )
                                       

F-94



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


Derivative financial instruments with maturity profile

        The following tables indicate the different types of derivative financial instruments for 2008 and 2007, included within the various categories on the face of the balance sheet.

        The reported maturity analysis is calculated based on an undiscounted basis.

 
   
   
  Maturity analysis  
 
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
Classes of financial instruments
  Total   Fair value
hedge
  <6M   >6M <1Y   >1Y <2Y   >2Y <5Y   >5Y  
 
  US$ million
 

September 2008

                                           

Assets

                                           

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                           
 

Interest rate risk

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps

    76     76     38     10     37         1  
     

receiving leg

    532     532     186     35     211     127     8  
     

paying leg

    (456 )   (456 )   (148 )   (25 )   (174 )   (127 )   (7 )
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                           
   

FX forward contracts

    4         5                  
     

receiving leg

    334     (11 )   335                  
     

paying leg

    (330 )   11     (330 )                

Liabilities

                                           

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                           
 

Interest rate risk

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps

    (1 )                       (1 )
     

paying leg

    (1 )                       (1 )
     

receiving leg

                             
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                           
   

FX forward contracts

    (24 )       (23 )                
     

paying leg

    (576 )       (578 )                
     

receiving leg

    552         555                  

F-95



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


 
   
   
  Maturity analysis  
 
   
   
  Undiscounted cash flows  
Classes of financial instruments
  Total   Fair value
hedge
  <6M   >6M <1Y   >1Y <2Y   >2Y <5Y   >5Y  
 
  US$ million
 

September 2007

                                           

Assets

                                           

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                           
 

Interest rate risk

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps

    137     137     50     4     51     47     (1 )
     

receiving leg

    536     536     180     15     183     187     15  
     

paying leg

    (399 )   (399 )   (130 )   (11 )   (132 )   (140 )   (16 )
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                           
   

FX forward contracts

    7         9                  
     

receiving leg

    309         312                  
     

paying leg

    (302 )       (303 )                

Liabilities

                                           

Fair value of derivatives by risk factor

                                           
 

Interest rate risk

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps

    (12 )   (12 )   (2 )   (1 )   (3 )   (13 )    
     

paying leg

    (246 )   (246 )   (28 )   (27 )   (56 )   (171 )    
     

receiving leg

    234     234     26     26     53     158      
 

Foreign exchange risk

                                           
   

FX forward contracts

    (31 )   (4 )   (27 )   (1 )            
     

paying leg

    (879 )   (89 )   (794 )   (1 )            
     

receiving leg

    848     85     767                  


Fair values

        All financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts that approximate fair value, except the non-current interest-bearing borrowings at fixed rates of interest. The carrying amounts for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, certain investments, accounts payable and current portion of interest-bearing borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Where these fixed rates of interest have been hedged into variable rates of interest and fair value hedge accounting has been applied, then the non-current interest-bearing borrowings are carried at fair value calculated by discounting all future cash flows at market data valid at closing date. The same data is used to value the related hedging instrument.

        No financial assets were carried at an amount in excess of fair value.

        Direct and incremental transaction costs are included in the initial fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, other than those at fair value through profit or loss. The best evidence of the fair value of a financial asset or financial liability at initial recognition is the transaction price, unless the fair value of the instrument is evidenced by comparison with other current observable market transactions. Where market prices or rates are available, such market data is used to determine the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities.

        If quoted market prices are unavailable, the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities is calculated using pricing models or discounted cash flow techniques. Where discounted cash flow techniques are used, estimated future cash flows are based on management's best estimates and the discount rate used

F-96



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


is a market-related rate at the balance sheet date for an instrument with similar terms and conditions. Where pricing models are used, market-related inputs are used to measure fair value at the balance sheet date.

        Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured, and derivatives that are linked to and have to be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments, are not measured at fair value but at cost.

        Fair values of foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives are calculated by using recognized treasury tools which use discounted cash flow techniques based on effective market data valid at closing date.

        The fair value of loan commitments are based on the commitment fees effectively paid.

 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39
  Held for
trading
  Loans and
receivables
  Held to
maturity
  Available
for sale
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 

September 2008

                                                 

Non-current assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

    168     124         30         14     44     44  
                                     

Loans to associates (minority interests)

                  3             3     3  

AFS—Club debentures

                          2     2     2  

AFS—(Investment) funds

                          12     12     12  

Other assets

          124         27             27     27  
                                     

Derivative financial instruments

    76         76                 76     76  
                                     

Current assets

                                                 

Trade and other receivables

    698     72         626             626     626  
                                     

Trade receivables

                  574             574     574  

Other accounts receivable—current

          72         52             52     52  
                                     

Derivative financial instruments

    4         4                 4     4  
                                     

Cash (and cash equivalents)

    274             274             274     274  
                                     

Overnight deposits and current accounts (incl. petty cash)

                  59             59     59  

Time deposits (< 3 months)

                  162             162     162  

Money market funds

                  53             53     53  
                                     

F-97



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39
  Held for
trading
  Other
financial
liabilities
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 

September 2008

                                     

Non current liabilities

                                     

Interest bearing borrowings

    1,832             1,832     1,832     1,719  
                             

Bank loans payable (>1 year)—incl. syndicated loans

                  664     664     642  

Bonds

                  1,084     1,084     998  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  21     21     21  

Other

                  63     63     58  
                             

Derivative financial instruments

    1         1         1     1  
                             

Current liabilities

                                     

Interest bearing borrowings

    821             821     821     821  
                             

Bank loans payable (< 1 year) incl. syndicated loans

                  446     446     446  

Current portion of other non-current loans payable

                  6     6     6  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  2     2     2  

Secured loans (< 1 year)

                  142     142     142  

Securitization debt

                  220     220     220  

Other current loans—external

                  5     5     5  
                             

Overdraft

                                     

Bank overdrafts (< 3 months)

    26             26     26     26  
                             

Derivative financial instruments

    24         24         24     24  
                             

Trade and other payables

    959     203         756     756     756  
                             

Accruals

          202         233     233     233  

Accounts payable to associates

                  1     1     1  

Other accounts payable—current

          1         522     522     522  
                             

F-98



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39
  Held for
trading
  Loans and
receivables
  Held to
maturity
  Available
for sale
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 

September 2007

                                                 

Non-current assets

                                                 

Other non-current assets

    165     129         22         14     36     36  
                                     

Loans to associates (minority interests)

                  3             3     3  

AFS—Club debentures

                          1     1     1  

AFS—(Investment) funds

                          13     13     13  

Other assets

          129         19             19     19  
                                     

Derivative financial instruments

    137         137                 137     137  
                                     

Current assets

                                                 

Trade and other receivables

    653     53         600             600     607  
                                     

Trade receivables

                  553             553     553  

Other accounts receivable—current

          53         47             47     54  
                                     

Derivative financial instruments

    7         7                 7     7  
                                     

Cash (and cash equivalents)

    364             364             364     364  
                                     

Overnight deposits and current accounts (incl. petty cash)

                  236             236     236  

Time deposits (< 3 months)

                  117             117     117  

Money market funds

                  11             11     11  
                                     

F-99



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

30.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


 
   
   
  Categories according to IAS 39    
   
 
Classes of financial instruments
  Total
balance
  Out of
scope
IAS 39
  Held for
trading
  Other
financial
liabilities
  Total
in
scope
  Fair
value
 

September 2007

                                     

Non current liabilities

                                     

Interest bearing borrowings

    1,828             1,828     1,828     1,898  
                             

Bank loans payable (>1 year)—incl. syndicated loans

                  624     624     631  

Bonds

                  1,093     1,093     1,144  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  32     32     37  

Other

                  79     79     86  
                             

Derivative financial instruments

    15         15         15     15  
                             

Current liabilities

                                     

Interest bearing borrowings

    771             771     771     764  
                             

Bank loans payable (<1 year)—incl. syndicated loans

                  374     374     374  

Commercial paper

                  28     28     28  

Financial leasing liabilities

                  9     9     7  

Securitization debt

                  354     354     354  

Other current loans—external

                  6     6     1  
                             

Overdraft

                                     

Bank overdrafts (<3 months)

    22             22     22     22  
                             

Derivative financial instruments

    28         28         28     28  
                             

Trade and other payables

    952     136         816     816     818  
                             

Accruals

          136         304     304     306  

Accounts payable to associates

                  7     7     7  

Other accounts payable—current

                  505     505     505  
                             

F-100



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

31.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Transactions between Sappi Limited and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the group, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of transactions between the group and related parties are disclosed below:

 
  Sale of goods   Purchases of goods   Amounts
owed by
related
parties
  Amounts
owed to
related
parties
 
Joint ventures
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2008   2007  
 
  US$ million
 

Jiangxi Chenming

    4.0     3.8     2.3     2.6     2.2     9.0             7.6     8.3  

Sapin S.A. 

    0.3             30.9     28.2     19.9             1.1     2.1  

VOF Warmtekracht

    44.2     41.4     35.7     32.8     30.5     26.1                    

Umkomaas Lignin (Pty) Ltd

    1.1     0.9     0.6                 0.7     1.6            

Papierholz Austria GmbH

                  92.7     90.4     55.7             5.3     3.8  
                                           

    49.6     46.1     38.6     159.0     151.3     110.7     0.7     1.6     14.0     14.2  
                                           

        Joint venture Timber IV: A full description of the transaction concerning Timber IV is discussed in note 13.

        Sales of goods and purchases to and from related parties were made on an arm's length basis. The amounts outstanding at balance sheet date are unsecured and will be settled in cash. Guarantees given by the group are disclosed in note 26. No expense has been recognized in the period for bad or doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.


Directors

        Details relating to executive and non-executive directors' emoluments, interests and participation in the Scheme and Plan are disclosed in notes 34-36.


Interest of directors in contracts

        None of the directors have a material interest in any transaction with the company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those on a normal employment basis. Professor Meyer Feldberg, a non-executive director of the company, disclosed his role as senior advisor of Morgan Stanley & Co. Limited, a financial advisor to Sappi, and Morgan Stanley South Africa (Proprietary) Limited, a transaction sponsor to Sappi Ltd.


Key management personnel

        Compensation for key management was as follows:

 
  Total excluding
directors
  Total including
directors
 
 
  2008   2007   2006   2008   2007   2006  
 
  US$ million
 

Short term benefits

    2.9     2.5     2.0     4.3     4.1     7.2  

Post-employment benefits

    0.4     0.3     0.6     0.7     0.8     3.3  

Share-based payments

    0.0     0.2     0.1         0.2     0.5  
                           

    3.3     3.0     2.7     5.0     5.1     11.0  
                           

        The number of key management personnel included above for 2008 was ten (2007: twelve).

F-101



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

32.  EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET DATE

        Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2008 Sappi acquired M-real Corporation's coated graphics paper business.

        The total consideration for the Acquisition was € 750 million (approximately US$ 1.1 billion) and was subject to a deduction based on the amount of net debt of the Acquired Business at completion and an adjustment for the difference between the target working capital and the actual working capital at completion.

        The transaction included four graphic paper mills: the Kirkniemi mill and the Kangas mill in Finland, the Stockstadt mill in Germany and the Biberist mill in Switzerland; and other specified assets; as well as all of the know-how, brands, order books, customer lists, intellectual property and goodwill of the coated graphic paper business of M-Real Corporation. As part of the Acquisition, Sappi entered into long term supply agreements under which M-Real Corporation and its parent company will supply wood, energy and pulp to us. In addition, Sappi entered into transitional marketing agreements under which M-Real Corporation will produce products at certain graphic paper machines at the Husum mill (Sweden) and the Äänekoski mill (Finland) and we will market and distribute those products.

        We funded the consideration for the Acquisition as follows:

        Management is currently determining the effect of the Rights Issue on the historically presented earnings per share in accordance with IAS 33 Earnings Per Share.

33.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

        We are subject to a wide range of environmental laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, and these laws and regulations have tended to become more stringent over time. Violations of environmental laws could lead to substantial costs and liabilities, including civil and criminal fines and penalties. Environmental compliance is an increasingly important consideration in our businesses, and we expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures and operational and maintenance costs for environmental compliance, including costs related to reductions in air emissions including carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases (GHG), wastewater discharges and waste management. We closely monitor the potential for changes in pollution control laws and take actions with respect to our operations accordingly. Sappi spent approximately US$ 15 million in the financial year ended September 2008 (September 2007: US$ 15 million) on capital projects that control air or water emissions or otherwise create an environmental benefit.

F-102



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

33.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS (Continued)

        Sappi Fine Paper North America is subject to stringent environmental laws in the United States. These laws include the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and their respective state counterparts and implementing regulations. The State of Maine has ordered a hearing, scheduled for later this year, to determine whether it will require Sappi Fine Paper North America to install a fishway at its Cumberland mills dam on the Presumpscot River. A fishway on the Cumberland mills dam would trigger the obligation to install fishways at Sappi Fine Paper North America's dams upstream of the Cumberland mills dam, to allow natural fish migration and thus promote the restoration of native species to the river. The total cost of these projects, if required, is estimated to be approximately US$ 18 million. Previous settlement discussions with government agencies and environmental groups regarding the removal of the Cumberland mills dam were not successful.

        Although the United States has not ratified the Kyoto Protocol, and has not yet adopted a federal program for controlling GHG emissions, there are various state and regional initiatives regarding GHG regulation and Congress is considering a number of legislative proposals regarding climate change. Accordingly, we closely monitor state, regional and federal GHG initiatives in anticipation of any potential effects on our operations.

        Our European facilities are subject to extensive environmental regulation in the various countries in which we operate. For example:

        The countries within which we operate in Europe have all ratified the Kyoto Protocol and we have developed a GHG strategy to comply with applicable GHG restrictions and to manage emission reductions cost effectively. Our expenditures related to GHG compliance in Europe are not expected to be material.

        In South Africa, requirements under the National Water Act, National Environmental Management Act and the Air Quality Bill may result in additional expenditures and / or operational constraints. South Africa is also a signatory of the Kyoto Protocol and Sappi is currently identifying and initiating Clean Development Mechanism projects at a number of our South African mills. Although we are uncertain as to the ultimate effect on our South African operations, our current assessment of the legislation is that any compliance expenditures or operational constraints will not be material to our financial condition.

34.  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION

Non-executive directors

        Directors are normally remunerated in the currency of the country in which they live or work from. The remuneration is translated into US Dollars (the group's reporting currency) at the average exchange rates prevailing during the reporting year. Directors' fees are established in local currencies to reflect market conditions in those countries.

F-103



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

34.  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

        Non-executive directors' fees reflect their services as directors and services on various sub-committees on which they serve, and the quantum of committee fees depends on whether the director is an ordinary member or a chairman of the committee.

        The extreme volatility of currencies, in particular the Rand / US Dollar exchange rate in the past few years, caused severe distortion of the relative fees paid to individual directors.

        Non-executive directors' fees are proposed by the Executive Committee, agreed by the Compensation Committee, recommended by the Board and approved at the annual general meeting by the shareholders.

 
  2008  
Director
  Board Fees   Committee Fees   Travel allowance   Total  
 
  US$
 

DC Brink

    52,332     42,130     5,200     99,662  

M Feldberg

    57,200     49,700     10,400     117,300  

JE Healey

    67,600     70,700     15,600     153,900  

D Konar

    34,889     57,340     5,200     97,429  

HC Mamsch

    87,535     97,041     10,400     194,976  

B Radebe

    37,796     9,422     5,200     52,418  

ANR Rudd

    74,068     47,530     7,800     129,398  

FA Sonn

    34,889     9,422     5,200     49,511  

E van As(1)

    84,126         5,000     89,126  

K Osar

    67,600     23,835     13,000     104,435  

J McKenzie

    37,796     8,637     5,200     51,633  

DC Cronjé(2)

    131,344         2,600     133,944  
                   

    767,175     415,758     90,800     1,273,733  
                   

(1)
Includes board fees received by Mr van As for the period September 2007 to March 2008. Mr van As also received consulting fees of US$ 16,825 for the same period not included in the above.

(2)
Appointed in January 2008.

F-104



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

34.  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

 
  2007  
Director
  Board Fees   Committee Fees   Travel allowance   Total  
 
  US$
 

DC Brink

    41,817     40,423     5,000     87,240  

M Feldberg

    50,000     48,000     12,500     110,500  

JE Healey

    50,000     68,000     15,000     133,000  

K de Kluis(3)

    16,265     16,265     2,500     35,030  

D Konar

    27,878     52,736     5,000     85,614  

HC Mamsch

    65,060     93,568     10,000     168,628  

B Radebe

    27,878     18,121     5,000     50,999  

ANR Rudd

    65,060     27,601     2,500     95,161  

FA Sonn

    27,878     9,060     5,000     41,938  

E van As

    48,787         5,000     53,787  

K Osar(4)

    20,835         7,500     28,335  

J McKenzie(5)

    2,324             2,324  
                   

    443,782     373,774     75,000     892,556  
                   

(3)
Retired in December 2006.

(4)
Appointed in May 2007.

(5)
Appointed in September 2007.

        Our pay philosophy aims to provide executives with remuneration which allows them to enjoy similar and appropriate standards of living and at the same time to create wealth equally no matter where they live and work.

        Whilst the payment of executives in different currencies creates perceived inequities, due attention is given to insure that internal equity exists and is maintained, through comparisons against cost of living indices and the manner in which pay is structured in the various countries.

        Bonus and performance related payments are based on corporate and individual performance. Under this, executives may be awarded up to 110% of their annual salary if group and personal performance objectives as agreed by the Remuneration Committee are met. Bonuses relate to amounts paid in the current year, but based on the previous year's performance.

        Average exchange rates for the year concerned are again applied in the tables in converting the currency of payment into US Dollars.

F-105



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

34.  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

Executive Directors(1)

 
  2008  
Director
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses
and
performance
related
payments(2)
  Sums paid
by
way of
expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Benefit received
from Credit
Scheme Share
Funding
  Other   Total  
 
  US$
 

M R Thompson

    299,113     180,552     433     99,688             579,786  
                               

R J Boëttger

    669,955     204,705         191,327             1,065,987  
                               

    969,068     385,257     433     291,015             1,645,773  
                               

(1)
Executive directors are paid remuneration packages which aim to be competitive in the countries in which they live and work, and they are generally paid in the currency of those countries.

(2)
Bonuses and performance related payments are in respect of the previous year's performance paid in the current year.
 
  2007  
Director
  Salary   Prior Year
bonuses
and
performance
related
payments(2)
  Sums paid
by
way of
expense
allowance
  Contributions
paid under
pension and
medical aid
schemes
  Benefit received
from Credit
Scheme Share
Funding
  Other   Total  
 
  US$
 

W Pfarl(3)

    536,552     255,071     2,708     132,087         393,688     1,320,106  

M R Thompson

    272,354     84,910     448     100,515             458,227  

E van As(4)

    696,953                     146,360     843,313  

R J Boëttger(5)

    161,737             46,412     516,248         724,397  
                               

    1,667,596     339,981     3,156     279,014     516,248     540,048     3,346,043  
                               

(1)
Executive directors are paid remuneration packages which aim to be competitive in the countries in which they live and work, and they are generally paid in the currency of those countries.

(2)
Bonuses and performance related payments are in respect of the previous year's performance paid in the current year.

(3)
Retired June 2007. Mr Pfarl received a pension disbursement benefit of US$ 346,085 included in other benefits.

(4)
Mr van As received a salary of US$ 696,953 (ZAR 5 million) while acting as CEO. Includes board fees paid to Mr van As for the period September 2006 till August 2007 when his executive responsibilities terminated upon the appointment of Mr Boëttger as CEO. Mr van As then resumed his Non-Executive chairman responsibilities.

(5)
Appointed as CEO in July 2007. Mr Boëttger received 35,000 restricted shares which vest on 31 December 2007 included under benefit received from credit scheme share funding. A share based expense of US$ 516,248 was recognized in the 2007 year's income statement, based on a share-price of ZAR 106.00.


Details of directors' service contracts

        The executive directors have service contracts with notice periods of 2 years or less. These notice periods are in line with international norms for executive directors.

        Other than the non-executive chairman, Dr Cronjé, none of the other non-executive directors have service contracts with the company.

F-106



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

34.  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION (Continued)

        None of the directors have provisions for pre-determined compensation on termination of their contracts exceeding 2 years' gross remuneration and benefits in kind.

35.  DIRECTORS' INTERESTS

        The following table sets out the directors' interests in the shares in Sappi Limited. For the purpose of this table, directors' interests are those in shares owned either directly or indirectly as well as those shares in respect of which directors have vested obligations to purchase shares or repay loans in terms of the Sappi Limited Share Incentive Trust.

 
  2008   2007  
 
  Direct Interests   Indirect
Interests
  Direct Interests   Indirect
Interests
 
Director
  Beneficial   Vested
Obligations to
Purchase or
Repay Loans
  Beneficial   Beneficial   Vested
Obligations to
Purchase or
Repay Loans
  Beneficial  

Non-executive directors

                                     

D C Brink

            10,000             10,000  

M Feldberg

                         

J E Healey

                         

D Konar

                         

H C Mamsch

                         

B Radebe

                         

A N R Rudd

                         

F A Sonn

                         

E van As

                         

K Osar(1)

                         

J McKenzie(2)

                         

D C Cronjé(6)

                         

Executive directors

                                     

M R Thompson

        39,900             36,300      

R J Boëttger(3)

    35,000                      

W Pfarl(4)

                         

E van As(5)

                248,000     200,000     316,959  
                           

Total

    35,000     39,900     10,000     248,000     236,300     326,959  
                           

(1)
Appointed in May 2007.

(2)
Appointed in September 2007.

(3)
Appointed in July 2007. Mr Boëttger received 35,000 restricted shares in 2007 as part of his appointment which vested on 31 December 2007 (See directors remuneration for 2007 footnote (6)).

(4)
Retired June 2007.

(5)
Retired August 2007 from executive duties and retired in March 2008 as non-executive chairman.

(6)
Appointed in January 2008.

F-107



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

35.  DIRECTORS' INTERESTS (Continued)


Directors' interests in contracts

        The directors have certified that they had no material interest in any significant transaction with either the company or any of its subsidiaries. Therefore there is no conflict of interest with regard to directors' interests in contracts.

36.  DIRECTORS' PARTICIPATION IN THE SAPPI LIMITED SHARE INCENTIVE TRUST (SCHEME) AND THE SAPPI LIMITED PERFORMANCE SHARE INCENTIVE TRUST (PLAN)

Share options, allocation shares and performance shares

        The following table sets out all share options (whether vested or unvested), all other unvested allocation shares and performance shares granted to, and exercised by, each executive director in terms of the Scheme and the Plan during the year ended September 2008. These interests are also included in 'Directors' interests' in note 35. Details of share dealings are included in the second table. Non-executive directors do not have any allocation shares, share options or performance shares. Executive directors who retire have 12 months in which to settle their share options and allocation shares, unless extension is granted by the remuneration committee of the board of directors.

        For performance shares there is a formula by which retired executive directors will receive a proportion of any shares which may have vested at the end of the four year period.

Executive Directors
  RJ Boëttger(2)   MR Thompson(1)   Total
2008
  Total
2007
 
 
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
 

Outstanding at September 2007

                                     

Number of shares held

          100,000           149,000     249,000     633,000  

Issue 25

                R49.00     3,000              

Issue 26

                R147.20     15,000              

Issue 27

                R112.83     15,000              

Issue 28a

                R79.25     18,000              

Issue 29

                R78.00     18,000              

Performance shares 29(3)

                      6,000              

Performance shares 30(3)

                      24,000              

Performance shares 30a(3)

                      50,000              

Performance shares 31a(3)

          100,000                          

Offered and accepted

                                     

Performance shares 32

          50,000           40,000              
                           

Paid for

                                     

Number of shares

                                  90,000  
                           

Resignation / Retirement as executive director

                                     

Number of shares

                                  394,000  
                           

Appointment as director

                                     

Number of shares

                                  100,000  
                           

F-108



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

36.  DIRECTORS' PARTICIPATION IN THE SAPPI LIMITED SHARE INCENTIVE TRUST (SCHEME) AND THE SAPPI LIMITED PERFORMANCE SHARE INCENTIVE TRUST (PLAN) (Continued)

 

Executive Directors
  RJ Boëttger(2)   MR Thompson(1)   Total
2008
  Total
2007
 
 
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  Allocated
price
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
  No of
shares
 

Outstanding at September 2008

                                     

Number of shares held

          150,000           189,000     339,000     249,000  

Issue 25

                R49.00     3,000              

Issue 26

                R147.20     15,000              

Issue 27

                R112.83     15,000              

Issue 28a

                R79.25     18,000              

Issue 29

                R78.00     18,000              

Performance shares 29(3)

                      6,000              

Performance shares 30(3)

                      24,000              

Performance shares 30a(3)

                      50,000              

Performance shares 31a(3)

          100,000                          

Performance shares 32

          50,000           40,000              
                           

Expiry dates

                                     

Issue 25

                15 Jan 09                    

Issue 26

                28 Mar 10                    

Issue 27

                13 Feb 11                    

Issue 28a

                30 Dec 11                    

Issue 29

                13 Dec 12                    

Performance shares 29(3)

                13 Dec 08                    

Performance shares 30(3)

                13 Dec 09                    

Performance shares 30a(3)

                08 Aug 10                    

Performance shares 31a(3)

    02 Jul 11                                

Performance shares 32

    12 Dec 11           12 Dec 11                    

Changes in executive directors' share options, allocation shares and performance shares after year-end.

(1)
Appointed an executive director on 08 August 2006.

(2)
Appointed in July 2007.

(3)
Performance shares are issued when all conditions per Note 30 are met.

F-109



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for the year ended September 2008

36.  DIRECTORS' PARTICIPATION IN THE SAPPI LIMITED SHARE INCENTIVE TRUST (SCHEME) AND THE SAPPI LIMITED PERFORMANCE SHARE INCENTIVE TRUST (PLAN) (Continued)


 


 

 


 

Dealings in the Scheme and the Plan for the year ended
September 2008
None for the current year
Dealings in the Scheme and the Plan for the year ended
September 2007


 
Director
  Date paid for   Number
of shares
paid for
  Allocation
price
  Market
value at
date of
payment
  Gains on
shares
paid for
US$(1)
 

Executive directors

                             

W Pfarl(2)

  Option   15 November 2006     50,000     R53.85     R111.19     397,962  

  Deferred Sale   15 November 2006     25,000     R49.00     R111.19     215,811  

M R Thompson

  Deferred Sale   14 December 2006     15,000     R53.85     R115.79     133,004  
                           

Total

        90,000                 746,777  
                           

(1)
Converted from South African Rand to US Dollars at the exchange rates on the date of sale.

(2)
Retired June 2007.

F-110



SAPPI

CONDENSED SAPPI LIMITED COMPANY INCOME STATEMENT

for the year ended September 2008

 
  Note   2008   2007  
 
   
  ZAR million
 

Operating loss                                                                                                             

    1     (154 )   (14 )

Income from subsidiaries

    2     611     498  

Net finance income

    3     5     15  
                 

Profit before taxation

          462     499  

Taxation—Current

          (44 )   (38 )

               —Deferred

          61     70  
                 

Profit for the year

          445     467  
                 

S-1



SAPPI

CONDENSED SAPPI LIMITED COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

at September 2008

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Assets

             

Non-current assets                                                                                 

   
14,950
   
14,663
 

         

Property, plant and equipment

    3     4  

Investments in subsidiaries

    12,319     12,253  

Intercompany receivables

    2,420     2,217  

Loan to Executive Share Purchase Trust

    104     109  

Project costs capitalized

    85      

Deferred tax asset

    19     80  

         

Current assets

    41     82  

         

Cash

        1  

Receivables

    5     2  

Intercompany receivables

    36     79  

         

Total assets

    14,991     14,745  
           

Equity and liabilities

             

Shareholders' equity

   
14,750
   
14,575
 

         

Ordinary share capital

    239     239  

Share premium

    6,427     6,427  

Non-distributable reserves

    247     18  

Distributable reserves

    7,837     7,891  

         

Non-current liabilities

             

Intercompany payables

    30     1  

Current liabilities

   
211
   
169
 

         

Trade and other payables

    123     61  

Intercompany payables

    75     69  

Taxation payable

    13     39  

         

Total equity and liabilities

    14,991     14,745  
           

S-2



SAPPI

CONDENSED SAPPI LIMITED COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT

for the year ended September 2008

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Profit before interest and taxation                                                                                 

    457     484  

Adjustments:

             
 

Dividends received—pre-acquisition

    136      
 

Impairment of investment

    113      
 

Subsidiary transactions

    (123 )   157  
 

Other

    13     (24 )
           

Cash generated from operations

    596     617  

Movement in working capital

    57     8  

Net finance income

    5     15  

Taxation paid

    18     (6 )

Dividends paid

    (499 )   (525 )
           

Cash retained from operating activities

    177     109  

Fixed asset purchases

    (1 )   (1 )

(Increase) decrease in non-current assets

    (80 )   6  

Increase in investments

    (315 )   (113 )

Proceeds from share option deliveries

    218      
           

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

    (1 )   1  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    1      
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

        1  
           

S-3



SAPPI

CONDENSED SAPPI LIMITED COMPANY STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE

for the year ended September 2008

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Profit for the year                                                                                 

    445     467  
           

Total recognized income for the year

    445     467  
           

S-4



SAPPI

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED SAPPI LIMITED COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

for the year ended September 2008

1.     OPERATING LOSS

        The operating loss is arrived at after taking into account the items detailed below:

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Depreciation

    2     3  

Technical and administrative services paid other than to bona fide employees of the company                                                      

    10     27  

Auditors' remuneration

    35     15  
           

—fees for audit and related services

    8     12  

—fees for other services

    5     3  

—fees for acquisition related services*

    22      
           

Directors' remuneration

    18     17  

Staff costs

    89     79  

Management fees received from subsidiaries

    224     253  

Impairment of investment

    113      

*
These costs are included in project costs capitalized.

2.     INCOME FROM SUBSIDIARIES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Dividends received from subsidiaries                                                      

    611     498  
           

3.     NET FINANCE INCOME

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Interest paid                                                      

    (1 )    

Interest received

    15     12  

Net foreign exchange (losses) gains

    (9 )   3  
           

    5     15  
           

S-5



SAPPI
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED SAPPI LIMITED COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended September 2008 (Continued)

4.     RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 
  Number of
ordinary shares
  Ordinary
share
capital
  Share
premium
  Non-distributable
reserves
  Distributable
reserves
  Total  
 
   
  ZAR million
   
 

Balance—September 2006

    239.1     239     6,427     45     7,949     14,660  

Profit for the year

                    467     467  

Dividends

                    (525 )   (525 )

Share-based payments

                (27 )       (27 )
                           

Balance—September 2007

    239.1     239     6,427     18     7,891     14,575  

Profit for the year

                    445     445  

Dividends

                    (499 )   (499 )

Share-based payments

                229         229  
                           

Balance—September 2008

    239.1     239     6,427     247     7,837     14,750  
                           

5.     COMMITMENTS

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Revenue commitments

             

Operating leases and rentals

             

Payable within one year                                                      

    1     1  

Payable in two to five years

    1     2  
           

    2     3  
           

6.     CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 
  2008   2007  
 
  ZAR million
 

Guarantees and suretyships                                                      

    13,099     10,653  
           

7.     BASIS OF PREPARATION

        The annual financial statements from which these condensed financial statements have been derived have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

S-6